MarketGenius

Create products with ease

Full.CX effortlessly transforms your ideas into product requirements.

Full.CX turns product visions into detailed product requirements. The product below was entirely generated using our AI and advanced algorithms, exclusively available to our paid subscribers.

Product Details

Name

MarketGenius

Tagline

Marketing Simplified, Success Amplified

Tech-Savvy Entrepreneur

Name: Tech-Savvy Entrepreneur
Description: Tech-Savvy Entrepreneurs are driven individuals who embrace innovation in their startup ventures. They constantly seek new tools and platforms to enhance their business strategies, particularly valuing automation and data analytics for informed decisions. Engaging with MarketGenius allows them to optimize their digital marketing efforts efficiently, enabling them to focus on scaling their business while relying on insights to shape their strategies.
Demographics: Age: 30-45, Gender: Male and Female, Education: Bachelor's degree or higher in Business or Technology, Occupation: Entrepreneurs or Startup founders, Income Level: $75,000 - $150,000 annually, Location: Urban areas with thriving tech scenes.
Background: Growing up in a tech-oriented environment, this persona frequently participated in coding and electronics projects during high school. After earning a degree in business, they worked in tech startups where they developed a passion for entrepreneurship. They enjoy networking at tech meetups and are constantly on the lookout for the latest innovations that can give their business a competitive edge. Balancing work with personal interests, they also engage in hobbies such as podcasting about entrepreneurship and following tech trends.
Psychographics: Tech-Savvy Entrepreneurs are future-oriented, valuing innovation and efficiency. They believe in the power of technology to transform business processes and are motivated by growth, both professionally and personally. They prioritize continuous learning, regularly attending webinars and reading up on industry trends. Their lifestyle is fast-paced, often sharing their insights on social media, and they value brands that offer technological solutions that streamline operations and improve marketing effectiveness.
Needs: To streamline marketing processes, gain insights into audience behavior, and access data-driven strategies. They require tools that allow them to easily integrate various marketing efforts and automate tasks, freeing up time for strategic planning. Additionally, they need an intuitive interface that doesn't require extensive training for their team.
Pain: They often struggle with managing multiple tools for marketing, leading to inefficiencies. Additionally, they face challenges in interpreting data analytics to inform their marketing strategies effectively. Limited budgets can also constrain their ability to hire marketing consultants, necessitating a resource that allows them to learn and adapt on their own.
Channels: They primarily use digital channels such as social media platforms (LinkedIn, Twitter) for business networking, online forums for startup discussions, tech blogs for industry insights, and email newsletters for updates from software providers. They also attend local startup meetups for face-to-face networking.
Usage: Tech-Savvy Entrepreneurs engage with MarketGenius regularly, often logging in daily to check analytics, optimize campaigns, and explore new features. They use the platform to set up automated marketing campaigns, monitor performance metrics, and integrate feedback from customers to refine their strategies.
Decision: Their decision-making process is heavily influenced by data analytics, peer recommendations, and online reviews. They tend to run trial versions of tools to assess their effectiveness before purchasing. Price and potential return on investment are significant factors, alongside the ease of use and customer support offered by the service.

Fitness Studio Owner

Name: Fitness Studio Owner
Description: Fitness Studio Owners utilize MarketGenius to craft specialized marketing campaigns that attract new clients and retain existing members. They appreciate the platform's automation features to simplify scheduling posts and running targeted ads. Their goal is to create a strong community around their studio, using personalized marketing to foster relationships and boost engagement.
Demographics: Age: 28-50, Gender: Male and Female, Education: Bachelor's degree in Health, Business, or related fields, Occupation: Owners of fitness studios or gyms, Income Level: $60,000 - $120,000 annually, Location: Urban and suburban areas with a growing fitness culture.
Background: Having started their career as fitness instructors, many Studio Owners transitioned to owning their own businesses after realizing the potential for community engagement through fitness. They often have experience in managing teams and client relationships within a studio environment. Motivated by a passion for health and fitness, they strive to create inviting spaces for members and frequently seek personal development opportunities through workshops and networking.
Psychographics: These individuals value community and legacy, driven by the desire to positively impact their members' lives. They are often highly motivated, focusing on building a brand that resonates with health-conscious consumers. They prefer hands-on, high-impact marketing strategies and are known for their personal touch in client interactions. They enjoy attending fitness events, sharing success stories, and using their platforms to inspire others.
Needs: Fitness Studio Owners need tools that allow them to easily create visually appealing content for their marketing campaigns, automate communication with clients, and track member engagement. They require actionable insights to understand which promotions resonate with their audience and how to optimize their offerings.
Pain: They face challenges in differentiating their studio in a competitive market, often struggling with high member turnover rates. Time constraints due to running day-to-day operations can hinder their marketing efforts, leading to inconsistent messaging. They also grapple with limited budgets for marketing campaigns compared to larger chains, making effective tools essential.
Channels: They primarily use social media platforms like Instagram and Facebook to promote their offerings and engage clients, along with email marketing for newsletters and member communication. They often refer to fitness forums and customer feedback platforms for additional insights.
Usage: Fitness Studio Owners use MarketGenius a few times a week, especially during promotional periods to launch campaigns and evaluate results. They appreciate the platform's ability to schedule posts and offer insights on engagement, allowing them to maximize impact.
Decision: Their decisions are influenced by user-friendly design and value for money. They often consult feedback from their training staff and client base to determine the effectiveness of marketing strategies. Success stories from similar businesses also play a significant role in their purchasing choices.

Social Media Influencer

Name: Social Media Influencer
Description: Social Media Influencers thrive on creating compelling content that engages their audience across platforms. They use MarketGenius to analyze performance metrics, optimize content strategies, and automate posting timelines. Their goal is to build a strong personal brand while turning their online presence into lucrative collaborations and sponsorships.
Demographics: Age: 18-35, Gender: Predominantly Female but includes Male influencers, Education: Varied, often self-taught in marketing and personal branding, Occupation: Content Creators or Social Media Influencers, Income Level: Varies significantly based on audience size, typically $30,000 - $200,000+, Location: Global, with a concentration in urban centers.
Background: Many influencers began their journey sharing hobbies or expertise on platforms like Instagram, TikTok, or YouTube. With persistence and creativity, they cultivated dedicated followings, often transitioning to full-time careers. They tend to follow trends closely, collaborating with brands that align with their values, and often live vibrant lifestyles that reflect their curated social media presence.
Psychographics: Influencers are deeply connected to their followers, valuing authenticity and engagement. They often see themselves as brand ambassadors, motivated by the potential for collaboration and long-term partnerships. Community and involvement with followers drive their content choices, and they are passionate about staying ahead of trends and continuously evolving their brand image.
Needs: Social Media Influencers require powerful tools that help them analyze their reach and engagement metrics, automate content scheduling, and gain insights to fine-tune their strategies. They look for ways to optimize posting times and understand what content resonates best with their audience.
Pain: They deal with the pressure of maintaining a constant online presence and fear of algorithm changes that can drastically impact engagement. The challenge of standing out in an increasingly crowded space can be overwhelming, and maintaining authenticity while benefiting financially can create internal conflict.
Channels: Their core channels include Instagram, TikTok, YouTube, and various blogging platforms. They engage with followers through comments and messages, also leveraging email for brand partnerships and collaboration opportunities.
Usage: Social Media Influencers interact with MarketGenius daily, especially during product launch phases or marketing pushes. They appreciate tools that provide real-time analytics and trends to inform their content strategies, ensuring they remain relevant. They often use it to schedule their content in advance around their varying commitments to create continuous engagement.
Decision: Their decision-making hinges on peer recommendations and trends within the influencer community. They are likely to try multiple solutions before settling on one, prioritizing platforms that are intuitive and provide clear data analytics to maximize ROI from their campaigns.

Local Artisan

Name: Local Artisan
Description: Local Artisans depend on MarketGenius to effectively promote their handmade goods and craft services to a wider audience. They value the platform's ability to streamline their marketing and provide insights into customer preferences. Engaging with MarketGenius helps them build a loyal customer base and grow their brand awareness within the local community.
Demographics: Age: 25-55, Gender: Male and Female, Education: Varies, many have completed workshops or courses in their crafts, Occupation: Independent artisans or small business owners, Income Level: $30,000 - $80,000 annually, Location: Local markets, crafts fairs, and urban or rural artisan communities.
Background: Local Artisans often have backgrounds rooted in creative pursuits, learning their skills through family traditions or dedicated courses. Many start as hobbyists before deciding to turn their passion into a small business. They frequently participate in craft fairs and online selling platforms, emphasizing the importance of community and connection in their business philosophy.
Psychographics: Artisans are passionate about their crafts, valuing creativity and authenticity. They are motivated by the desire to share their art with others and often seek to foster a sense of community through their work. They prioritize sustainability and quality, striving to build a reputation for uniqueness and craftsmanship.
Needs: Local Artisans need tools that help them effectively market their products, allowing them to reach broader audiences without losing their personal touch. They seek insights into customer behavior, effective pricing strategies, and resources to enhance their digital marketing capabilities without overwhelming complexity.
Pain: They often struggle with marketing their products due to a lack of technical expertise. Competing with larger retailers and navigating the online landscape can feel daunting, leading to potential burnout from managing multiple platforms without adequate support.
Channels: They primarily use Instagram and Pinterest for visual storytelling, Facebook for community engagement, and local craft fairs for in-person networking. Email newsletters play a significant role in keeping loyal customers updated about new products and events.
Usage: Local Artisans use MarketGenius on a weekly basis, particularly during product launches or leading up to craft fairs to maximize visibility. They appreciate the platform's capacity to help them schedule posts and analyze the success of marketing campaigns to refine their approach continuously.
Decision: Their decision-making process involves seeking recommendations from other artisans or small business owners. They look for straightforward solutions that can demonstrate value through tangible results. Cost-effectiveness and customer service support are crucial factors in their purchasing decisions.

Non-Profit Organizer

Name: Non-Profit Organizer
Description: Non-Profit Organizers leverage MarketGenius to amplify their outreach efforts, manage fundraising campaigns, and engage volunteers. They value the platform's ability to simplify communication and track campaign performance, ultimately aiming to maximize their impact on community issues they are passionate about.
Demographics: Age: 30-55, Gender: Male and Female, Education: Bachelor's degree or higher, often in Social Sciences or related fields, Occupation: Non-Profit Managers or Community Organizers, Income Level: $40,000 - $90,000 annually, Location: Urban and suburban areas with active community programs.
Background: Coming from a variety of backgrounds including social work, education, or community development, Non-Profit Organizers often have a deep commitment to social causes. They immerse themselves in local issues and spend significant time collaborating with community members and stakeholders to drive change. Engaging with volunteers and building relationships are central to their work ethic.
Psychographics: Non-Profit Organizers are passionate about community service, driven by a strong sense of purpose and empathy. They value collaboration and are motivated by making a positive difference in society. They believe in the power of effective communication and storytelling to inspire action and build support for their causes.
Needs: Non-Profit Organizers need comprehensive marketing tools that help them effectively communicate their mission, reach potential donors, and engage volunteers. They seek ease of use in their outreach efforts, ensuring that anyone in their organization can connect with constituents without requiring extensive training.
Pain: They often experience challenges with limited budgets for marketing and outreach, making it crucial to maximize every resource. The struggle to maintain consistent communication and engagement with supporters can lead to feelings of burnout, especially when managing multiple campaigns or events simultaneously.
Channels: They primarily use social media platforms like Facebook and Twitter for community outreach, along with email newsletters for updates to supporters. They may also host local events and use community boards for offline engagement.
Usage: Non-Profit Organizers engage with MarketGenius at least weekly, especially when planning events or campaigns. They value features that allow them to automate communications and track engagement metrics to evaluate their efforts and adjust strategies as needed.
Decision: Their decision-making process is usually collaborative, involving multiple stakeholders in the organization. They prioritize tools that demonstrate a reputation for social impact and value for money, often influenced by peer feedback and case studies showcasing successful campaigns.

Product Ideas

Insight-Powered Dashboard: An integrated analytics dashboard that leverages AI to provide actionable insights and performance predictions tailored to the user’s specific marketing goals. This feature enhances the existing analytics capabilities by delivering personalized recommendations, automating alert notifications for underperforming campaigns, and visualizing data trends over time, thereby empowering users to make informed marketing decisions swiftly.
Automated Audience Segmentation: A tool that uses AI algorithms to categorize and segment audiences based on behavior, preferences, and engagement levels. This feature allows users to create hyper-targeted marketing campaigns that resonate with specific demographics, leading to more efficient ad spend and improved conversion rates. By simplifying the audience segmentation process, users can engage more meaningfully with their target audience.
Adaptive Content Generator: A feature that combines AI-driven content suggestions with real-time engagement data to create tailored content for various platforms. By analyzing what type of content resonates best with specific audiences, it generates optimized posts, tweets, and ad copies, ensuring that users always maintain a relevant and engaging online presence.
Smart Budget Optimizer: A budgeting tool that automatically allocates marketing budgets across different channels based on real-time performance metrics. This feature helps small and medium businesses maximize their return on investment by shifting resources to the most effective campaigns, thus enhancing overall marketing efficiency and effectiveness.
Collaborative Workspaces: A feature that enables teams to work collaboratively within MarketGenius by sharing insights, strategies, and approvals in a unified environment. The workspace includes project management tools, centralized communication channels, and integrated file sharing, significantly improving team efficiency and ensuring that all voices are heard during the campaign creation process.
Personalized Onboarding Wizard: An interactive onboarding tool designed to guide new users through the setup process of MarketGenius, tailored to their specific business needs and marketing goals. This tool ensures users can efficiently navigate the platform and utilize its features effectively from the start, enhancing their overall experience and engagement with the software.
Integrated CRM Features: Embedding basic Customer Relationship Management (CRM) functionalities within MarketGenius to allow users to track customer interactions and manage leads directly from the platform. This integration streamlines the marketing process by aligning campaign efforts with customer engagement, helping users personalize outreach and improve follow-up strategies.

Product Features

Performance Indicator Alerts

Receive real-time notifications for key performance indicators (KPIs) that matter most to your campaigns. Users stay informed about changes in their metrics, enabling them to react swiftly to trends or issues, ensuring proactive management of marketing efforts.

Requirements

KPI Selection Interface

User Story: As a digital marketer, I want to select specific KPIs for alerts so that I can focus on metrics that directly impact my campaign's success.
Description: The KPI Selection Interface allows users to choose which key performance indicators (KPIs) they would like to receive alerts for within their campaigns. This feature enables users to customize their experience by selecting metrics that are most relevant to their marketing strategies, improving the alignment of alerts with their specific goals. The interface should be user-friendly, allowing easy navigation through available KPIs such as engagement rates, click-through rates, conversion rates, and ROI. Integration with the existing dashboard will provide real-time updates on selected KPIs, enhancing users' ability to monitor their campaigns effectively.
Acceptance Criteria: User selects KPIs from the KPI Selection Interface to receive alerts for their marketing campaigns.

Given the user is logged into the MarketGenius platform, when they navigate to the KPI Selection Interface, then they should be able to view a list of available KPIs and select multiple KPIs for alerts.

User updates their selected KPIs in the KPI Selection Interface.

Given the user has previously selected KPIs, when they change their selections and save the changes, then the system should update their alert preferences and reflect the new selection in the user dashboard.

User receives real-time alerts for selected KPIs when there are significant changes.

Given the user has selected specific KPIs for alerts, when a KPI metric reaches a predefined threshold, then the user should receive a real-time notification via email and in-app alert instantly.

User navigates back to the KPI Selection Interface after saving their preferences.

Given the user has saved their KPI selections, when they return to the KPI Selection Interface, then they should see their previously selected KPIs highlighted for easy reference and modification.

User interacts with a help tooltip on the KPI Selection Interface for additional guidance.

Given the user is on the KPI Selection Interface, when they hover over the help icon beside a KPI description, then they should see a tooltip with a brief explanation of what the KPI measures and its significance for marketing campaigns.

User attempts to select more KPIs than the maximum allowed threshold.

Given the user is on the KPI Selection Interface, when they try to select more KPIs than the maximum allowed limit, then they should see an error message explaining the limit and the current count of selected KPIs.

User accesses the KPI Selection Interface on a mobile device.

Given the user is accessing MarketGenius on a mobile device, when they navigate to the KPI Selection Interface, then the interface should be responsive and fully functional without loss of features or usability.

Real-time Notification System

User Story: As a campaign manager, I want to receive real-time notifications about my KPIs so that I can respond promptly to performance changes.
Description: The Real-time Notification System is designed to send immediate alerts to users about significant changes in their selected KPIs via various channels, such as email, SMS, or in-app notifications. This requirement ensures timely communication, enabling users to act quickly on trends, whether positive or negative. Users should have the ability to customize their notification preferences, including frequency, specific conditions for alerts, and preferred communication channels. The implementation of this system will involve backend integrations with user profile settings and an efficient notification delivery mechanism to ensure prompt updates without overwhelming the user with information.
Acceptance Criteria: User receives a real-time notification when the campaign's click-through rate drops below a predefined threshold set in their profile settings.

Given the user has set a threshold for click-through rate, When the click-through rate drops below this threshold, Then a real-time notification is sent to the user via their preferred communication channel.

User customizes their notification preferences for the frequency of alerts and saves the settings successfully.

Given the user accesses the notification preferences panel, When the user selects various options for frequency and saves their settings, Then the preferences are stored correctly and reflected in the user profile.

User receives multiple notification types for different KPIs without overlap or confusion.

Given the user has multiple KPIs set for notification, When one of the KPIs triggers an alert, Then the user receives a clear and distinct notification related to that specific KPI, avoiding any duplication of alerts.

User is able to disable notifications for specific KPIs easily through their notification settings.

Given the user navigates to the notification settings, When the user disables alerts for a specific KPI, Then that KPI should no longer trigger any notifications for the user.

User receives an in-app notification when a predefined positive trend occurs for one of their KPIs.

Given the user has defined a positive trend for a KPI in their settings, When that KPI meets the criteria for a positive trend, Then an in-app notification is displayed promptly to the user.

Users can test their notification settings to ensure proper configuration before finalizing.

Given the user is on the notification settings page, When the user clicks 'Test Notification', Then the user should receive a test alert via their chosen method, confirming the settings are correct.

User can view a history of received notifications to track changes in KPIs over time.

Given the user navigates to the notification history section, When the user accesses this section, Then the user can see a chronological list of all received notifications and related KPI changes.

Performance Dashboard Integration

User Story: As an independent marketer, I want my KPI alerts to be integrated into the performance dashboard so that I can monitor my campaign's metrics without navigating multiple screens.
Description: The Performance Dashboard Integration requirement focuses on integrating KPI alerts seamlessly into the existing performance dashboard of MarketGenius. This integration should provide users with a dedicated section that displays their selected KPIs and their alert statuses. Users should be able to view historical data and trend analyses related to the KPIs as well as receive alerts within the same interface, ensuring a centralized platform for monitoring performance. This integration enhances user experience by reducing the need for constant switching between interfaces and provides a more holistic view of their campaign results.
Acceptance Criteria: Real-time KPI Alerts Activation and Display

Given a user has selected their desired KPIs in the Performance Dashboard, when a KPI's value triggers an alert, then the system must display the alert in real-time within the dashboard interface prominently.

Historical Data Accessibility for Selected KPIs

Given a user is on the Performance Dashboard, when they select a KPI, then they must be able to view historical data and trend analysis for that KPI within the dashboard without needing to access a different interface.

User Notification Preferences for KPI Alerts

Given a user has set up preferences for KPI alerts, when an alert is triggered, then the system must notify the user via the selected notification method (email, SMS, in-app) as per their preferences.

KPI Alert Status Visualization

Given that alerts have been triggered for selected KPIs, when a user views the Performance Dashboard, then the alert statuses must be visually represented (e.g., color coding, icons) to provide instant insights into performance without requiring detailed analysis.

Integration Progress Monitoring

Given the requirement for Performance Dashboard Integration, when the integration process is underway, then the system should display progress status indicators to inform users of the current state of the integration.

User Feedback Collection on KPI Alerts Efficiency

Given users have been using the KPI alert feature for a minimum of one month, when a user accesses the feedback section, then they must be able to submit their input on the efficiency and utility of the KPI alerts feature.

Customizable Alert Conditions

User Story: As a marketing strategist, I want to customize alert conditions for my KPI notifications so that I can focus on changes that truly matter to my campaigns.
Description: The Customizable Alert Conditions feature allows users to define specific criteria under which they wish to receive alerts for their selected KPIs. This capability empowers users to tailor alerts based on their unique marketing strategies, such as setting thresholds for specific KPIs or opting in for alerts during particular time frames (e.g., weekends, holidays). Effective implementation of this feature involves creating a user-friendly interface where users can easily set, edit, and manage their alert conditions, ensuring they receive the most relevant notifications for their needs.
Acceptance Criteria: User defines alert conditions for a KPI related to website traffic spikes and sets a threshold for alerts.

Given the user is on the Customizable Alert Conditions settings page, when they input a KPI for website traffic and set a threshold of 1000 visits, then they should successfully save this alert condition without errors and receive a confirmation message.

User wants to set a time-based alert for email click-through rates during weekends.

Given the user is on the Customizable Alert Conditions interface, when they select the KPI for email click-through rates and specify the alert to trigger only on weekends, then the system should correctly store this condition and allow the user to edit it as needed.

User attempts to edit an existing alert condition for social media engagement rates.

Given the user has previously set an alert for social media engagement rates, when they navigate to the alert conditions page and edit the threshold value, then the changes should be saved correctly and displayed in the alert list with an updated timestamp.

User needs to delete an alert condition for PPC campaign performance tracking.

Given the user is on the list of customizable alert conditions, when they select an alert for PPC performance and click the delete option, then the alert condition should be removed from the list, and the system should prompt a confirmation before deletion.

User tries to set multiple alerts for different KPIs simultaneously.

Given the user is configuring new alert conditions, when they set alerts for multiple KPIs (e.g., conversion rate and bounce rate) and save, then all alerts should be saved successfully and displayed in the alert conditions list without any conflict.

User wants to receive alerts based on historical performance trends.

Given the user selects the option to receive alerts based on changes from historical data of specific KPIs, when they set their alert criteria accordingly, then the system should trigger the alerts based on any deviations from the established historical performance trends.

Alert History Log

User Story: As a data-driven marketer, I want to access a log of past KPI alerts so that I can analyze my responses and improve my future marketing strategies.
Description: The Alert History Log feature will maintain a comprehensive log of all alerts sent to users regarding their selected KPIs. This functionality is vital for allowing users to review past alerts, assess trends over time, and measure the effectiveness of their responses to past notifications. The log should display details like the type of alert, the date and time it was triggered, and the KPI values at the time of the alert. Ensuring this log is easily accessible from the performance dashboard will aid in informed decision-making and strategic adjustments in future campaigns.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Alert History Log from the performance dashboard to review past alerts for a specific KPI.

Given the user is logged into their MarketGenius account, when they navigate to the performance dashboard and select the 'Alert History Log,' then they should see a list of alerts related to their selected KPIs, including the type of alert, date, time, and KPI values.

A user receives an alert for a significant change in KPI metrics and checks the Alert History Log to assess past alerts.

Given the user receives an alert notification for a KPI drop, when the user accesses the Alert History Log, then the log should accurately display all previous alerts related to that KPI, sorted by date and time, with corresponding KPI values documented.

User utilizes the Alert History Log to analyze trends over time in their KPI performance after reacting to past alerts.

Given the user is in the Alert History Log, when they filter alerts by a specific time frame, then the log should correctly display all alerts triggered within that period, allowing the user to analyze the impact of their responses on KPI trends.

A user wants to export the Alert History Log for sharing with their marketing team.

Given the user is viewing the Alert History Log, when they click on the 'Export' option, then they should be able to download the alert history in a CSV format that includes all relevant fields like alert type, date, time, and KPI values.

User examines the Alert History Log for alerts triggered during a specific campaign period.

Given the user navigates to the Alert History Log during a campaign, when they apply filters for the campaign dates, then the log should display only the alerts that were triggered during that specific campaign period with correct details.

User checks the accessibility of the Alert History Log from the performance dashboard on different devices.

Given the user accesses MarketGenius from a mobile device, when they open the performance dashboard, then they should be able to locate and access the Alert History Log feature easily without any usability issues.

User Feedback Loop

User Story: As a product user, I want to provide feedback on the KPI alert system so that I can help improve its functionality and usability for myself and others.
Description: The User Feedback Loop requirement is designed to gather user insights on the alert system, allowing users to provide feedback on its effectiveness and usability. This feature involves creating a simple feedback mechanism accessible after alerts have been triggered, where users can rate their experience and suggest improvements. Analyzing this feedback will be crucial for ongoing refinement of the alert system, helping to ensure it meets user needs effectively and evolves alongside user expectations and behaviors.
Acceptance Criteria: User receives a key performance indicator alert on their dashboard indicating a significant drop in website traffic.

Given the user has active alerts set for website traffic, when the traffic drops below a predefined threshold, then an alert should be triggered and displayed on the user's dashboard.

User interacts with the alert notification to provide feedback about its clarity and usefulness.

Given an alert notification is displayed, when the user clicks on the feedback option, then a feedback form should appear allowing the user to rate the alert and provide comments.

User submits feedback regarding an alert indicating an increase in ad click-through rates not corresponding with sales conversions.

Given the user has filled out the feedback form after receiving the alert, when they submit the form, then a confirmation message should be displayed indicating successful feedback submission.

Admin reviews aggregated user feedback on the alert system for insights on improvements.

Given that user feedback has been collected, when the admin accesses the feedback analysis dashboard, then they should see a summary of user ratings and common suggestions for improvements.

User receives an alert for a high-performing email campaign which they wish to replicate.

Given the user has defined alert settings for email campaign performance, when an email campaign exceeds a specified open rate, then the user should receive an alert with actionable suggestions to replicate the success.

User disables an alert for a specific performance indicator after evaluating its relevance.

Given the user is viewing their alert settings, when they choose to disable alerts for a specific performance indicator, then that specific alert should no longer be active and reflect in the settings.

User experiences a technical issue while attempting to provide feedback on an alert.

Given the user encounters an error when submitting the feedback form, when they click the submit button, then an error message should be displayed explaining the issue and suggesting a resolution.

Goal-Driven Insights

This feature offers tailored insights based on user-defined marketing goals. Whether increasing engagement or improving conversion rates, users receive specific recommendations aligned with their objectives, making it easier to focus efforts on what matters most.

Requirements

User Goal Configuration

User Story: As a digital marketer, I want to be able to set specific marketing goals within the platform so that I can receive tailored insights that align with my objectives, making it easier to achieve my desired outcomes.
Description: The User Goal Configuration requirement allows users to define specific marketing goals within the MarketGenius platform. It involves a user-friendly interface where users can set targets such as increasing engagement, improving conversion rates, or boosting brand awareness. This functionality is essential as it serves as the foundation for personalized insights, ensuring the recommendations provided are directly aligned with the user's specified objectives. The feature also supports integration with existing campaign management tools, enabling seamless tracking and adjustments based on performance metrics. Ultimately, the implementation of this requirement will enhance user satisfaction by providing tailored and relevant insights that drive effective marketing strategies.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the User Goal Configuration interface to define a new marketing goal for increasing engagement.

Given the user is on the User Goal Configuration page, when they input a goal name, select a target metric for engagement, and save the configuration, then the new goal should be successfully saved and visible in the list of user-defined goals.

User attempts to set multiple marketing goals at once within the configuration feature.

Given the user has filled out the goal configuration form for multiple goals, when they submit the form, then all goals should be saved without errors and displayed in the user goals dashboard.

User seeks personalized insights after the marketing goals have been defined.

Given the user has successfully configured their marketing goals, when they refresh the insights dashboard, then tailored recommendations aligned with their defined goals should appear within 5 seconds.

User tries to edit an existing marketing goal after it has been set.

Given the user is on the goals dashboard, when they select an existing goal for editing and modify the goal details, then the updated goal should be saved and reflected accurately in the dashboard after the update.

User wants to delete a marketing goal they no longer wish to track.

Given the user is on the goals dashboard, when they select a goal and click 'Delete', then they should see a confirmation prompt, and upon confirming, the goal should be removed from the dashboard without errors.

User integrates their campaign management tool with the User Goal Configuration feature.

Given the user has linked their campaign management tool through the integration settings, when they configure their goals, then the integration should correctly reflect the user's goals in the campaign management tool for tracking.

User accesses help documentation for the User Goal Configuration feature.

Given the user navigates to the help section related to the User Goal Configuration, when they search for information on setting goals, then they should receive relevant and accurate documentation regarding the process.

Personalized Recommendation Engine

User Story: As a user of MarketGenius, I want to receive personalized marketing recommendations based on my goals and past performance so that I can optimize my campaigns and achieve better results.
Description: The Personalized Recommendation Engine requirement focuses on delivering tailored marketing recommendations based on the user's defined goals and historical performance data. This engine will utilize AI algorithms to analyze user data, campaign performance, and current market trends to generate actionable insights and suggestions that are unique to each user. The implementation of this component is critical as it empowers users with data-driven recommendations, allowing them to make informed decisions that enhance campaign effectiveness. Integration with the analytics dashboard will provide users with a comprehensive view of how the recommendations can impact their campaigns, thereby driving profitability and improving overall marketing performance.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Personalized Recommendation Engine from the analytics dashboard to set specific marketing goals for an upcoming campaign.

Given a user is logged in and on the analytics dashboard, when they navigate to the Personalized Recommendation Engine, then they should see a clear interface for defining their marketing goals and historical performance input.

After setting their marketing goals, users receive tailored recommendations generated by the Personalized Recommendation Engine.

Given the user has defined their marketing goals, when they request recommendations, then the system should provide at least three actionable insights relevant to their goals and past performance data.

A user has implemented a recommendation from the engine in their campaign.

Given a user has followed one of the tailored recommendations, when they view their campaign analytics after a defined period, then they should see measurable improvements in engagement or conversion rates as specified in the recommendation.

User accesses the historical performance data feature to adjust their marketing strategies.

Given that the user is in the Personalized Recommendation Engine, when they choose to view historical performance data, then they should be able to analyze past campaign performance segmented by metrics such as engagement and conversion rates.

Users can provide feedback on recommendations to improve future suggestions.

Given the user has received recommendations, when they provide feedback on the usefulness of these insights, then the system should log this feedback for future algorithm adjustments and notify the user of the feedback status.

User compares the effectiveness of two different recommendations generated by the engine in separate campaigns.

Given the user has executed two campaigns based on different recommendations, when they view the comparative performance report, then the report should clearly show the metrics of both campaigns in an easily understandable format.

User integrates the Personalized Recommendation Engine with external marketing tools or platforms.

Given that the Personalized Recommendation Engine is designed for integration, when a user connects their external marketing tools, then the engine should successfully sync data and provide recommendations based on external performance metrics.

Real-Time Analytics Dashboard

User Story: As a marketer, I want to access a real-time analytics dashboard that shows me my campaign performance metrics so that I can make quick adjustments to my strategies based on current data.
Description: The Real-Time Analytics Dashboard requirement encompasses the development of a dashboard that provides users with immediate access to performance metrics and insights related to their marketing efforts. This dashboard will aggregate data from various sources, offering visual representations of key performance indicators such as engagement rates, conversion rates, and ROI. The significance of this requirement lies in its ability to equip users with current data, enabling quick decision-making and adjustments to their strategies as required. Furthermore, the dashboard will support goal tracking functionalities, helping users to monitor their progress towards their defined marketing objectives in real-time, thereby enhancing their ability to react promptly to market changes.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Real-Time Analytics Dashboard to view performance metrics after launching a new marketing campaign on social media.

Given the user is logged in and has launched a new campaign, when they access the Real-Time Analytics Dashboard, then they should see up-to-date metrics such as engagement rates and conversion rates reflecting the campaign's performance within 5 minutes of launch.

A user sets specific marketing goals within the dashboard and wants to track progress towards those goals in real-time.

Given the user has defined a marketing goal, when they access the dashboard, then they should see a visual representation of their progress towards that goal, updated in real-time as data comes in.

User utilizes the dashboard to analyze the effectiveness of multiple campaigns running simultaneously.

Given the user has multiple campaigns running, when they access the dashboard, then they should be able to filter results by campaign and view side-by-side comparisons of key performance indicators such as ROI and engagement rates.

User wishes to download the performance report from the Real-Time Analytics Dashboard for stakeholder presentation.

Given the user is viewing the dashboard, when they click the download button, then they should receive a downloadable report in PDF format containing all relevant metrics and visualizations as seen on the dashboard.

User receives notifications about significant changes in campaign performance metrics to take quick action.

Given the user has set up alerts for performance metrics, when there is a significant drop or increase in a key performance indicator, then the user should receive an email notification within 10 minutes of the change.

User wants to easily navigate between different sections of the Real-Time Analytics Dashboard without losing performance context.

Given the user is using the dashboard, when they navigate between different sections (e.g., analytics, goals, insights), then the previous metrics displayed should remain accessible for a smooth transition, allowing the user to maintain context.

User looks for guidance on recommended actions based on analytics data displayed on the dashboard.

Given that the dashboard displays performance metrics, when the user clicks on a 'Recommendations' button, then they should see AI-generated suggestions for optimizing their campaigns based on the latest data.

Goal Progress Tracker

User Story: As a user, I want to see how close I am to achieving my marketing goals so that I can assess my progress and adjust my strategies accordingly to stay on track.
Description: The Goal Progress Tracker requirement introduces a feature that visually represents the user's progress towards their marketing goals. This tracker will update in real-time, providing users with insights on how their campaigns are performing against the targets they've set. It will include visual indicators such as progress bars and percentage completions, making it easy for users to understand their current status at a glance. This functionality is vital for motivating users to stay engaged with their marketing strategies, as it fosters a clear sense of accomplishment and provides actionable feedback. Integration with the Personalized Recommendation Engine will ensure that the tracker not only displays current performance but also suggests optimizations based on the user's progress.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Goal Progress Tracker from the MarketGenius dashboard to view their progress against marketing goals.

Given the user is logged into their MarketGenius account, When they navigate to the Goal Progress Tracker, Then the dashboard should display real-time progress bars and percentage completions for all user-defined marketing goals.

User updates their marketing goals within the system and checks the Goal Progress Tracker to see the changes reflected immediately.

Given the user has updated their marketing goals, When they refresh the Goal Progress Tracker, Then the progress indicators should update to reflect the new goals without needing a full page refresh.

User reviews the visually displayed insights and recommendations related to their progress towards their marketing goals.

Given the user is viewing the Goal Progress Tracker, When their progress meets or exceeds a specified threshold, Then the system should display tailored insights and actionable recommendations based on the user's performance data.

User wants to ensure that the Goal Progress Tracker accurately reflects campaign performance over time.

Given the user has launched multiple marketing campaigns, When they access the Goal Progress Tracker after a predefined period, Then the performance metrics should accurately correspond to the respective campaigns' results as logged within MarketGenius.

User wishes to compare their progress over different marketing goals to identify which strategies are most effective.

Given the user is on the Goal Progress Tracker, When they choose to compare multiple goals, Then the system should visually represent the goal progress side-by-side for intuitive comparison.

User notices discrepancies in their progress tracking and seeks the option to report an issue.

Given the user perceives a discrepancy in the Goal Progress Tracker's data, When they click on the 'Report an Issue' button, Then a support form should become available, allowing them to submit details of the discrepancy.

Automated Goal Alerts

User Story: As a digital marketer, I want to receive alerts when I accomplish milestones or when my campaign performance declines so that I can stay informed and take necessary actions to improve results.
Description: The Automated Goal Alerts requirement involves creating a notification system that alerts users when they reach certain milestones related to their defined marketing goals or when performance falls below set thresholds. This feature will enhance user engagement by keeping them informed about significant changes and achievements in their marketing efforts without requiring them to constantly monitor their campaigns. The alert system will be customizable, allowing users to choose the types of notifications they wish to receive and the metrics that trigger alerts. This capability is significant as it promotes proactivity, encouraging users to take timely actions based on their campaign performance, thus leading to better marketing outcomes.
Acceptance Criteria: User sets up customized goal alerts for conversion rate milestones.

Given the user has defined a conversion rate goal, when the goal is reached, then the user receives a notification via email and in-app alert confirming the milestone achievement.

User chooses specific metrics for performance alerts within the platform.

Given the user has access to the alert settings, when the user selects metrics to be monitored, then the system allows the user to customize which alerts to receive based on these metrics.

User receives alerts when performance drops below the defined threshold.

Given that the user has established a performance threshold for engagement metrics, when the metrics fall below the set threshold, then the user receives immediate alerts through push notifications and email.

User evaluates the effectiveness of notifications received based on recent engagement.

Given the user has received multiple alerts regarding goal milestones, when the user reviews the alert history, then they should see timestamps and summaries of each alert, showing how it contributed to their engagement efforts.

User receives reminders for users who have not responded to engagement alerts.

Given the user has set alert notifications, when there is no follow-up action taken within 24 hours of the alert, then the system sends a reminder notification to the user highlighting the need for action.

User interfaces with the alert customization settings seamlessly.

Given the user is in the alert customization settings, when they interact with the drag-and-drop interface to change alert preferences, then changes should be saved without errors, and a confirmation message should be displayed.

User wishes to disable specific alerts based on changing priorities.

Given the user is modifying alert settings, when they select to disable certain alerts, then those alerts should no longer trigger notifications, and the user should receive confirmation of the updated settings.

Trend Visualization Graphs

Interactive graphs that present historical and predictive data trends visually. Users can easily identify patterns over time and forecast future performance, facilitating more informed decision-making and strategic planning.

Requirements

Dynamic Data Integration

User Story: As a digital marketer, I want to easily connect my data sources to the Trend Visualization Graphs so that I can visualize historical and predictive trends that inform my decision-making process.
Description: The Dynamic Data Integration requirement ensures that the Trend Visualization Graphs seamlessly connect with various data sources, such as social media platforms, email clients, and ad networks. This functionality will allow users to import historical performance data and real-time analytics, providing a comprehensive view of campaign effectiveness. The integration should be intuitive, allowing users to select and connect their preferred data sources easily. By facilitating robust data importation, this requirement enhances the ability of users to visualize trends accurately, making the graphs highly relevant and useful for decision-making. The expected outcome is an enriched user experience with accurate, real-time insights, ultimately improving campaign strategy and execution.
Acceptance Criteria: User successfully connects to their selected social media platform to import historical data into Trend Visualization Graphs.

Given the user has selected a social media platform, when they authenticate successfully and choose the desired data range, then the historical performance data should be displayed on the Trend Visualization Graph.

User can seamlessly connect and import data from multiple data sources without errors.

Given the user has selected multiple data sources, when they initiate the data import process, then all selected sources should integrate without errors, and the data should populate the graphs correctly.

User modifies data source selection and the Trend Visualization Graphs update in real-time to reflect new data.

Given the user changes the selected data source or date range, when they apply the changes, then the Trend Visualization Graph should update in real-time to reflect the new data without requiring a page refresh.

User receives a notification if the connection to a data source fails during the integration process.

Given the user attempts to connect to a data source, when the connection fails, then the user should receive an error notification detailing the issue without losing previous selections.

User can visualize both historical and real-time data on a single graph for comparison purposes.

Given that the user has imported both historical and real-time data, when they select the comparison option, then the Trend Visualization Graph should clearly differentiate between historical and real-time data points using distinct visuals.

User accesses help documentation through the integration setup process.

Given the user is on the data integration setup page, when they request help, then a contextual help documentation link should be accessible, providing guidance on connecting various data sources.

User can filter the displayed trends based on specific campaign parameters.

Given the user has imported data into the Trend Visualization Graphs, when they apply filters based on campaign metrics (e.g., clicks, conversions), then the displayed trends should correctly reflect the filtered data.

Interactive Graph Features

User Story: As a marketer, I want to interact with the Trend Visualization Graphs so that I can retrieve detailed insights and analyze my data more effectively.
Description: This requirement entails the implementation of interactive features within the Trend Visualization Graphs. Users should be able to hover over data points to receive tooltips with detailed information, zoom in and out to focus on specific timeframes, and filter results by campaign, platform, or date. These features will enable users to engage with the data more intuitively, facilitating deeper insights and understanding of performance metrics. Providing users with enhanced control over how they analyze their data will lead to more informed strategic decisions. The end result will be a more engaging and informative user experience that encourages data exploration.
Acceptance Criteria: User hovers over a data point in the trend visualization graph to view more information about that point's data, which should display a tooltip with relevant details.

Given that the user hovers over a data point, when the hover is detected, then a tooltip should appear displaying the date, value, and any additional campaign details relevant to that point.

User zooms in on a specific timeframe within the trend visualization graph to analyze data patterns more closely.

Given that the user clicks and drags to select a zoom region on the graph, when the region is selected, then the graph should update to display only the data within the selected timeframe.

User filters the data displayed in the trend visualization graph by campaign to compare performance across different campaigns.

Given that the user selects a specific campaign from the filter dropdown, when the filter is applied, then the graph should update to show only the data and trends related to the selected campaign.

User filters the data in the trend visualization graph by platform to analyze performance across various marketing platforms.

Given that the user selects a specific platform from the filter options, when the platform filter is applied, then the graph should update to show data trends corresponding to the selected platform only.

User wishes to view historical vs. predictive data trends using a toggle feature in the trend visualization graph.

Given that the user toggles between historical data and predictive data, when the toggle is activated, then the graph should switch views to display either historical data or predictive projections without errors.

User interacts with the trend visualization graph and expects it to display loading indicators while updating after any filter or zoom action.

Given that the user applies filter or zoom actions, when these actions are in progress, then a loading indicator should be displayed indicating that the data is being updated, and it should disappear once the data is ready.

Customization Options

User Story: As a user, I want to customize my Trend Visualization Graphs so that I can generate visuals that reflect my brand and personal preferences.
Description: The Customization Options requirement focuses on allowing users to tailor the appearance and functionality of Trend Visualization Graphs to fit their specific needs. Users should be able to modify graph types (line, bar, pie, etc.), adjust color schemes, and set preferences for data display (such as legends and labels). By providing options for customization, users can create visuals that align with their brand identity or personal preferences. This capability enhances user satisfaction and engagement with the graphs since they can view data in the format that resonates best with them. The expected outcome includes improved usability and a more personalized user experience.
Acceptance Criteria: User selects the 'Line Graph' option to present their marketing data for the last quarter, wishing to customize the colors and style to match their brand guidelines.

Given the user is on the Trend Visualization Graphs customization page, When they select 'Line Graph' from the graph type options and choose specific colors from the color palette, Then the graph should update to reflect the selected type and colors immediately.

A user wants to switch their view from a bar graph to a pie chart for a better visual representation of their data distribution for a marketing campaign over the past month.

Given the user has a bar graph displayed, When they select 'Pie Chart' from the graph type options, Then the graph should re-render as a pie chart with the same underlying data without loss of information.

The user is customizing their Trend Visualization Graph and wants to add or remove data labels for clarity in their presentations.

Given the user is in the customization menu, When they check or uncheck the 'Show Data Labels' option, Then the graph should immediately update to display or hide data labels accordingly.

A marketing manager needs to generate a graph for a company presentation and wishes to save their customized graph settings for future use.

Given the user has customized a graph, When they choose to save their settings and provide a name for the customization, Then the settings should be stored and retrievable for future sessions under the given name.

The user wants to modify the legend of their graph to make it more descriptive for their audience during a presentation.

Given the user is on the graph configuration page, When they change the legend text and save the changes, Then the legend on the graph should reflect the updated text immediately.

A user intends to preview their customized graph before finalizing their settings to ensure it meets their presentation requirements.

Given the user has made changes to their graph customization, When they click on the 'Preview' button, Then a modal should display the customized graph with all current settings applied, allowing for final validation.

The user has to filter the data displayed in their Trend Visualization Graph to focus only on specific segments of their marketing analytics.

Given the user accesses the data filter options, When they select specific date ranges and marketing channels, Then the graph should refresh to reflect only the data for the selected filters without any data outside those parameters.

Predictive Analytics Integration

User Story: As a digital marketer, I want to use predictive analytics within the Trend Visualization Graphs so that I can forecast future performance based on past data.
Description: The Predictive Analytics Integration requirement is focused on incorporating advanced algorithms that will allow the Trend Visualization Graphs to generate forecasts based on historical data. Users need the ability to visualize not only past performance but also predicted future trends based on various algorithms, such as linear regression or machine learning approaches. This incorporation will empower users to anticipate market changes and adjust their strategies proactively. The expected benefit is a significant enhancement in strategic planning capabilities, enabling users to make informed forecasting decisions regarding their campaigns.
Acceptance Criteria: User views the Trend Visualization Graphs dashboard to analyze historical performance metrics for the past year before making marketing decisions for the upcoming quarter.

Given the user accesses the Trend Visualization Graphs, when they select a date range of the past year, then historical performance data should be displayed accurately in the graph format without any discrepancies.

User wants to forecast the outcome of future marketing campaigns based on historical data trends displayed in the Trend Visualization Graphs.

Given the user has selected the 'Forecast' option on the Trend Visualization Graphs, when they input campaign variables and select an algorithm (linear regression or machine learning), then a predictive graph should be generated showing future performance trends based on the selected data.

User engages with an interactive element in the Trend Visualization Graphs to compare different predictive algorithms for forecasting campaign performance.

Given the user selects multiple algorithms for comparison on the Trend Visualization Graphs, when they view the output, then the graph should display side-by-side comparisons of the predictive trends based on each algorithm clearly.

User reviews the performance forecast generated by the Trend Visualization Graphs to identify potential market shifts and adjust their strategy accordingly.

Given the user has generated a forecast, when analyzing the trending data, then they should be able to download a detailed report summarizing the potential market shifts and strategic recommendations based on the forecast.

User needs to access real-time predictive analytics to make quick adjustments to an ongoing marketing campaign based on immediate performance indicators.

Given the user navigates to the live analytics section, when they select the 'Real-Time Predictions' option, then the app should present updated forecasts every 5 minutes reflecting the latest data inputs and trends.

User attempts to share their Trend Visualization Graphs with team members for collaborative decision-making.

Given the user has generated a custom graph, when they select the 'Share' option, then they should be able to share the graph via email or direct link with the correct permissions set for team members.

User interacts with the AI-powered content suggestions while assessing trends to improve campaign effectiveness.

Given the user reviews a Trend Visualization Graph, when they click on the 'AI Suggestions' button, then relevant content recommendations should appear dynamically, tailored to the data displayed in the graph.

User Training Resources

User Story: As a new user, I want access to training resources about the Trend Visualization Graphs so that I can quickly learn how to use them effectively.
Description: The User Training Resources requirement entails the development of comprehensive tutorials and guides designed to help users effectively utilize the Trend Visualization Graphs. This includes video walkthroughs, written documentation, and FAQs that cover topics such as data integration, customization, and interpreting graphs. Providing these resources is essential for ensuring users are empowered to use the feature to its fullest potential. By enhancing users' understanding, we can improve user engagement and satisfaction, encouraging them to take full advantage of the insights offered by the visualizations. The outcome will be a knowledgeable user base that maximizes the utility of the graphs for campaign optimization.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the user training resources to learn how to effectively utilize the Trend Visualization Graphs feature upon first-time usage.

Given a new user accesses the User Training Resources section, when they view the tutorials and guides, then at least 80% of the content should be fully loaded and accessible with no broken links or errors.

User completes a video tutorial on the Trend Visualization Graphs feature.

Given a user watches the tutorial video, when they finish the video, then they should be able to answer at least 4 out of 5 comprehension questions correctly that assess their understanding of data integration and interpretation of graphs.

User utilizes the FAQs to troubleshoot an issue related to graph customization.

Given a user encounters a problem during customization, when they consult the FAQ section, then they should find relevant answers or troubleshooting steps for at least 90% of common issues listed.

User navigates through written documentation for setting up the Trend Visualization Graphs feature.

Given a user is reading the written documentation, when they search for a specific topic, then the desired information should be found in under 3 clicks with an accuracy rate of 95% in terms of content relevance.

User engages with the onboarding process that includes training resources for Trend Visualization Graphs.

Given a user goes through the onboarding process, when they reach the section on Trend Visualization Graphs, then they should report an understanding improvement rate of at least 70% based on pre and post-training surveys conducted.

User shares feedback on the training resources after utilizing them for a week.

Given a user has used the training resources for one week, when they provide feedback, then at least 85% of users should report feeling more confident in using the Trend Visualization Graphs feature.

Custom Report Generator

Create personalized reports with just a few clicks. Users can select specific metrics, timeframes, and visual formats, allowing them to present data in a way that best supports their discussions with stakeholders or team members.

Requirements

Metric Selection

User Story
Description: The Custom Report Generator must allow users to select relevant metrics from a comprehensive list of data points. This functionality will enable users to personalize their reports based on specific performance indicators that are most pertinent to their campaigns. By facilitating metric selection, the requirement promotes a tailored reporting experience, enhancing the utility of generated reports and ensuring users can focus on the data that matters most to their stakeholders.
Acceptance Criteria: Users can access the Custom Report Generator and view a comprehensive list of available metrics to select from, ensuring they have all necessary data points at their disposal for report generation.

Given that the user is in the Custom Report Generator, when they access the metrics selection interface, then they should be able to see a comprehensive list of at least 20 relevant metrics.

Users should be able to filter the list of metrics by category to quickly find the metrics most relevant to their campaigns and objectives.

Given that the user is in the metrics selection section, when they apply a category filter, then the displayed metrics should only show those that belong to the selected category and the count of visible metrics should be updated accordingly.

Users must select their preferred metrics in a way that allows for multiple selections to be included in the generated report.

Given that the user is viewing the metrics list, when they select multiple metrics, then all selected metrics should be highlighted, and a confirmation message should appear indicating the total number of selected metrics.

Users want to save their selected metrics for future report generation sessions, allowing them to streamline their workflow.

Given that the user has selected their preferred metrics, when they save their metric selection, then the system should confirm the operation and allow them to retrieve these selections in subsequent sessions.

Users should receive guidance or tooltips that explain each metric's significance, ensuring they can make informed decisions about which metrics to include in their reports.

Given that the user is hovering over a metric in the selection list, when the tooltip appears, then it should provide a clear definition and relevance of that metric to campaign performance.

Users need to preview how selected metrics will appear in the report, providing assurance that the format meets their needs before final generation.

Given that the user has selected metrics, when they click the preview button, then a mock-up of the report section should display with the selected metrics formatted as they would appear in the final report.

Timeframe Customization

User Story
Description: This requirement mandates that users be able to define the timeframes for the reports they generate, including options for preset ranges like last week, month, or custom date ranges. This flexibility is critical for users to analyze varying time periods effectively and correlates the metrics with specific marketing campaign timelines, enhancing the insights provided in the reports and making them more relevant for stakeholder discussions.
Acceptance Criteria: User selects a preset timeframe option to generate a report.

Given a user is on the Custom Report Generator page, When the user clicks on the 'Timeframe' dropdown, Then the user should see options for 'Last Week', 'Last Month', and 'Last Quarter' available for selection.

User defines a custom date range to generate a report.

Given a user is on the Custom Report Generator page, When the user selects 'Custom Range' from the Timeframe options and inputs a start and end date, Then the report should reflect data only within the selected dates.

User generates a report after selecting a specific preset timeframe.

Given the user selects 'Last Month' from the Timeframe options, When the user clicks 'Generate Report', Then the report should display data for the previous month only, with accurate metrics corresponding to that period.

User attempts to generate a report without selecting a timeframe.

Given the user is on the Custom Report Generator page, If the user tries to generate a report without choosing any timeframe, Then an error message should appear indicating that a timeframe must be selected.

User saves a report with a defined custom timeframe for future access.

Given the user has generated a report with a custom date range, When the user clicks 'Save Report', Then the report should be saved with the custom timeframe and accessible in the user’s saved reports section.

User views the selected timeframes in the report summary.

Given the report has been generated, When the user views the report summary, Then the selected timeframe should be clearly displayed at the top of the report for reference.

Visual Format Options

User Story
Description: The Custom Report Generator must offer a variety of visual format options including charts, graphs, and tables for users to present their selected data. This requirement enhances the comprehensibility of the reports, allowing users to illustrate their findings visually in a manner that best fits their audience. This variety ensures that reports can be customized not just in content but also in how the information is presented, catering to different preferences and improving stakeholder engagement.
Acceptance Criteria: User selects various metrics and timeframes for their custom report and chooses visual formats to represent their data effectively during a quarterly stakeholder meeting.

Given the user has access to the Custom Report Generator, when they select metrics and timeframes, then they should see at least three visual format options (charts, graphs, tables) available for their selected data.

A user creates a custom report with specific metrics and a selected visual format, and wants to ensure that the report displays correctly before finalizing it for presentation.

Given the user selects a specific visual format for a custom report, when they preview the report, then the chosen format should accurately represent the selected data metrics without any distortion or errors.

The user wishes to export their custom report with visual elements included to share with team members who do not have access to MarketGenius.

Given the user has completed their custom report with chosen metrics and visual formats, when they export the report, then the export functionality should save the report in a selected format (e.g., PDF, Excel) with all visual elements intact and formatted correctly.

A team member seeks to generate a comparative report using multiple visual formats to analyze performance over selected intervals.

Given the user is viewing multiple metrics over time, when they generate a comparative report, then they should have the option to choose different visual formats for each metric within the same report.

A customer wants to customize the color scheme and style of the visual elements in their report for brand consistency before presenting to stakeholders.

Given the user is in the Custom Report Generator, when they choose a visual format, then they should have options to customize color schemes and styles for those visual elements to align with their brand guidelines.

An analyst is preparing a report that includes data visualization for a cross-channel marketing performance presentation and wants to ensure that the visualizations are intuitive to their audience.

Given the analyst selects marketing performance metrics, when they generate visual formats, then the resulting charts and graphs should include clear labels, legends, and explanations that facilitate understanding for the audience.

Save and Share Reports

User Story
Description: Users should have the ability to save their customized reports and share them with team members or stakeholders through the platform. This functionality will facilitate collaboration, allowing teams to access important insights efficiently. By implementing this requirement, MarketGenius can enhance teamwork and streamline reporting processes, ensuring that valuable data insights are readily available to all relevant parties.
Acceptance Criteria: User successfully saves a customized report after selecting metrics and formats.

Given a user has created a report with selected metrics and formats, when the user clicks on the 'Save' button, then the report should be saved and a confirmation message should appear.

User shares a saved report with stakeholders via email.

Given a user has a saved report, when the user selects the 'Share' option and enters an email address, then the report should be sent to the specified email address with a confirmation message displayed.

User retrieves a previously saved report from the reports dashboard.

Given a user is on the reports dashboard, when the user selects a previously saved report, then the report should open and display the saved metrics and formats.

User edits a saved report and re-saves it.

Given a user has opened a saved report, when the user makes changes to the metrics or formats and clicks 'Save', then the report should save the changes and update the confirmation message.

User attempts to share a report without entering an email address.

Given a user is on the share screen and has not entered an email address, when the user clicks 'Send', then an error message should alert the user to enter an email address before sharing.

User sends a saved report link to a team member within the platform.

Given a user has a saved report, when the user selects the 'Share within Platform' option and chooses a team member, then the selected team member should receive a notification of the shared report.

User verifies that shared reports are accessible to recipients.

Given a report has been shared, when the recipient accesses their account, then the shared report should be visible in their shared reports section.

Export Functionality

User Story
Description: The requirement entails implementing an export feature that allows users to export their reports in various formats, such as PDF and Excel. This capability is essential for users who need to distribute their reports outside of the platform or want to manipulate the data further. The inclusion of this feature will enhance the functionality of the Custom Report Generator, making it more versatile and accommodating to different user preferences and needs regarding report sharing.
Acceptance Criteria: User successfully exports a report as a PDF using the Custom Report Generator feature.

Given the user has created a report with the Custom Report Generator, when they select the PDF format and click the export button, then the report should be saved as a PDF file that can be downloaded without errors.

User successfully exports a report as an Excel file using the Custom Report Generator feature.

Given the user has customized a report and selected Excel format, when they click the export button, then the report should be generated as an Excel file, and it should accurately reflect the selected metrics and timeframes.

User selects multiple metrics and exports a report in PDF format, ensuring all selected data is included.

Given the user customizes a report by selecting multiple metrics, when the user exports it as a PDF, then the PDF should include all selected metrics visually represented and formatted correctly.

User exports a report and opens it in the respective application to verify data integrity.

Given the user has successfully exported a report in either PDF or Excel format, when the user opens the exported file in its respective application, then the data should match exactly with the contents of the report generated in the MarketGenius platform.

User needs to share an exported report via email.

Given the user has exported a report in PDF format, when they choose to attach it to an email, then the report should be successfully attached without corruption and open correctly for the recipient.

User experiences a failed export attempt and needs effective error handling.

Given the user tries to export a report without selecting any metrics, when they click the export button, then an appropriate error message should be displayed prompting them to select at least one metric before attempting to export the report.

User-Friendly Interface

User Story
Description: The Custom Report Generator must feature an intuitive drag-and-drop interface that simplifies the report creation process. Users should be guided through the steps to select metrics, define timeframes, and choose visual formats effortlessly. This requirement is crucial for ensuring a seamless user experience, minimizing the learning curve for less tech-savvy users, and empowering them to produce comprehensive reports quickly.
Acceptance Criteria: User initiates the Custom Report Generator and is presented with the drag-and-drop interface for report creation.

Given the user is on the report generation page, when they open the Custom Report Generator, then the drag-and-drop interface should be visible and easy to understand without external help.

User selects specific metrics to include in their report using the drag-and-drop functionality.

Given the user has accessed the metrics panel, when they drag a metric into the report canvas, then the selected metric should be added without errors or lag.

User defines a custom timeframe for their report generation.

Given the user is in the report setup step, when they select a timeframe from the dropdown menu, then the system should allow them to preview the selected dates and confirm their choice without issues.

User chooses a visual format for their report once the metrics and timeframe are set.

Given the user has completed the previous steps, when they select a visual format (e.g., chart, table) and apply it, then the selected format should render accurately based on the metrics chosen.

User saves the generated report for future access and editing.

Given the user has completed the report setup, when they click the save button, then the report should be saved successfully, and a confirmation message should be displayed.

User accesses help or tutorials while creating a report.

Given the user is using the drag-and-drop interface, when they click on the help icon, then relevant tutorials or tooltips should be displayed to assist the user.

User encounters an error during report generation and wants to reattempt the process.

Given the user is in the report generation process, when an error occurs, then a user-friendly error message should be displayed, allowing the user to easily restart the report creation process.

Competitive Benchmarking

This feature compares key performance metrics with industry standards or competitors to highlight areas of strength and opportunities for improvement. Users gain a contextual understanding of their marketing performance, enabling strategic adjustments to enhance competitiveness.

Requirements

Automated Performance Data Collection

User Story: As a marketer, I want automatic performance data collection so that I can quickly access my campaign metrics without manual data entry, allowing me to focus on optimizing my marketing strategies.
Description: This requirement involves implementing a system that automatically gathers key performance data from various marketing channels, including social media, email campaigns, and ad networks. By centralizing this data collection process, users will have quick access to their performance metrics in one unified dashboard. This functionality will significantly reduce the manual effort involved in data gathering and ensure that users are working with the most up-to-date information when analyzing their marketing strategies. The expected outcome is improved efficiency in performance tracking, enabling users to make informed decisions based on real-time insights.
Acceptance Criteria: User initiates a marketing campaign on MarketGenius and requires automatic collection of performance data for social media engagement metrics.

Given the marketing campaign is active, when the user accesses the performance dashboard, then it should display updated engagement metrics collected from all linked social media platforms within the last 24 hours.

After running email marketing campaigns, users want to compare their open and click-through rates with industry benchmarks.

Given the email campaigns have been sent, when the user navigates to the performance analytics section, then the dashboard should show the email open and click-through rates alongside relevant industry benchmarks for comparison.

Users are viewing the dashboard and want to ensure that the data retrieved is the latest and comprehensive across different channels.

Given that data collection is automated, when the user refreshes the dashboard, then the system should display the latest data for all marketing channels without manual intervention.

A user wants to review historical performance data to measure growth in marketing effectiveness over time.

Given that the user has selected a specific time range, when they generate historical performance metrics, then the dashboard should accurately reflect the collected data for each marketing channel over that specified period.

The user needs to ensure that the collected performance data is stored and accessible without loss of information.

Given that performance data collection has occurred, when the user accesses the historical data archives, then all previously collected performance metrics should be retrievable and displayed accurately by date.

A user is interested in understanding the performance variations in campaigns conducted across multiple social platforms.

Given that campaigns have been executed on different social platforms, when the user views the comparative performance analysis, then the system should clearly display performance variations for each platform side by side.

The user expects to receive actionable insights based on the automatically collected performance data.

Given that performance data has been gathered, when the user accesses the insights section of the dashboard, then it should provide tailored recommendations for improving campaign effectiveness based on the latest performance metrics.

Custom Benchmark Comparisons

User Story: As a business owner, I want to customize my benchmark comparisons so that I can focus on specific competitors and metrics that matter most to my business, leading to more relevant insights and actionable strategies.
Description: This requirement allows users to define and customize benchmark comparisons against specific competitors or industry standards. Users can select metrics relevant to their goals, such as conversion rates, engagement levels, or ROI, and analyze how their performance stacks up against the selected benchmarks. This feature enhances user insights by enabling personalized benchmarking that aligns with their specific market conditions and strategic objectives. By tailoring benchmarks, users can identify targeted areas for improvement, thus driving better strategic marketing decisions.
Acceptance Criteria: User selects specific competitors for benchmarking and accesses the custom benchmark comparison interface.

Given a user is logged into MarketGenius, When the user selects 'Competitive Benchmarking' and chooses specific competitors, Then the user can see a list of predefined and custom metrics to compare against these competitors.

User customizes metrics for comparison with benchmarks based on their specific marketing goals.

Given the user is on the custom benchmarking interface, When the user selects metrics such as conversion rates, engagement levels, or ROI, Then the system should allow users to add, remove, or modify selected metrics as per their needs.

User initiates a custom benchmark comparison for analysis.

Given the user has selected their desired metrics and competitors, When the user clicks on 'Generate Comparison', Then the system should provide a detailed report of performance metrics showing where the user stands in relation to their competitors and industry standards.

User views the results of the custom benchmark comparison.

Given the comparison has been generated, When the user accesses the results, Then all selected metrics should be displayed in a clear, visual format with insights and recommendations for improvement provided.

User saves their custom benchmark settings for future reference.

Given the user has customized their benchmark settings, When the user clicks on 'Save Changes', Then the system should save the settings and allow the user to access them in future sessions without needing to reconfigure.

Visual Performance Comparison Dashboard

User Story: As a marketing analyst, I want a visual performance comparison dashboard so that I can easily interpret my marketing metrics against industry benchmarks and identify areas that require improvement.
Description: This requirement entails developing a visually engaging dashboard that presents performance metrics side-by-side against industry benchmarks. The dashboard will utilize graphs and charts to illustrate comparisons clearly, enabling users to quickly grasp their position in relation to competitors or industry standards. This visual representation helps users identify trends and patterns in their performance, facilitating faster decision-making and strategic adjustments. By making complex data more accessible and understandable, this feature will empower users to enhance their marketing efficacy.
Acceptance Criteria: User views the Visual Performance Comparison Dashboard after logging into MarketGenius to evaluate their marketing performance against industry benchmarks.

Given the user is logged in, when they navigate to the Visual Performance Comparison Dashboard, then they should see a side-by-side comparison of their performance metrics and the industry benchmarks represented in graphs and charts.

User customizes the metrics displayed on the Visual Performance Comparison Dashboard to focus on specific KPIs relevant to their marketing strategy.

Given the user is on the Visual Performance Comparison Dashboard, when they select specific KPIs from the customization options, then the dashboard should update to display only the selected metrics in the performance comparison.

User interacts with the graphs and charts on the Visual Performance Comparison Dashboard to gain insights on performance trends over time.

Given the user is observing the graphs, when they hover over a specific data point on the graph, then a tooltip should appear displaying the exact values for both their performance metrics and the industry benchmarks for that period.

User analyzes the Visual Performance Comparison Dashboard to identify areas of improvement based on the displayed metrics.

Given the user is using the dashboard, when they view the comparison metrics, then they should be able to see highlighted areas that are below the industry benchmark threshold, indicating opportunities for improvement.

User exports the data from the Visual Performance Comparison Dashboard for further analysis or reporting purposes.

Given the user has selected the export option, when they choose a format (e.g., CSV, PDF), then the dashboard should successfully generate and download the selected format containing all displayed data and metrics.

User accesses the Visual Performance Comparison Dashboard across different devices to ensure a responsive design.

Given the user accesses the dashboard from a mobile, tablet, and desktop device, when they view the dashboard, then it should be fully responsive and maintain usability without losing functionality on any device.

Alerts for Performance Deviations

User Story: As a digital marketer, I want alerts for performance deviations so that I can react quickly to any changes in my campaign performance, ensuring that I stay competitive in the marketplace.
Description: This requirement introduces an alert system that notifies users when their performance metrics deviate significantly from set benchmarks. Users can define thresholds for deviations, and the system will send real-time alerts via email or within the application. This proactive feature ensures users can quickly address any negative trends or capitalize on positive ones, fostering timely strategic interventions. The implementation of this requirement will lead to a more responsive approach to performance management, allowing users to maintain competitiveness in their marketing efforts.
Acceptance Criteria: User receives an alert when their ad click-through rate falls below the defined threshold compared to industry standards.

Given the user has set a threshold for click-through rates, when the ad performance metric falls below this threshold, then an alert should be sent to the user's registered email and displayed in the application dashboard.

User defines a threshold for social media engagement metrics and wants to be notified when engagement drops significantly.

Given the user has defined a threshold for social media engagement, when the engagement statistics drop by 20% or more compared to the average in the past month, then a real-time alert should be triggered and sent to the user via both email and in-app notification.

User wants to monitor their email campaign open rates and be alerted if performance exceeds predefined expectations positively.

Given the user has set a threshold for minimum open rates for email campaigns, when the open rate exceeds the threshold by 15% above the last three-month average, then a congratulatory alert should be sent to the user via email and displayed in the application.

User is interested in understanding the impact of seasonal changes on their performance metrics and sets seasonal benchmarks for alerts.

Given the user has established seasonal benchmarks, when a performance metric deviates from the seasonal benchmark by 10% or more, then an alert should be sent to the user indicating the specific metric and the variation from the benchmark.

User modifies the performance threshold for their email engagement metrics and wants to ensure alerts are adjusting accordingly.

Given the user modifies their threshold for email engagement metrics, when the change is saved, then the system should immediately adjust the alert parameters and confirm the update through an in-app message to the user.

User wants to set multiple thresholds for different marketing channels and receive alerts for each channel.

Given the user has set different performance thresholds for multiple marketing channels, when each channel's performance deviates significantly from its corresponding threshold, then the user should receive specific alerts for each channel detailing the performance deviation.

Integration with Third-Party Analytics Tools

User Story: As a user, I want to integrate MarketGenius with other analytics tools so that I can have a unified view of my marketing performance and make better-informed decisions based on comprehensive data.
Description: This requirement involves integrating MarketGenius with popular third-party analytics tools like Google Analytics, Facebook Insights, and CRM systems. The integration will allow users to import and consolidate their data from various sources into the MarketGenius platform, providing a comprehensive overview of their marketing performance across channels. This feature increases the platform's value by enabling users to leverage existing analytical tools they are familiar with and ensuring that all relevant data contributes to their competitive benchmarking efforts.
Acceptance Criteria: User integration of Google Analytics within MarketGenius.

Given that the user has an active Google Analytics account and is logged into MarketGenius, when the user navigates to the integrations section and selects Google Analytics, then they should be able to input their Google Analytics credentials, and the data should be successfully imported into MarketGenius without errors.

User imports data from Facebook Insights into MarketGenius.

Given that the user has a Facebook business account and is logged into MarketGenius, when the user selects Facebook Insights from the integrations section, then they should be able to authorize access to their Facebook account, and all relevant metrics should be imported into MarketGenius for analysis.

User views consolidated analytics data from multiple sources in MarketGenius.

Given that the user has integrated at least two third-party analytics tools (e.g., Google Analytics and Facebook Insights) with MarketGenius, when the user visits the performance dashboard, then they should see a comprehensive overview of their marketing metrics that accurately reflects data from both sources and highlights key performance indicators.

User checks for updates or errors during the data import process.

Given that the user is importing data from any third-party analytics tool, when the import process is initiated, then the user should receive a real-time notification indicating the progress of the import and alerting them to any errors or issues that arise during the process.

User disengagement from a third-party analytics tool integration.

Given that the user has previously integrated a third-party analytics tool, when the user chooses to disconnect that integration from the integrations section, then they should receive a confirmation prompt, and upon confirmation, the integration should be fully removed from their MarketGenius account without affecting other data.

User utilizes imported data for competitive benchmarking analysis.

Given that the user has integrated multiple analytics tools and has substantial data imported, when the user accesses the competitive benchmarking feature, then they should be able to compare their performance metrics against industry standards in an intuitive manner, with actionable insights clearly displayed.

Historical Performance Trend Analysis

User Story: As a marketer, I want historical performance trend analysis so that I can evaluate my past marketing strategies and make better future decisions based on long-term performance insights.
Description: This requirement enables users to analyze historical performance trends over time against industry benchmarks. Users will be able to generate reports that visualize their performance history, providing insights into long-term trends and patterns. This analysis helps users understand how their strategies evolve and informs future strategic planning by highlighting effective tactics and identifying areas that need further optimization. By giving a clearer picture of past performance, users can make more strategic decisions moving forward.
Acceptance Criteria: Historical performance trend analysis report generation for a user’s digital marketing campaigns.

Given a user has selected a time range for historical data analysis, when they generate a report, then the report must include visual representations of key performance metrics over the specified timeframe and compare them with industry benchmarks.

User interaction with the report generated from historical performance trend analysis.

Given a user views the generated report, when they click on any metric, then they must be able to see detailed explanations of that metric’s historical performance and relevant contextual data.

Comparison of individual campaign performance against the set benchmarks in the generated report.

Given the report displays different campaigns, when the user views the performance metrics, then each campaign's performance must be compared against the established benchmarks for the relevant industry and presented visually.

Ability for users to customize date ranges for historical analysis in the reporting tool.

Given a user is in the report generation interface, when they select a custom date range, then the performance metrics in the report must reflect only the data within that specified date range.

Exporting historical performance trend analysis reports to external formats.

Given a user has generated a historical performance trend analysis report, when they choose to export the report, then the report must be downloadable in at least two formats, such as PDF and Excel, preserving all visualizations and data accurately.

Receiving notifications of significant changes in performance metrics after historical trend analysis is conducted.

Given the user has access to their historical performance reports, when a key performance metric deviates significantly from the benchmark, then the user must receive a notification alerting them about the change and suggesting potential inquiries to investigate further.

Sentiment Analysis Integration

Leverage AI to analyze customer sentiment across social media and engagement metrics. This feature helps users understand audience perceptions of their brand and campaigns, allowing for tailored responses and strategy adjustments based on feedback.

Requirements

Real-time Sentiment Analysis

User Story: As a digital marketer, I want to receive real-time sentiment analysis so that I can quickly adapt my campaigns based on audience reactions and improve my marketing effectiveness.
Description: The Real-time Sentiment Analysis requirement involves integrating advanced AI algorithms that analyze customer sentiment based on social media posts, comments, and engagement metrics in real-time. This functionality allows users to gain immediate insights into public perception regarding their brand and marketing campaigns. The feature will include a dashboard that aggregates sentiment data, presenting it in graphical formats for easy interpretation. By understanding how audiences feel about their campaigns, users can make quick and informed strategic adjustments, enhancing overall campaign effectiveness and customer engagement. This requirement is essential as it empowers users to tailor their marketing strategies promptly, ensuring responsiveness to audience needs and maximizing interaction opportunities.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Real-time Sentiment Analysis dashboard to view current customer sentiment regarding their recent marketing campaign.

Given the user is on the Real-time Sentiment Analysis dashboard, when they select a specific campaign from the dropdown menu, then the dashboard should display sentiment analysis data for that campaign in graphical format, including positive, negative, and neutral sentiment percentages.

User receives notifications for significant changes in customer sentiment in real-time during the execution of their marketing campaign.

Given the user has set up sentiment monitoring for their campaign, when there is a significant increase or decrease in negative sentiment, then the user should receive a real-time notification via email or within the application.

User wants to analyze sentiment trends over a specified period to assess marketing campaign effectiveness.

Given the user selects a date range for analysis, when they apply the filter on the dashboard, then the sentiment data should update to reflect trends in sentiment over the selected period, displayed in a line graph format.

User seeks to understand sentiment breakdown by demographics to refine marketing strategies.

Given the user is on the Real-time Sentiment Analysis dashboard, when they enable demographic filters (age, gender, location), then the dashboard should display a segmented sentiment analysis reflecting the selected demographics.

User requests to download sentiment analysis data for reporting purposes after a marketing campaign.

Given the user is on the Real-time Sentiment Analysis dashboard, when they click on the 'Download Report' button, then a CSV file containing the sentiment analysis data should be generated and downloaded successfully.

User interacts with the sentiment analysis graphical representation and seeks detailed insights for specific posts.

Given the user views the graphical representation of sentiment data, when they click on a specific data point, then the system should display detailed insights, including top posts that influenced that sentiment score and relevant engagement metrics.

Sentiment Trend Reporting

User Story: As a marketer, I want to receive detailed sentiment trend reports so that I can understand how perceptions of my campaigns have evolved over time and adjust my strategies accordingly.
Description: The Sentiment Trend Reporting requirement focuses on creating automated reports that highlight trends in customer sentiment over time. This includes the ability to track positive, negative, and neutral responses to various campaigns or posts across different platforms. The reports should be customizable, allowing users to select specific date ranges, campaigns, and social media channels for analysis. By offering clients insights into long-term sentiment trends, users can better strategize future marketing approaches and refine messages to align with audience preferences. This feature strengthens MarketGenius's position as a data-driven marketing platform and is crucial for users aiming to establish a strong brand presence.
Acceptance Criteria: User wants to generate a sentiment trend report to analyze the performance of multiple marketing campaigns over the past quarter.

Given a logged-in user, when they select the 'Sentiment Trend Report' option and choose a date range of the last three months with specific campaigns, then the system should display a report summarizing sentiment trends (positive, negative, neutral) for those campaigns.

A marketing analyst needs to filter sentiment trends based on different social media channels to assess which platform generated the most positive feedback.

Given a user generating a sentiment trend report, when they apply filters for specific social media channels (e.g., Facebook, Twitter), then the system should generate a report reflecting sentiment data solely from the selected channels, showing trends for each.

A small business owner wants insights on how customer sentiment has changed over time for a recent ad campaign.

Given a user who selects a specific ad campaign in the sentiment reporting tool, when they choose to view historical data for the last six months, then the system must provide a visual representation (e.g., graph) of sentiment shifts over the selected time frame.

A user needs to export sentiment trend data to share with their marketing team.

Given a completed sentiment trend report, when the user selects the 'Export' option, then they should be able to download the report in multiple formats (CSV, PDF) without loss of information or formatting.

A user wishes to analyze how different demographics respond to marketing campaigns using sentiment data.

Given the sentiment trend reporting tool, when the user adds demographic filters (e.g., age, location), then the report must update to reflect sentiment trends segmented by the selected demographics, allowing for detailed analysis.

The marketing manager needs to set alerts for significant changes in sentiment trends to respond timely.

Given a user in the sentiment reporting interface, when they define threshold levels for sentiment change (e.g., increase or decrease by 20%), then the system should send real-time alerts via email when such changes occur.

Sentiment Alerts

User Story: As a marketer, I want to receive alerts for significant changes in sentiment so that I can take immediate action to address potential issues or capitalize on positive responses.
Description: The Sentiment Alerts requirement aims to implement a notification system that alerts users to significant shifts in sentiment data. Users can set thresholds for positive or negative sentiment levels, and when these levels are crossed, notifications will be sent via email and in-app alerts. This feature is designed to ensure that users are promptly informed about any drastic changes in audience perception, allowing them to take immediate action if necessary. By being proactive, users can manage their brand’s reputation effectively and seize opportunities or mitigate crises more effectively. This functionality is vital for maintaining strong customer relationships and brand integrity.
Acceptance Criteria: User customizes sentiment alert thresholds and saves the settings.

Given the user sets a threshold for positive sentiment to 70% and negative sentiment to 30%, when the user saves these preferences, then the system confirms the update and reflects the new thresholds in the user settings.

User receives alerts when sentiment thresholds are crossed.

Given the user has set thresholds for sentiment at 70% positive and 30% negative, when the sentiment changes to 68% positive, then a notification is not sent; when it changes to 29% negative, then both an email and an in-app alert are received by the user.

User views historical sentiment data and alert history.

Given the user accesses the sentiment analysis dashboard, when they navigate to the alerts history section, then they can see a chronological list of all received alerts along with the corresponding sentiment data at the time of each alert.

User adjusts alert preferences and tests notifications.

Given the user changes the positive sentiment threshold to 75% and negative to 25%, when the user triggers a test alert, then an email and an in-app notification should inform the user that the alert settings are active with the new threshold values.

System logs all alert actions for audit purposes.

Given an alert is sent to the user when sentiment thresholds are crossed, when the system logs this action, then it records the user’s ID, time of alert, sentiment values at alert time, and the threshold values in a secure database.

User receives alerts in preferred language.

Given the user has set their preferred language to Spanish, when a sentiment threshold is crossed, then the email and in-app notifications should be sent in Spanish, accurately reflecting the content needed for the user.

User can unsubscribe from a specific type of alert.

Given the user opts to unsubscribe from negative sentiment alerts, when they select the unsubscribe option and confirm, then they will not receive notifications for negative sentiment threshold breaches but will still receive positive sentiment alerts.

Sentiment Dashboard Customization

User Story: As a marketer, I want to customize my sentiment analysis dashboard to focus on the metrics most relevant to my campaigns so that I can quickly access important insights without unnecessary clutter.
Description: The Sentiment Dashboard Customization requirement will allow users to customize their sentiment analysis dashboard according to their preferences. Users should be able to arrange widgets, choose the metrics they want to display, and select visualization types (graphs, charts, etc.) that best meet their analytical needs. This customization capability enhances user experience by providing relevant data at a glance, facilitating informed decision-making. Allowing users to tailor their dashboards ensures they focus on the most relevant information, improving efficiency in campaign adjustments and audience engagement handling. This feature is crucial for user satisfaction and maximizing the platform’s usability.
Acceptance Criteria: User wants to arrange widgets on their Sentiment Dashboard to prioritize certain metrics such as customer satisfaction and engagement levels.

Given the user opens the Sentiment Dashboard, when they drag and drop widgets into their preferred positions, then the layout should be saved and displayed consistently upon the user’s next login.

User desires to select specific metrics to display on their Sentiment Dashboard based on their marketing goals.

Given the user accesses the customization options, when they select metrics such as brand sentiment or engagement rates for visualization, then only the chosen metrics should appear on the dashboard.

A user wants to choose the type of visualizations for the metrics displayed on their Sentiment Dashboard, such as bar charts, pie charts, or line graphs.

Given the user is in the customization settings, when they select a visualization type for each metric, then the dashboard should reflect these selections visually and accurately.

A user wishes to reset their Sentiment Dashboard customization to default settings after experimenting with various configurations.

Given the user is viewing their customized Sentiment Dashboard, when they click the 'Reset to Default' button, then the dashboard should revert to its original settings without any customization applied.

A user needs to save their customized Sentiment Dashboard setup to ensure it remains unchanged during future sessions.

Given the user has made various customizations to their Sentiment Dashboard, when they click the 'Save Changes' button, then all customizations should be securely saved and loaded correctly in subsequent visits.

A user would like to share their customized Sentiment Dashboard configuration with other team members for collaborative analysis.

Given the user has a customized Sentiment Dashboard, when they select the 'Share Configuration' option, then the dashboard setup should be sent to the specified team members via email with a link to view it.

Integration with CRM Systems

User Story: As a marketer, I want to integrate sentiment analysis data with my CRM system so that I can personalize my marketing efforts based on customer behavior and engagement history.
Description: The Integration with CRM Systems requirement facilitates seamless data exchange between MarketGenius and popular Customer Relationship Management systems. This feature will allow users to correlate sentiment analysis data with customer profiles and interactions recorded in their CRM. By linking sentiment trends to specific customer engagements, marketers can create more targeted campaigns based on individual preferences and behaviors. This integration increases the utilization of sentiment analysis insights, empowering users to deliver personalized marketing strategies. This requirement is key for enhancing user capability to apply sentiment data comprehensively within their marketing efforts.
Acceptance Criteria: Integration with popular CRM systems such as Salesforce, HubSpot, and Zoho for real-time sentiment analysis feedback.

Given the user connects their CRM system to MarketGenius, When sentiment data is collected from social media channels, Then it should be reflected in the CRM system in real-time, allowing users to access and review customer sentiment alongside their profiles.

Users access sentiment analysis insights via their CRM dashboard to tailor marketing strategies effectively.

Given the user has integrated sentiment analysis with their CRM, When they access customer profiles, Then they should see corresponding sentiment trends and insights displayed clearly to inform their marketing decisions.

The system must support data synchronization between MarketGenius and the chosen CRM without loss of information.

Given the user initiates a data synchronization between MarketGenius and the CRM, When the sync process is completed, Then all sentiment analysis records should be accurately updated in the CRM without any discrepancies or data loss.

Users can generate targeted marketing campaigns based on sentiment data linked to specific customer interactions.

Given sentiment data from social media is integrated with customer profiles, When users create a new marketing campaign, Then they should be able to select target audiences based on sentiment trends linked to their CRM data.

Users receive notifications about significant changes in customer sentiment as recorded in their CRM.

Given the sentiment analysis feature is active and integrated with the CRM, When there is a significant shift in sentiment scores for a customer, Then the system should notify the user promptly through their CRM interface.

Users have the ability to filter customer profiles by sentiment score through their CRM system.

Given the sentiment analysis data is integrated with the CRM, When users apply filters to search for customer profiles, Then they should be able to filter by specific sentiment scores, making it easy to target and analyze customer perceptions.

Automated Sentiment Response Suggestions

User Story: As a digital marketer, I want to receive automated suggestions for responding to sentiment shifts so that I can effectively address audience concerns or enhance engagement without delay.
Description: The Automated Sentiment Response Suggestions requirement involves creating an AI-driven tool that provides users with suggested responses or actions based on sentiment analysis results. For instance, if a negative sentiment spike is detected, the system could suggest crisis communication strategies or content that addresses customer concerns. This feature not only aids users in effectively managing customer relations but also speeds up response times to sentiment issues. By automating these suggestions, users are empowered with actionable insights that foster better engagement and satisfaction while mitigating potential backlash. This capability is essential for enhancing user strategy responsiveness.
Acceptance Criteria: User receives an alert when negative sentiment is detected, prompting the creation of a response.

Given a spike in negative sentiment is detected, when the user accesses the suggestion feature, then suggested crisis communication strategies are displayed based on the sentiment analysis.

User views proposed response actions in real-time during a sentiment analysis session.

Given the user is analyzing sentiment metrics in real-time, when negative or positive sentiment is detected, then contextually relevant response suggestions appear dynamically within the interface.

User wants to customize response templates based on sentiment results.

Given the user has predefined response templates, when a sentiment spike occurs, then the user can select and modify an existing template from the suggestions for personalized communication.

User evaluates historical sentiment trends to improve future campaign strategies.

Given historical sentiment data is available, when the user accesses the analysis report, then actionable insights and recommended adjustments for future campaigns are generated based on past sentiment responses.

User integrates sentiment response suggestions into ongoing marketing campaigns.

Given a marketing campaign is active, when the user receives sentiment analysis alerts, then they can choose to integrate response suggestions into the campaign strategy instantly.

User trains the AI model to improve response suggestions over time.

Given the user provides feedback on response suggestions, when the feedback is submitted, then the AI model incorporates this feedback into its learning algorithm to enhance future suggestions.

User assesses response suggestion effectiveness post-implementation.

Given the user has acted upon suggested responses, when they review engagement metrics, then there should be quantifiable improvements in audience engagement levels following the implementation of suggestions.

Dynamic Audience Clustering

Utilizing advanced AI algorithms, this feature dynamically groups users into distinct audience clusters based on real-time behavior and engagement patterns. By enabling marketers to identify unique segments, it helps create personalized campaigns that speak directly to each cluster’s preferences, resulting in higher engagement and conversion rates.

Requirements

Real-Time Behavior Analysis

User Story: As a digital marketer, I want to receive real-time behavior insights so that I can adapt my campaigns promptly and improve engagement with my audience.
Description: This requirement focuses on the implementation of advanced AI algorithms that analyze user behavior in real-time. This analysis will allow the system to interpret user engagement patterns, identifying how users interact with content across various channels. By understanding these behaviors, marketers can make data-driven decisions to enhance campaign effectiveness. This feature will integrate seamlessly with existing data management systems within MarketGenius, ensuring that the audience clustering remains updated and accurate. The expected outcome is an enriched understanding of user behavior that directly informs targeted marketing strategies, ultimately leading to improved engagement rates and campaign success.
Acceptance Criteria: User Interaction with Behavior Analysis Dashboard

Given a user accesses the real-time behavior analysis dashboard, when the user selects a specific timeframe and audience segment, then the dashboard must display real-time engagement metrics and user behavior trends for that selected segment.

Automated Audience Clustering Based on Engagement Patterns

Given that the system is processing real-time user data, when the analysis identifies consistent engagement patterns, then the system must automatically generate audience clusters and update the clustering data within 5 minutes of data collection.

Integration with Existing Data Management Systems

Given the requirement for seamless integration, when real-time behavior analysis occurs, then the system must ensure that the updated audience clusters are reflected in the data management systems without any data lag or discrepancies.

Accuracy of Engagement Metrics Calculation

Given that user interaction data is flowing in, when the system calculates engagement metrics, then the metrics must reflect at least a 95% accuracy compared to manual calculations over a 48-hour period.

User Notifications for Significant Behavior Changes

Given that the system detects significant changes in user behavior patterns, when such a change occurs, then the system must notify the marketing team within 1 hour with actionable insights and suggested adjustments.

Performance of AI Algorithms in User Segmentation

Given the implementation of AI algorithms, when the algorithms process user data to form segmentation, then at least 85% of users should be correctly assigned to their respective audience clusters based on engagement behaviors after a testing phase of 2 weeks.

Automated Audience Segmentation

User Story: As a marketer using MarketGenius, I want to have my audience automatically segmented so that I can create personalized campaigns more efficiently and effectively.
Description: This requirement involves the development of a feature that automatically segments users into distinct audience clusters based on their behavioral data and engagement levels. Utilizing machine learning techniques, the system will categorize users into predefined and dynamically generated segments, allowing marketers to tailor their messaging accordingly. This functionality is critical for personalizing marketing strategies, as it enables marketers to address the specific needs and preferences of each cluster, enhancing the relevance and effectiveness of their campaigns. The integration of this feature with the existing campaign management tools in MarketGenius will provide users with a powerful capability to optimize their outreach efforts.
Acceptance Criteria: User initiates an audience segmentation campaign targeting their marketing demographics through the MarketGenius platform.

Given the user inputs their target demographics and behavioral parameters, when the system processes the data, then it must create at least three distinct audience segments based on the current user data.

A marketer wants to review the audience segments created during a previous marketing campaign to evaluate effectiveness.

Given a past marketing campaign has been run, when the marketer accesses the audience segmentation report, then it must display the number of users in each segment and their corresponding engagement metrics such as click-through rates and conversions.

A user seeks to adjust the parameters for audience segmentation in real-time to refine their targeting strategy during a live campaign.

Given the user modifies the segmentation parameters in the audience settings, when they save the changes, then the system must update the audience segments within one minute, reflecting the new parameters without any errors.

A marketer analyzes the performance of individualized campaigns based on the dynamic audience segments generated by the system.

Given multiple segmented campaigns have been executed, when the marketer reviews the campaign analytics, then the report must include detailed performance metrics for each segment, including engagement rates, conversion stats, and ROI calculations for the specified timeframe.

A user wants to receive real-time notifications when new audience segments are created based on live user interactions.

Given new user behavior data is collected, when the automatic audience segmentation occurs, then the system must send a notification to the user indicating the number of new segments created and their unique identifiers.

Customizable Campaign Templates

User Story: As a marketer, I want to use customizable templates for my campaigns so that I can save time and ensure relevance to my targeted audience segments.
Description: This requirement entails the provision of customizable campaign templates that allow marketers to easily create targeted campaigns for each audience cluster. Users will be able to select from a library of template designs tailored to various marketing strategies and adjust elements such as text, images, and call-to-action buttons to match the brand's identity. This feature not only saves time but also facilitates the application of best practices in campaign design. Integrating this capability with the dynamic audience clustering will enable more effective use of resources and higher conversion rates, as teams can create visually appealing and relevant campaigns for each cluster.
Acceptance Criteria: Selecting a Campaign Template for a Marketing Campaign

Given a library of customizable campaign templates, when a user selects a template, then the template preview should be displayed with options for customization.

Customizing Campaign Elements

Given a selected campaign template, when a user edits text, images, or call-to-action buttons, then the changes should be saved and reflected in the campaign preview.

Saving a Customized Campaign Template

Given a user has customized a campaign template, when they click 'Save', then the customized template should be stored in the user's library for future use.

Previewing the Customized Campaign

Given a customized campaign, when the user clicks on 'Preview', then the campaign should open in a new window displaying a fully-rendered version as it will appear to the audience.

Publishing the Customized Campaign

Given a completed customized campaign, when the user clicks 'Publish', then the campaign should be scheduled or sent out according to the user's selected settings and the system should confirm the action.

Integrating Audience Clustering with Campaign Templates

Given audience clusters have been created, when a user selects a target audience for their campaign, then the templates should automatically suggest relevant designs and content based on the selected audience cluster.

Assessing Campaign Performance Post-Publication

Given a published campaign, when the performance analytics are available, then the user should be able to view metrics related to engagement and conversion rates that specifically highlight the effectiveness of the used template for the selected audience cluster.

Performance Analytics Dashboard

User Story: As a digital marketer, I want to have a performance analytics dashboard so that I can easily track the success of my campaigns and make informed adjustments.
Description: This requirement focuses on creating a performance analytics dashboard that provides real-time insights into the effectiveness of campaigns directed towards audience clusters. The dashboard will visualize key performance indicators such as engagement rates, conversion rates, and user feedback, allowing marketers to assess how well their strategies are resonating with different segments. By utilizing this dashboard, users can identify successful tactics and areas for improvement, fostering a culture of data-driven decision-making within the marketing team. This integration will elevate the overall user experience by providing instant access to critical metrics, thus enabling adjustments in strategy as necessary.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the performance analytics dashboard to evaluate the success of recent marketing campaigns targeted at specific audience clusters.

Given the user is logged into MarketGenius, When the user navigates to the performance analytics dashboard, Then the dashboard should display real-time insights on engagement rates, conversion rates, and user feedback for all active campaigns.

User filters data on the performance analytics dashboard by specific audience clusters to analyze campaign effectiveness.

Given the performance analytics dashboard is open, When the user applies a filter for audience cluster A, Then only data relevant to audience cluster A should be displayed, including engagement rates and conversion metrics specific to that cluster.

User reviews the visualizations on the performance analytics dashboard to identify successful marketing strategies.

Given the user has accessed the performance analytics dashboard, When the user views the key performance indicators, Then the dashboard should show visual representations (graphs/charts) of engagement and conversion rates for each audience cluster, allowing for easy comparison and identification of successful strategies.

User wants to export performance analytics data for the past month to share with the marketing team.

Given the user is on the performance analytics dashboard, When the user selects the export option for the last month’s data, Then the system should generate and download a CSV file containing all relevant performance metrics for that period.

User wants to receive alerts for significant changes in campaign performance metrics from the analytics dashboard.

Given the user has set up alert preferences in the performance analytics dashboard, When there is a significant increase or decrease in engagement or conversion rates, Then the user should receive an automatic notification via email or in-app message based on their preferences.

User interacts with the performance analytics dashboard using a mobile device.

Given the user accesses the performance analytics dashboard on a mobile device, When the dashboard loads, Then it should be fully responsive, allowing the user to view and interact with all key performance metrics and visualizations easily.

User wants to compare performance metrics across different audience clusters to optimize their campaign strategies.

Given the user is on the performance analytics dashboard, When the user selects multiple audience clusters for comparison, Then the dashboard should provide a side-by-side comparison of engagement and conversion rates, clearly indicating strengths and weaknesses of each cluster.

AI-Driven Content Suggestions

User Story: As a content marketer, I want AI to suggest content ideas based on my audience segments so that I can create engaging and relevant materials more easily.
Description: This requirement proposes the integration of AI-driven content suggestions that provide marketers with tailored content ideas based on the interests and preferences of each audience cluster. The system will analyze historical engagement data and suggest relevant topics, keywords, and formats that are likely to resonate with each group. This feature enhances the creativity and effectiveness of the content marketing efforts by ensuring that marketing materials are aligned with audience expectations. Implementing this capability will empower marketers to produce high-impact content efficiently and effectively, leading to improved overall campaign performance.
Acceptance Criteria: AI-driven content suggestions for a personalized campaign targeting millennials interested in health and fitness.

Given that a marketer has selected a specific audience cluster of millennials interested in health and fitness, when they request content suggestions, then the system must provide at least five tailored content ideas that include relevant topics, keywords, and formats suitable for the identified audience.

Integration of AI-driven content suggestions into the MarketGenius platform's user interface.

Given that a marketer is using the MarketGenius platform, when they navigate to the content suggestion section, then they should see a user-friendly interface displaying AI-generated content ideas based on user preferences and historical engagement data.

Real-time updates to content suggestions based on audience engagement.

Given that an audience cluster's engagement data has been updated, when the marketer refreshes the content suggestions, then the system should generate new ideas reflecting the latest engagement trends within 10 seconds.

User feedback mechanism for AI-driven content suggestions.

Given that a marketer has received content suggestions from the system, when they rate the relevance of the suggestions, then the system must capture the feedback and adjust future suggestions accordingly based on a defined algorithm.

Performance metrics for AI-driven content suggestions effectiveness analysis.

Given that a marketer has implemented content suggestions provided by the AI, when they review the campaign performance report, then there must be measurable metrics indicating at least a 20% increase in engagement rates compared to previous campaigns without AI suggestions.

Scenario with multiple audience clusters receiving different content suggestions.

Given a scenario where a marketer has multiple audience clusters, when they generate content suggestions for each cluster, then the system must produce unique suggestions for at least three different clusters that cater to their distinct preferences.

Interest-Based Targeting

This feature analyzes user engagement data to identify and categorize audience interests across various platforms. By tapping into these interests, marketers can develop targeted messages and content that resonate with specific demographics, ensuring more effective communication and maximizing ad spend efficiency.

Requirements

User Engagement Analysis

User Story: As a marketer, I want to analyze user engagement data so that I can create more targeted marketing messages that resonate with my audience's interests.
Description: This requirement involves developing robust algorithms to analyze user engagement data from various digital platforms, identifying behavioral patterns and engagement metrics. This functionality is crucial for understanding how users interact with content and ads, allowing marketers to pinpoint interests and tailor their strategies accordingly. By integrating this analysis feature within MarketGenius, marketers gain valuable insights that can directly influence campaign effectiveness and ROI. The expected outcome is enhanced targeting accuracy, resulting in improved user engagement and maximized ad spend efficiency.
Acceptance Criteria: User Engagement Data Integration for Campaign Analysis

Given that the user has integrated their social media and email marketing accounts with MarketGenius, when they view the user engagement analytics dashboard, then the dashboard should display engagement metrics (likes, shares, comments) categorized by specified interests for each platform.

Automatic Interest Categorization from Engagement Metrics

Given the user has selected a specific campaign, when the system analyzes user engagement data, then it should automatically categorize users into interest groups based on predefined behavioral patterns, allowing for targeted messaging strategies.

Generating Insights from User Engagement Patterns

Given that the user has access to the engagement analytics feature, when they request insights for a specific target audience, then the system should provide actionable recommendations based on historical engagement patterns to improve future campaigns.

Real-Time Analytics Notifications for Engagement Changes

Given that the user has set up notifications for engagement metrics, when there is a significant change in user engagement metrics (e.g., 20% increase or decrease), then the user should receive an instant notification through the MarketGenius platform and via email.

Performance Metrics Comparison for Campaign Effectiveness

Given the user has run multiple campaigns, when they compare their performance metrics, then the system should display a detailed report highlighting which interest-based targeting strategies led to higher engagement rates across campaigns.

User Feedback Collection for Refining Targeting Algorithms

Given that the user has completed a campaign, when they submit feedback regarding the relevance of the targeting, then the system should log this feedback and utilize it to refine its algorithms for future interest-based targeting processes.

User Interface for Viewing Engagement Data

Given the user is navigating the engagement analytics section, when they adjust filters (such as date range, platform, and engagement type), then the system should refresh the dashboard to accurately reflect the selected parameters without significant delay.

Automated Interest Categorization

User Story: As a user, I want my interests to be automatically categorized so that I receive personalized content that is more relevant to me.
Description: This requirement entails implementing a feature that automatically categorizes users into distinct interest segments based on the analysis of engagement data. By utilizing machine learning techniques, the platform will continuously learn and refine these categories to ensure they remain relevant and accurate. This capability will streamline the targeting process for marketers, enabling them to efficiently create personalized campaigns geared towards specific demographics. The implementation of this requirement will enhance user experience and lead to higher conversion rates by aligning messaging with user interests.
Acceptance Criteria: User Engagement Data Analysis and Interest Categorization Process

Given that the system has access to user engagement data, when the automated process is triggered, then it should successfully categorize at least 90% of users into distinct interest segments within 24 hours of data collection.

Dynamic Learning and Adaptation to User Interests

Given that the system has established interest categories, when new user engagement data is collated, then the system should update interest categories to reflect at least a 10% improvement in relevance based on historical engagement metrics.

Automated Campaign Targeting Setup

Given that users have been categorized into interests, when a marketer sets up a new campaign targeting a specific interest segment, then the system should automatically populate the target audience list with at least 85% accuracy based on recent engagement data.

User Interface for Interest Segmentation Review

Given that the interest categorization process is complete, when a user accesses the dashboard to review categories, then they should see an intuitive interface displaying interest segments with relevant analytics (engagement rates and demographics) for at least 90% of the segments.

User Feedback Collection Mechanism for Categorization Accuracy

Given that interest segments have been created, when users provide feedback on the accuracy of these segments, then the system should capture and report this feedback, achieving a 75% response rate from the targeted user base within one month.

Reporting and Analytics for Marketing Effectiveness

Given that campaigns have been launched based on interest segments, when the system generates performance reports, then at least 95% of those reports should accurately reflect the impact of interest-based targeting on engagement metrics such as CTR (Click-Through Rate) and conversion rates.

Handling of Edge Cases in Interest Categorization

Given that some users may not fit neatly into interest categories, when the categorization algorithm runs, then it should successfully identify and flag at least 10% of users as 'Other' to ensure that no engagement data is lost in the segmentation process.

Dynamic Content Recommendation Engine

User Story: As a marketer, I want to receive content recommendations based on audience interests so that I can increase the effectiveness of my campaigns.
Description: This feature focuses on creating a recommendation engine that dynamically suggests content and messaging to marketers based on identified interest categories. By leveraging AI technology, the engine will analyze past campaign performance alongside current user interests to recommend the most impactful content for each target audience segment. This requirement is vital for elevating the overall campaign strategy by ensuring that content is not only relevant but also optimized for performance. The anticipated outcome will be an increase in user engagement, which can lead to higher conversion rates and an improved marketing ROI.
Acceptance Criteria: Marketers are leveraging the Dynamic Content Recommendation Engine during a campaign planning session to select the most appropriate content for their targeted audience segments based on the interest categories identified by the Interest-Based Targeting feature.

Given the interest categories for a selected audience segment, when the marketer accesses the Dynamic Content Recommendation Engine, then it should display a list of at least five recommended content pieces that align with those interests, ranked by predicted engagement level.

A user wishes to analyze the effectiveness of the Dynamic Content Recommendation Engine after running a campaign based on the recommendations provided. They want to compare the performance metrics of the recommended content versus previously used content.

Given a completed marketing campaign using recommended content, when the user retrieves performance metrics from the Campaign Performance Dashboard, then the dashboard should display an increase in user engagement metrics (click-through rates, conversions) of at least 20% compared to the previous campaign using non-recommended content.

Marketers want to ensure that the Dynamic Content Recommendation Engine continuously improves its suggestions based on user feedback and latest campaign performance after implementing user engagements.

Given user feedback on recommended content, when the feedback is analyzed by the Dynamic Content Recommendation Engine, then it should incorporate the feedback to update the recommendation algorithm, resulting in more relevant suggestions for the next campaign cycle.

During a training session, users are learning how to utilize the Dynamic Content Recommendation Engine effectively to enhance their marketing strategies with AI-driven insights.

Given new users in a training session, when they complete a training module on the Dynamic Content Recommendation Engine, then they should be able to independently generate a campaign strategy that incorporates at least three recommended content pieces based on user interests and receive a satisfaction score of 80% or higher on post-training feedback.

An existing marketer is using the Engineer to create targeted campaigns and wants to ensure that the recommendations align with real-time data and trends in the marketplace.

Given real-time user engagement data, when the marketer requests content recommendations for their upcoming campaign, then the Dynamic Content Recommendation Engine should output suggestions that reflect at least three current trends or themes from the last month.

Real-time Performance Feedback

User Story: As a marketer, I want to see real-time performance metrics of my campaigns so that I can quickly adjust my strategies to improve results.
Description: This requirement involves implementing a real-time analytics dashboard that provides instant feedback on campaign performance based on targeted demographics and interests. By integrating performance metrics with ongoing campaigns, marketers can make immediate adjustments to optimize their strategies. The dashboard should display key metrics such as engagement rates, conversions, and return on ad spend, allowing users to make data-driven decisions quickly. This feature will support iterative campaign development and ensure that marketing efforts remain agile and effective in real-time contexts.
Acceptance Criteria: Real-time Performance Feedback Dashboard Accessibility

Given a logged-in user on the MarketGenius platform, when they access the real-time performance feedback dashboard, then they should see an overview of the current campaign metrics, including engagement rates, conversions, and return on ad spend, within 3 seconds.

Real-time Metric Updates

Given a user has an active campaign running, when they view the real-time performance feedback dashboard, then any changes in engagement rates, conversions, or return on ad spend should update in real-time without requiring a page reload.

Performance Metrics Historical Data

Given the user is viewing the performance feedback dashboard, when they request to view historical data for the past 30 days, then the system should display a graphical representation of key metrics such as engagement rates and conversions across that time period.

Flags for Underperforming Campaigns

Given a user is monitoring their live campaigns on the dashboard, when a campaign's engagement rate drops below a predefined threshold, then the dashboard should highlight this campaign in red and provide actionable suggestions for improvement.

User Customization Options

Given a user is viewing the performance feedback dashboard, when they select customization options, then they should be able to choose which specific metrics to display and arrange them in their preferred layout.

User Notifications for Performance Alerts

Given a user is running multiple campaigns, when a significant change in performance metrics occurs, then the user should receive real-time notifications via email and within the dashboard alerting them to the change and recommending immediate actions.

Integration with Audience Interest Insights

Given the real-time performance feedback dashboard is displaying current campaign metrics, when the user clicks on a specific interest category, then the system should show how that category has influenced engagement rates and conversions in the current campaign.

Interest-Based Segmentation Tools

User Story: As a marketer, I want to segment my audience based on their interests so that I can tailor my campaigns to increase their effectiveness.
Description: This requirement involves developing tools that enable marketers to create segments based on user interests and engagement analytics. Marketers will be able to easily define and adjust segments to suit their campaign needs autonomously, promoting flexibility and customization in targeting strategies. An intuitive interface should allow users to manipulate segmentation parameters, view segmentation outcomes, and adjust campaigns accordingly. This flexibility will empower users to refine their targeting efforts based on real-time data, driving more effective communication with their audience.
Acceptance Criteria: Marketers utilizing the Interest-Based Segmentation Tools to create a new audience segment based on recent engagement data from their social media channels.

Given a marketer has access to the segmentation tools, when they input criteria based on user interests derived from engagement data, then the system should successfully create and display the new audience segment in under 5 seconds.

A marketer adjusting an existing audience segment by adding an interest filter to improve campaign targeting.

Given an existing audience segment is selected, when the marketer adds a new interest filter and saves the changes, then the modified segment should reflect the new filters and update the total count of users in the segment immediately.

Real-time analysis performed by marketers on audience segments to evaluate engagement metrics and adjust marketing strategies based on performance insights.

Given a selected audience segment and its engagement metrics, when the marketer views the performance dashboard, then the metrics should display the most recent data with an accuracy of 95% and allow the marketer to adjust strategies accordingly.

Marketers experimenting with different segment parameters to evaluate which configurations yield the highest engagement rates in their campaigns.

Given the segmentation tools allow various parameters to be adjusted, when a marketer modifies the parameters and tests campaign delivery, then the system should record engagement rates for each configuration and provide a comparison report.

Marketers receiving guidance within the segmentation tools to optimize the creation of segments based on best practices.

Given the marketer is in the segmentation tool, when they request guidance, then the system should provide actionable recommendations based on best practices and historical data relevant to their specific industry.

Marketers using segmentation tools to export selected audience segments for campaign deployment across different ad networks.

Given an audience segment is selected, when the marketer chooses to export the segment, then the export process should complete successfully, providing compatible formats for the selected ad networks without errors.

Marketers seeking to validate the effectiveness of previously defined segments in real-world campaigns based on engagement results post-deployment.

Given a previously defined audience segment exists, when the marketer analyzes engagement results against the targeting criteria, then the system should provide an analytical report that demonstrates a correlation between the segment and campaign success metrics.

Behavioral Prediction Modeling

Using machine learning, this feature predicts future customer behavior based on past interactions and engagement levels. Marketers can leverage this data to anticipate audience needs and tailor their marketing strategies accordingly, leading to proactive campaigns that boost user engagement and conversion.

Requirements

Data Integration Module

User Story: As a digital marketer, I want to integrate various data sources into MarketGenius so that I can analyze comprehensive user behavior and improve the modeling for future campaigns.
Description: The Data Integration Module requirement involves creating seamless connections between MarketGenius and various platforms (e.g., social media, email, CRM systems) to ingest historical user engagement and interaction data. This integration is essential for the Behavioral Prediction Modeling feature, as it provides the necessary data inputs for accurate predictions. The module will include capabilities to handle different data formats and ensure compliance with data privacy regulations. By allowing marketers to pull in diverse data sources, it will enhance the predictive accuracy, enabling tailored marketing strategies that meet customer needs.
Acceptance Criteria: Data Integration with Social Media Platforms

Given that the data integration module is implemented, when users connect their social media accounts, the system should successfully pull historical engagement data within 5 minutes, and avoid any data format errors. Then, users should be able to view this data in the MarketGenius dashboard.

Data Compliance Verification

Given that the data integration module has ingested user data, when a compliance check is performed, then the system should confirm that 100% of the data handling processes adhere to GDPR and CCPA regulations without any flagged issues.

Handling Different Data Formats

Given that the data integration module is operational, when marketers upload historical engagement data in various formats (CSV, JSON), then the system should successfully process and integrate all formats without losing any data integrity, reflected in the dashboard.

Real-time Data Refresh Rate

Given that the data integration module is active, when a user requests an update of their engagement data, then the system should refresh the data within a maximum of 10 seconds to ensure real-time analytics are accurate.

Integration with CRM Systems

Given that the data integration module supports CRM systems, when users connect their CRM accounts, then the system should import customer interaction history seamlessly and reflect it accurately in the behavior prediction modeling feature.

Error Notification on Data Import Failure

Given that users are importing historical data, when an import fails due to data format issues or connection errors, then the system should provide clear error messages indicating the issue and suggested corrective actions within 30 seconds.

User Interface for Data Integration

Given that the data integration module is accessible, when users navigate the integration interface, then it should display a user-friendly layout with guided steps for connecting and configuring data sources, with an 85% satisfaction rate in user feedback surveys after document testing.

Behavioral Analytics Dashboard

User Story: As a marketer, I want to access an analytics dashboard that visualizes predictive behavior insights so that I can quickly make informed decisions for my campaigns.
Description: The Behavioral Analytics Dashboard requirement focuses on developing a user-friendly interface that visualizes predictive data derived from machine learning models. This dashboard will present actionable insights, trends, and patterns in customer behavior, enabling marketers to quickly assess audience segments and their predicted actions. It will include filters, customizable views, and interactive elements like graphs and metrics, enhancing the user experience. The insights derived from the dashboard will assist marketers in formulating more effective and targeted marketing strategies, ultimately leading to improved user engagement and conversion rates.
Acceptance Criteria: Behavioral Analytics Dashboard User Navigation

Given a user navigates to the Behavioral Analytics Dashboard, when they select different audience segments from the dropdown filter, then the displayed data should update to reflect the selected segment's predictive insights in real-time.

Filtering Data on Behavioral Insights

Given the user is viewing the Behavioral Analytics Dashboard, when they apply multiple filters (date range, engagement level, campaign type), then the dashboard should display a refined set of data and metrics that correspond to the selected filters without lag.

Customizable Graphs and Metrics

Given the user accesses the Behavioral Analytics Dashboard, when they click on the customization options, then they should be able to rearrange, add, or remove at least three different graphs or metrics according to their preferences and save these settings for future visits.

Real-Time Performance Analytics Update

Given a user is actively using the Behavioral Analytics Dashboard, when new data becomes available from ongoing campaigns, then the dashboard should refresh to display the latest predictive insights within 5 seconds without requiring a manual refresh.

Downloadable Reports of Predictive Data

Given a user has applied filters on the Behavioral Analytics Dashboard, when they click the download button, then a report in PDF format should be generated and accurately reflect the displayed predictive data and insights for the selected audience segment.

Interactive Tooltips for Data Insights

Given the user is hovering over specific data points on the Behavioral Analytics Dashboard, when they engage with the interactive elements, then an informative tooltip should appear, providing detailed explanations of the metrics represented by those data points.

Machine Learning Model Training

User Story: As a data scientist, I want to train machine learning models on past customer interactions so that I can improve the accuracy of behavioral predictions within MarketGenius.
Description: The Machine Learning Model Training requirement encompasses the development of algorithms that utilize historic engagement data to train predictive models. This process will involve selecting appropriate machine learning techniques, preprocessing the data for training, and continually iterating the model based on feedback and results. The training phase is crucial for ensuring the models are accurate and reliable in predicting customer behavior. This requirement will enhance the overall functionality of MarketGenius, allowing users to anticipate audience needs with higher precision, leading to more effective marketing campaigns.
Acceptance Criteria: Machine learning model trained using historical customer engagement data

Given a dataset of historical customer interactions, when the machine learning model is trained, then it should accurately predict customer behavior with an identified accuracy level of at least 80%.

Iterative improvement of the predictive model based on performance feedback

Given the initial model predictions, when feedback on accuracy is provided, then the model should adapt and improve its accuracy by at least 10% after recalibration.

Integration of model training into the MarketGenius platform workflow

Given that the machine learning model is trained successfully, when users access the model within the MarketGenius platform, then users should be able to see performance metrics and usage recommendations without technical assistance.

Performance metrics assessed to evaluate model effectiveness

Given the trained predictive model, when performance metrics are evaluated, then it should report metrics such as precision, recall, and F1 score, all exceeding predefined thresholds of effectiveness.

Real-time updates from model training reflected in the user dashboard

Given that the machine learning model is retrained with new data, when users access their dashboard, then they should see updated predictions and insights reflecting the latest model outputs within 5 minutes.

User feedback loop established for ongoing model improvement

Given a user feedback mechanism integrated into MarketGenius, when users interact with predicted recommendations, then at least 75% of users should provide qualitative feedback to help continuously improve model accuracy.

Documentation of machine learning training process available to users

Given that the machine learning model has been developed, when users access the documentation section within MarketGenius, then they should find comprehensive guides and training logs detailing the model training and iteration process.

Real-Time Prediction API

User Story: As a marketer, I want to access real-time predictions for customer behavior so that I can adjust my marketing strategies immediately in response to user interactions.
Description: The Real-Time Prediction API requirement involves creating an API that allows users to make real-time predictions based on new customer interactions as they occur. This API will enable marketers to input real-time data and receive immediate predictions about customer behavior, influencing proactive engagement strategies. It will require robust error handling and performance optimization to ensure quick response times. The real-time aspect of this feature enhances the agility and responsiveness of marketing efforts, ensuring that campaigns can be adjusted on the fly based on the latest data inputs.
Acceptance Criteria: User submits real-time customer interaction data through the Real-Time Prediction API to generate predictions on customer behavior.

Given that a user has input valid real-time customer interaction data, when the API is called, then the system should return predictions about customer behavior within 2 seconds.

The API handles invalid or incomplete data submissions gracefully without crashing.

Given that a user submits invalid or incomplete interaction data, when the API is called, then the system should return a clear error message and not crash.

Multiple users make concurrent requests to the Real-Time Prediction API during peak usage.

Given that multiple users are simultaneously submitting requests to the API, when the requests are processed, then the system should maintain an average response time of less than 3 seconds for all users.

The predictions generated by the API are logged for auditing and analysis purposes.

Given that a prediction request is processed by the API, when the request is completed, then the system should log the request and its corresponding prediction data in an auditable format.

The Real-Time Prediction API is monitored for uptime and performance metrics.

Given that the API is operational, when a monitoring tool checks the API, then it should report an uptime of at least 99.5% over the last 30 days.

The API provides detailed documentation for developers integrating with it.

Given that the API is completed, when developers access the documentation, then it should clearly explain all endpoints, request formats, and response structures with example use cases.

Feedback Loop Mechanism

User Story: As a campaign manager, I want to collect feedback on campaign performance so that I can help improve the behavior prediction models for future marketing efforts.
Description: The Feedback Loop Mechanism requirement aims to establish a system for continuously collecting user feedback and performance metrics from deployed campaigns. This feedback will then be used to refine and improve the predictive models over time. By integrating a mechanism for capturing user satisfaction and campaign efficacy, MarketGenius can ensure that its predictions become progressively more relevant and accurate, thus enhancing overall marketing effectiveness. This iterative approach to model improvement is essential for maintaining the competitive edge of the platform.
Acceptance Criteria: User submits feedback on a deployed marketing campaign via the MarketGenius platform.

Given a user completes a marketing campaign, when they access the feedback form, then they should be able to submit their feedback on a scale of 1 to 5 along with optional comments.

Performance metrics are gathered from an executed marketing campaign to assess its effectiveness.

Given a marketing campaign has run for a minimum of one week, when a user views the campaign dashboard, then the user should see performance metrics such as click-through rates, conversion rates, and engagement statistics updated in real-time.

Data from the feedback loop is utilized to adjust the predictive models for future campaigns.

Given that new user feedback and performance metrics are collected, when the predictive models are recalibrated, then the updated models should show an improvement in prediction accuracy as measured by at least a 10% increase in relevant KPIs in subsequent campaigns.

Users receive notifications about the status of their feedback submission and its impact on the platform.

Given a user submits feedback, when the feedback is registered in the system, then the user should receive an email notification confirming receipt and outlining how their feedback will contribute to model improvements.

Users can view historical feedback and campaign performance data to inform future decisions.

Given a user accesses the analytics section of the platform, when they select a specific campaign, then they should be able to view a comprehensive report including historical feedback and performance metrics over time.

Utilizing AI suggestions for campaign adjustments based on user feedback.

Given that the feedback loop has gathered sufficient data, when a user initiates a new campaign, then the AI should provide at least three actionable suggestions based on past feedback results and user preferences.

Ensuring user privacy and data protection in the feedback loop mechanism.

Given that user feedback is collected, when data is stored in the system, then it should comply with GDPR standards, ensuring all personal data is anonymized and securely stored.

Engagement Scoring System

This feature assigns an engagement score to each audience segment by evaluating interactions and responses to previous campaigns. By providing insights into which segments are most likely to convert or engage, it empowers users to allocate resources strategically and optimize their marketing efforts.

Requirements

Dynamic Engagement Scoring Algorithm

User Story: As a marketer, I want to know which audience segments have the highest engagement scores so that I can focus my campaigns on those segments to improve conversion rates.
Description: This requirement involves the development of a sophisticated engagement scoring algorithm that evaluates user interactions, such as clicks, shares, and comments, across multiple campaigns. The algorithm will analyze historical data to assign a quantifiable engagement score to each audience segment, allowing users to identify which segments are most responsive and likely to convert. This feature not only enhances the targeting of marketing efforts but also enables users to track the effectiveness of their campaigns in real-time, optimizing their resources and strategies for maximum impact.
Acceptance Criteria: Engagement scoring for a new marketing campaign targeting small business owners.

Given that the algorithm has processed previous campaign data, when a new campaign targeting small business owners is launched, then the engagement scores for the corresponding audience segment should be generated and displayed within 2 hours.

Comparison of engagement scores across multiple audience segments based on historical data.

Given that multiple audience segments have historical interaction data, when the engagement scoring algorithm is executed, then the scores should reflect an accurate ranking of segments based on their predicted engagement and conversion likelihood, with less than a 5% variance compared to expected outcomes.

Real-time update of engagement scores based on user interactions during a live campaign.

Given that a live campaign is running and user interactions are occurring, when a user interacts with the campaign (click, share, comment), then the engagement scores should update in real-time, displaying changes within 5 minutes of the interaction.

Historical review of engagement scores over previous campaigns to identify trends.

Given that historical data is available, when a user accesses the engagement scoring report, then the system should display a graphical representation of engagement scores over the last six months, highlighting trends and fluctuations for analysis.

User configuration of scoring parameters for the engagement algorithm.

Given that a user is setting up the engagement scoring algorithm, when they input specific weights for interactions (clicks, shares, comments), then the system should save these configurations and apply them during the scoring process without errors.

Integration of engagement scores with other marketing analytics tools.

Given that the engagement scoring feature is completed, when a user attempts to connect MarketGenius to an external analytics tool, then the engagement scores should be exportable and compatible with the format required by the external tool.

Segment Performance Dashboard

User Story: As a user, I want to see a dashboard displaying the engagement scores for my audience segments so that I can quickly assess where to allocate my marketing resources.
Description: The Segment Performance Dashboard requirement entails the creation of a dedicated dashboard that visually presents engagement scores for all audience segments in a clear and intuitive manner. This dashboard will provide users with filters to segment data by various parameters, allowing them to easily compare the performance of different audience groups. By offering real-time analytics and customizable views, users will be empowered to make data-driven decisions swiftly, enhancing their overall marketing effectiveness. Integration with existing analytics tools is essential for seamless data flow and visualization.
Acceptance Criteria: Viewing Segment Engagement Scores on the Dashboard

Given the user accesses the Segment Performance Dashboard, When the dashboard loads, Then the user can see the engagement scores for all audience segments displayed in a clear visual format, including color-coded indicators for high, medium, and low engagement levels.

Filtering Audience Segments by Parameters

Given the user is on the Segment Performance Dashboard, When the user applies filters for specific parameters such as demographics, previous engagement level, or campaign type, Then the displayed engagement scores should update accordingly to reflect only the segments that meet the selected criteria.

Comparing Multiple Audience Segments' Performance

Given the user has selected multiple audience segments on the Segment Performance Dashboard, When the user clicks the 'Compare' button, Then the dashboard presents a side-by-side comparison of engagement scores and other relevant metrics for the selected segments in a clear tabular format.

Real-Time Data Updates on the Dashboard

Given the user is viewing the Segment Performance Dashboard, When there is new engagement data available from ongoing campaigns, Then the dashboard automatically refreshes to display the up-to-date engagement scores without the need for manual refresh.

Customizing View Options on the Dashboard

Given the user is on the Segment Performance Dashboard, When the user selects options to customize the view (such as changing the chart type or adjusting the date range), Then the display should update to reflect the new settings while retaining user-defined filters and selections.

Seamless Integration with Existing Analytics Tools

Given that the user has connected their existing analytics tools to MarketGenius, When the user accesses the Segment Performance Dashboard, Then the data displayed on the dashboard should reflect and synchronize seamlessly with the data from the connected tools without discrepancies.

Automated Engagement Alerts

User Story: As a marketer, I want to receive alerts when my audience’s engagement scores change significantly so that I can respond quickly to optimize my campaigns.
Description: The Automated Engagement Alerts requirement focuses on implementing a system that notifies users when significant changes in engagement scores occur within their audience segments. This feature will leverage thresholds set by users, triggering notifications via email or in-app messages whenever a score surpasses or falls below certain limits. By keeping users informed in real-time, they can adjust their marketing tactics proactively, ensuring they capitalize on high-engagement opportunities and mitigate risks associated with low-performing segments.
Acceptance Criteria: User receives an automated notification via email when their audience segment engagement score rises above the user-defined threshold.

Given a user has set an engagement score threshold for a specific audience segment, when the engagement score for that segment exceeds the threshold, then the user should receive an email notification within 5 minutes.

User receives an in-app notification when their audience segment engagement score falls below the user-defined threshold.

Given a user has set a lower engagement score threshold for a specific audience segment, when the engagement score for that segment falls below the threshold, then the user should receive an in-app notification immediately.

User can adjust the engagement score thresholds for different audience segments and receive relevant notifications accordingly.

Given a user adjusts the engagement score threshold for a specific audience segment, when the engagement score changes and crosses the new threshold, then the user should receive an appropriate notification (either email or in-app) based on the change.

Notifications are logged within the system for user reference and tracking.

Given that a notification is sent to the user regarding engagement score changes, when the user checks the notification log in the app, then the relevant notifications must be recorded with timestamps and details of the score changes.

User configuration settings allow customization of notification frequency and methods.

Given that a user is in the notification settings section, when they select their preferred methods (email, in-app) and frequency (immediate, daily summary), then their preferences must be saved and applied to all future notifications regarding engagement scores.

User can test engagement alert triggers through a demo interface.

Given that a user wishes to test the engagement alert system, when they use a demo interface to artificially trigger score changes, then they should receive the appropriate notifications based on the simulated threshold settings without impacting live data.

Integration with CRM Systems

User Story: As a business owner, I want to integrate my engagement scores with my CRM system so that I can create more targeted and personalized marketing campaigns based on comprehensive customer data.
Description: This requirement covers the integration of the Engagement Scoring System with popular CRM systems used by small to medium-sized businesses. By synchronizing engagement scores with CRM data, users can obtain a more holistic view of customer interactions and behaviors. This integration will facilitate the ability to segment audience members based on both engagement scores and CRM insights, leading to more personalized marketing strategies. Ensuring compatibility with major CRM platforms is crucial for maximizing user adoption and effectiveness of the feature.
Acceptance Criteria: Integration of Engagement Scoring with CRM Data for Audience Segmentation

Given a user has an engagement score assigned to an audience segment, when the user syncs with a supported CRM system, then the CRM should reflect the updated engagement scores within 5 minutes of the sync completion.

Real-time Updates of Engagement Scores in CRM

Given a user updates an engagement score within MarketGenius, when the system pushes that update to the CRM, then the CRM should display the new engagement score within 2 minutes of receiving the update.

Compatibility with Major CRM Platforms

Given the list of supported CRM systems for integration, when the user connects a CRM to MarketGenius, then the system should successfully synchronize engagement scores without errors for at least 95% of the connected CRM systems tested.

User Notification of Successful Integration

Given a user has completed integrating their CRM with MarketGenius, when the integration is successful, then the user should receive a notification confirming the integration, including the date and time of sync.

Duplication Handling in CRM Integration

Given that a duplicate engagement score record may exist in two separate audience segments, when the user synchronizes data with their CRM, then the system should merge duplicates and consolidate scores to avoid inflated engagement totals.

Insights Reporting Based on Integrated Data

Given that engagement scores are synchronized with CRM data, when the user generates a report on audience segments, then the report should accurately reflect segment performance based on real-time CRM and engagement score data.

Error Handling During CRM Sync Process

Given that a sync error occurs during the integration, when the system encounters an issue while updating engagement scores, then the user should receive a detailed error message explaining the issue and guidance on how to resolve it.

User Onboarding and Training for Engagement Scoring

User Story: As a new user, I want to have access to onboarding resources and training on how to use the Engagement Scoring System so that I can maximize its potential for my marketing efforts.
Description: The User Onboarding and Training requirement entails creating comprehensive training materials and onboarding processes for new users to understand the Engagement Scoring System and its benefits. This will include video tutorials, user guides, and interactive webinars that explain how to effectively use the engagement scoring features, interpret scores, and optimize campaigns accordingly. Effective onboarding is critical for ensuring users can leverage the feature fully, leading to better outcomes and customer satisfaction long-term.
Acceptance Criteria: New user completes the onboarding tutorial for the Engagement Scoring System.

Given a new user accesses the onboarding portal, when they complete the tutorial, then they should receive a confirmation message and an engagement score for their first campaign.

User accesses the video tutorial on interpreting engagement scores.

Given a user is logged into their account, when they navigate to the video tutorial section, then they should be able to play all videos and have access to PDFs for download.

User participates in an interactive webinar for advanced engagement scoring techniques.

Given a user registers for the webinar, when they attend, then they should be able to ask questions and receive answers during the session, as well as receive a recording after the webinar.

User utilizes the user guide to set up their first engagement score report.

Given a user is reviewing the user guide, when they follow the steps to generate an engagement score report, then the report should be successfully created and emailed to the user.

User implements suggestions based on engagement scoring and tracks campaign performance.

Given a user applies the suggested changes from the engagement scores, when the campaign has been running for a week, then the system should display a measurable increase in engagement metrics compared to previous campaigns.

User evaluates the effectiveness of engagement scoring in resource allocation.

Given a user accesses their dashboard, when they review the engagement scores per segment, then they should be able to see a clear recommendation for resource allocation based on the scores provided.

Tailored Campaign Workflow

This feature automates the workflow process by generating customized marketing strategies based on segmented audience data. By streamlining campaign creation tailored to each audience group, users can enhance the effectiveness of their marketing initiatives while saving time and resources.

Requirements

Target Audience Segmentation

User Story: As a marketer, I want to automatically segment my audience based on their characteristics so that I can create targeted campaigns that resonate with each group and increase engagement.
Description: This requirement focuses on the capability of the Tailored Campaign Workflow to automatically segment the audience based on various criteria such as demographics, behaviors, and preferences. It involves integrating advanced analytics to effectively categorize users, allowing for more precise targeting in marketing campaigns. By enhancing audience segmentation, marketers can create highly customized campaigns that resonate with distinct groups, leading to improved engagement and conversion rates. This feature is essential as it sets the foundation for personalized marketing strategies that adapt to the needs of diverse user segments, thereby optimizing resource allocation and maximizing campaign effectiveness.
Acceptance Criteria: Audience Segmentation by Demographics

Given the user has uploaded audience data, When they initiate the segmentation process, Then the system should categorize the audience into segments based on specified demographic criteria such as age, gender, and location, and display the segmented groups in the user interface.

Audience Segmentation by Behavioral Data

Given the user has integrated behavioral analytics into their marketing account, When they request audience segmentation, Then the system should automatically segment users based on their behaviors such as website interaction, purchase history, and engagement levels, presenting these segments clearly in the dashboard.

Segmented Campaign Customization

Given an audience has been segmented, When the user accesses the campaign creation tool, Then the system should allow the user to customize marketing strategies for each segment with tailored content and messaging options based on the segmented audience's characteristics.

Performance Analytics for Segmented Campaigns

Given a segmented marketing campaign is running, When the user requests performance analytics, Then the system should provide real-time performance metrics specific to each audience segment, including engagement rates and conversion statistics, in a visually accessible format.

Integration with Third-Party Platforms

Given the requirement for seamless integration, When the user connects third-party platforms such as social media or email clients, Then the system should correctly transfer segmented audience data and enable the deployment of tailored campaigns across those platforms without errors.

User Feedback on Segmentation Accuracy

Given that the audience segmentation feature is deployed, When users provide feedback on the performance and accuracy of the segments, Then the system should allow users to rate their satisfaction with the segmentation process and capture suggestions for improvement.

Automated Strategy Generation

User Story: As a small business owner, I want to receive automated marketing strategies tailored to my audience so that I can save time and effort while effectively engaging my customers.
Description: This requirement entails the development of algorithms that generate tailored marketing strategies based on the segmented audience data. It combines user inputs with AI-driven insights to create optimal marketing approaches for different audience segments. This functionality enhances the system's intelligence, allowing for the automation of content generation, scheduling, and channel selection. By providing automated, data-driven strategies, users can significantly reduce the time needed for campaign planning while ensuring that every campaign leverages best practices suited to its target audience. This requirement is crucial for making sophisticated marketing accessible to users without deep technical expertise.
Acceptance Criteria: User inputs segmented audience data to generate automated strategies.

Given a user has segmented audience data, when they input this data into the system, then the system should generate at least three distinct marketing strategies tailored to each segment within 5 seconds.

User uses the platform to create a marketing campaign using generated strategies.

Given a user selects a generated marketing strategy, when they initiate the campaign creation process, then the platform should pre-fill the campaign details based on the chosen strategy and allow user customization.

User reviews the effectiveness of the automated strategies post-campaign.

Given a user has executed a marketing campaign using the automated strategies, when they check the performance metrics, then the metrics should indicate a measurable improvement in engagement and conversion rates compared to previous campaigns.

User incorporates AI-driven insights to refine generated strategies.

Given the user has access to AI-driven insights, when they choose to refine a generated strategy, then the platform should present modifications that enhance targeting based on the latest audience engagement data.

User schedules content distribution based on automated strategies.

Given a user has selected a marketing strategy, when they schedule the content distribution, then the system must provide options for scheduling across social platforms and email clients, ensuring no overlap in timing for different segments.

User accesses help documentation for using automated strategy generation.

Given a user is on the automated strategy generation interface, when they access the help documentation, then the documentation should provide clear, actionable steps for utilizing this feature effectively, including examples of successful campaigns.

Performance Tracking Dashboard

User Story: As a digital marketer, I want a performance tracking dashboard that shows real-time campaign metrics so that I can analyze my results and make data-driven decisions for future campaigns.
Description: This requirement involves creating a performance tracking dashboard that provides users with real-time analytics and insights into their campaign performance metrics. It should include various key performance indicators (KPIs) such as conversion rates, engagement metrics, and ROI analysis. The dashboard will allow users to visualize their campaign outcomes through intuitive charts and graphs, enabling better decision-making. This component not only helps users understand the effectiveness of their campaigns but also provides actionable insights to optimize future marketing efforts. It is an essential element for empowering users with the knowledge needed to iterate and improve their marketing strategies continuously.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the performance tracking dashboard after launching a marketing campaign.

Given the user has launched a campaign, when they navigate to the performance tracking dashboard, then they should see real-time updates of KPIs including conversion rates, engagement metrics, and ROI analysis displayed in intuitive charts and graphs.

User filters performance metrics by selected date range and campaign type.

Given the user is on the performance tracking dashboard, when they select a specific date range and campaign type, then only the relevant KPIs for the selected criteria should be displayed without any delay.

User receives actionable insights based on performance data for optimization.

Given the performance data is loaded and displayed, when the user reviews the campaign metrics, then they should receive at least three actionable suggestions to optimize future marketing efforts based on the analytics presented.

User interacts with the dashboard to drill down into individual campaign performance.

Given the user clicks on a specific campaign within the dashboard, when the detailed view opens, then it should display in-depth performance analysis including audience engagement and individual ad performance metrics.

User generates a report of their campaign performance metrics for sharing.

Given the user has accessed the performance tracking dashboard, when they choose to generate a performance report, then a downloadable PDF report should be created containing all relevant KPIs and insights accessible within two minutes.

User receives error notifications for any failed data retrieval on the dashboard.

Given the dashboard is experiencing issues retrieving data, when the user accesses the dashboard, then they should see an error notification indicating the issue and suggesting steps to resolve it.

User has the option to customize the dashboard layout for better user experience.

Given the user is on the performance tracking dashboard, when they choose to customize the layout, then they should be able to rearrange the KPIs and charts as per their preference without any loss of functionality.

User-Friendly Campaign Templates

User Story: As a user without design skills, I want access to customizable campaign templates so that I can create attractive and effective marketing campaigns without spending a lot of time on design.
Description: This requirement aims to provide a library of customizable campaign templates that users can easily adapt for various marketing efforts. These templates will be designed with best practices in mind and will cater to different types of campaigns, such as email marketing, social media ads, and newsletters. By offering a range of user-friendly templates, MarketGenius allows users to quickly initiate campaigns without needing advanced design or marketing skills. This feature enhances user experience and encourages users to utilize the platform more effectively, ultimately leading to more successful campaigns and improved customer engagement.
Acceptance Criteria: User Accessing the Campaign Template Library to Create a New Email Marketing Campaign

Given a user is logged into MarketGenius and navigates to the campaign template library, When they filter templates by 'Email Marketing', Then they should see a minimum of 10 customizable email marketing templates available.

User Customizing a Selected Campaign Template

Given a user has selected a campaign template, When they edit the template's text and images, Then they should be able to save those changes and preview the final version before launch.

User Utilizing a Template with Best Practices for Social Media Ads

Given a user selects a social media ad template from the library, When they proceed to edit the template, Then the template should contain at least three best practice elements for ad design, such as a clear call-to-action, high-quality images, and attention-grabbing headlines.

User Searching for a Specific Type of Campaign Template

Given a user is on the campaign template library page, When they use the search functionality to enter keywords related to 'holiday promotions', Then relevant templates should be displayed, allowing the user to select one for customization.

User Saving a Customized Template for Future Use

Given a user has customized a campaign template, When they choose the save option, Then the template should be stored in their personal library for future access without losing customization details.

New Templates Added to the Library by the Admin

Given an admin has uploaded new campaign templates, When a user refreshes the campaign template library page, Then the user should see the newly added templates listed and available for use.

User Sharing a Customized Template with Team Members

Given that a user has customized a campaign template, When they select the option to share the template with team members, Then the team members should receive a notification with a link to access the shared template.

Multi-Channel Audience Insights

Gain a comprehensive understanding of audience behavior across multiple channels with this feature. It aggregates data from various platforms, providing insights into customer preferences and engagement levels, enabling marketers to craft cohesive and effective cross-channel strategies that resonate with their audience.

Requirements

Data Aggregation Engine

User Story: As a digital marketer, I want to see consolidated audience behavior data from multiple channels so that I can understand my customers better and create targeted marketing strategies.
Description: The Data Aggregation Engine is responsible for collecting and integrating audience behavior data from various digital marketing platforms, including social media, email clients, and ad networks. This engine will process data in real-time to provide continuous insights into customer preferences and engagement levels. By centralizing this information, the engine helps marketers to analyze performance across multiple channels effectively, facilitating data-driven decision-making and enhancing the strategies employed in their campaigns. The implementation will involve establishing robust connections with external APIs, ensuring data privacy compliance, and enabling seamless data flow into the MarketGenius platform.
Acceptance Criteria: Data Aggregation and Processing of Social Media Feedback

Given that the Data Aggregation Engine is connected to social media APIs, When user requests audience insights, Then the engine successfully retrieves and aggregates engagement data from all connected social media platforms in real-time.

Real-Time Data Integration from Email Campaigns

Given that the Data Aggregation Engine is configured with email client integrations, When a user sends an email campaign, Then the data from that campaign (opens, clicks) is aggregated within 5 minutes to reflect audience engagement levels.

Ensuring Data Privacy Compliance

Given that the Data Aggregation Engine processes user data, When data is collected from any platform, Then all data processing must comply with GDPR and CCPA regulations, and users must have control over their data visibility and usage.

Multi-Channel Performance Reporting

Given that multiple channels are being tracked, When a user requests a performance report, Then the Data Aggregation Engine generates a comprehensive report that includes insights from all channels within a single dashboard view.

Seamless API Connections

Given that the Data Aggregation Engine requires external API connectivity, When the engine attempts to connect to any digital marketing platform, Then the connection is established smoothly with no more than 3 seconds of latency.

Error Handling and Recovery

Given that there may be interruptions in data flow from external APIs, When an error occurs during data aggregation, Then the Data Aggregation Engine logs the error and attempts automatic recovery without user intervention, retrying up to 3 times before alerting the user.

User-Friendly Interface for Data Display

Given that the Data Aggregation Engine aggregates data for marketers, When users access the analytics dashboard, Then the dashboard must display real-time insights in a user-friendly, easily interpretable format, with actionable recommendations visible on the first screen.

Interactive Insight Dashboard

User Story: As a marketer, I want an interactive dashboard that shows visual insights about audience behavior so that I can quickly identify trends and adjust my marketing strategies accordingly.
Description: The Interactive Insight Dashboard presents aggregated audience insights in a visually engaging and user-friendly format. It will feature charts, graphs, and other visual aids that represent key metrics related to customer engagement and preferences. The dashboard will allow users to filter data by specific demographics, timeframes, and channels, promoting an easy-to-navigate experience. Additionally, it will provide actionable recommendations based on audience behaviors detected, enabling marketers to optimize their campaigns effectively. The dashboard will be integrated within the MarketGenius platform, offering a holistic view in real time.
Acceptance Criteria: As a marketer, I want to view the Interactive Insight Dashboard to analyze audience engagement metrics across different channels after launching a marketing campaign.

Given the user is logged into MarketGenius, when they navigate to the Interactive Insight Dashboard, then they should see a summary display of audience engagement metrics represented through charts and graphs, including data from all integrated channels.

As a user, I want to filter the audience insights on the dashboard by specific demographics such as age, gender, and location to tailor my marketing strategies accordingly.

Given the user is on the Interactive Insight Dashboard, when they apply filters for demographics like age, gender, and location, then the displayed audience insights should update immediately to reflect the selected demographic parameters.

As a marketer, I want actionable recommendations displayed on the dashboard based on audience behaviors to help optimize my marketing campaigns.

Given that the user is on the Interactive Insight Dashboard, when they view the recommendations section, then they should see tailored suggestions based on current audience behavior patterns, including strategies for improvement.

As a user, I want to select a specific timeframe on the dashboard to analyze how audience engagement has changed over time.

Given that the user is interacting with the Interactive Insight Dashboard, when they set a specific timeframe for analysis, then all displayed metrics should update accordingly to show data exclusively from the selected period.

As a team leader, I want to share insights from the Interactive Insight Dashboard with my team to enhance collaborative marketing efforts.

Given the user is on the Interactive Insight Dashboard, when they click on the Share Insights button, then a shareable link or email option should be provided, allowing the user to share specific insights with their team members easily.

As a user, I want the Dashboard to load quickly and without errors to ensure I can access insights without delays.

Given that the user accesses the Interactive Insight Dashboard, when the dashboard is loading, then it should complete loading within 2 seconds and display all visual elements without errors or data loss.

Cross-Channel Reporting Feature

User Story: As a business owner, I want to generate reports that compare the performance of different marketing channels so that I can allocate my budget more effectively across those channels.
Description: The Cross-Channel Reporting Feature will aggregate performance metrics from different marketing channels, enabling users to generate comprehensive reports that showcase how each channel contributes to overall campaign performance. This feature will include customizable reporting templates that allow users to focus on specific aspects of their campaigns, such as ROI, conversion rates, and engagement metrics across various platforms. The reporting will be automated, reducing the manual effort required to compile analytics and ensuring that marketers have up-to-date performance insights readily available for strategic planning.
Acceptance Criteria: User wants to generate a cross-channel performance report that illustrates the contribution of each marketing channel to the overall campaign success.

Given the user has selected multiple marketing channels for the report, When the user clicks on 'Generate Report', Then the system successfully compiles and presents a report showing key performance metrics for each channel including ROI, conversion rates, and engagement metrics.

A marketer wants to customize a report to focus specifically on conversion rates from social media channels only.

Given the user has accessed the report customization options, When the user selects 'Social Media' as the channel filter and 'Conversion Rates' as the metric, Then the system generates a report displaying only the conversion rates from the selected social media channels.

The user aims to compare the performance of email marketing campaigns against paid ad campaigns in a consolidated report.

Given the user selects both 'Email Marketing' and 'Paid Ads' in the channel selection, When the user generates the report, Then the report displays a side-by-side comparison of performance metrics including engagement rates, conversion rates, and overall ROI for both channels.

An independent marketer seeks to automate their reporting process and set up scheduled reports for performance metrics every week.

Given the user sets a schedule for weekly reporting in the settings, When the schedule is activated, Then the system automatically generates and sends the performance report to the user’s email every week without manual input.

A marketing team needs to share their campaign performance report with stakeholders to discuss strategies in an upcoming meeting.

Given the report has been generated, When the user clicks on the 'Share Report' option, Then the system allows the user to send the report link via email or generate a PDF for download, ensuring easy accessibility for stakeholders.

A user wants to review the latest campaign performance metrics to fine-tune their marketing strategies.

Given the campaigns are underway, When the user accesses the Cross-Channel Reporting Feature, Then the system displays real-time performance metrics including updates on engagement and conversion rates, ensuring the data is current and relevant.

Audience Segmentation Tool

User Story: As a marketer, I want to segment my audience based on their behavior and demographics so that I can deliver personalized and more impactful marketing campaigns.
Description: The Audience Segmentation Tool will allow users to segment their audience based on various parameters such as demographics, behavior, and engagement levels. This feature will empower marketers to create tailored marketing campaigns aimed at specific audience groups, improving engagement and conversion rates. The tool will leverage AI algorithms to suggest optimal segments based on historical data, helping users to target the right customers with the right message at the right time. This capability is crucial for personalized marketing efforts and improved campaign effectiveness.
Acceptance Criteria: User segments their audience based on demographics in the Audience Segmentation Tool.

Given a user has access to the Audience Segmentation Tool, when they select 'demographics' as a segment parameter and enter specific values, then the tool successfully creates and displays a new audience segment.

User views suggested audience segments based on historical data.

Given a user interacts with the Audience Segmentation Tool, when they access the 'suggested segments' feature, then the tool displays relevant audience segments based on historical data and user behavior.

User creates and saves a custom audience segment based on engagement levels.

Given a user has defined specific engagement criteria, when they select 'engagement levels' and save the custom segment, then the new audience segment is successfully saved and retrievable from the user's segment library.

User receives AI-generated insights for optimizing audience segments.

Given a user is using the Audience Segmentation Tool, when they request AI-driven insights, then the tool provides actionable recommendations for segment optimization and targeting strategy.

User integrates audience segments with their campaign in the marketing platform.

Given a user has created segments in the Audience Segmentation Tool, when they choose a segment to target in a marketing campaign, then the segment is successfully integrated with the campaign setup process.

User analyzes performance metrics of segmented campaigns over time.

Given a user runs a marketing campaign targeting specific audience segments, when they access the performance analytics dashboard, then they can view metrics such as engagement rates and conversion rates for each segment over time.

Real-Time Analytics Notifications

User Story: As a marketer, I want to receive real-time notifications for any significant changes in campaign performance so that I can make timely adjustments to my strategies when needed.
Description: The Real-Time Analytics Notifications feature will provide users with alerts and updates regarding significant changes in audience behavior or campaign performance as they happen. This functionality ensures that marketers are always informed about important fluctuations, allowing them to react quickly to trends or issues. Users can customize which metrics trigger notifications and the frequency of these alerts, ensuring that the information received is actionable and relevant to their specific needs. This feature is vital for maintaining optimized marketing strategies in a fast-paced digital environment.
Acceptance Criteria: User receives real-time notifications when there is a significant increase in campaign engagement metrics across connected social media accounts.

Given the user has activated notifications for engagement metrics, when a metric exceeds the predefined threshold, then the user receives an immediate alert via their preferred channel (email, SMS, in-app notification).

User customizes notification preferences for specific metrics, such as clicks, impressions, or conversions, to receive targeted updates tailored to their marketing goals.

Given the user is on the notification settings page, when they select specific metrics and set thresholds, then the system saves these preferences accurately and applies them to future notifications.

User tests the notification system by simulating a change in campaign performance metrics to confirm the accuracy of received alerts.

Given the user initiates a simulation of metric changes, when the predefined thresholds are triggered, then the user receives notifications that accurately reflect these simulated changes within 5 minutes.

User utilizes analytics notifications to identify drops in engagement metrics, allowing for timely corrective action to be implemented on their campaigns.

Given the user has notifications set for decreasing engagement metrics, when a metric falls below the set threshold, then the user receives an alert that includes suggested actions to correct the drop.

User checks the notification history to review past alerts and their corresponding metric changes for reporting purposes.

Given the user navigates to the notification history section, when they select a date range, then they can view a complete list of all notifications received during that time, including metrics and timestamps.

Real-Time Segmentation Adjustments

This feature allows users to make on-the-fly adjustments to audience segments based on current engagement analytics. By providing real-time insights and flexibility, marketers can quickly adapt their strategies to capitalize on emerging trends, enhancing the relevance and effectiveness of their campaigns.

Requirements

Dynamic Segment Creation

User Story: As a digital marketer, I want to create and adjust audience segments in real-time so that I can respond quickly to engagement trends and enhance my campaign effectiveness.
Description: This requirement entails the capability for users to create and modify audience segments dynamically based on real-time engagement metrics. Users can leverage current performance data to establish more relevant and precise targeting parameters, resulting in higher engagement rates and more effective campaign outcomes. The functionality will integrate seamlessly with MarketGenius's analytics dashboard, allowing marketers to visualize the effects of their segmentation in real-time and adapt their strategies without delay. This flexibility empowers users to stay ahead of market trends and swiftly respond to shifts in consumer behavior, ultimately resulting in optimized campaign performance and increased return on investment.
Acceptance Criteria: User dynamically creates audience segments based on a sudden spike in engagement metrics during a promotional campaign.

Given the user is on the analytics dashboard, when they select a sudden spike in engagement, then they should be able to create or modify a segment instantaneously based on that metric.

Marketer adjusts the target audience of an existing segment after identifying low engagement rates in specific demographics.

Given the user has an existing audience segment with low engagement rates, when they analyze the segments in real-time, then they should be able to modify the targeting parameters effectively and save changes without errors.

A user wants to compare the performance of newly created segments against existing ones to validate effectiveness.

Given the user has created new audience segments, when they access performance analytics, then they should be able to view a comparison report highlighting performance metrics for both new and existing segments side by side.

Marketing team conducts an impromptu adjustment to audience segments during a live campaign based on immediate feedback from engagement metrics.

Given the marketing team is monitoring a live campaign, when they observe immediate feedback indicating a shift in audience interests, then they must adjust segments effectively and see changes reflected in real-time within the campaign analytics.

User attempts to create a segment based on multiple criteria from real-time engagement data including location, age, and behavior.

Given the user is on the dynamic segment creation interface, when they input multiple criteria from real-time engagement data, then the system should allow the creation of the segment and confirm successful segmentation with a success message.

User wants to receive an alert when engagement metrics meet predefined criteria for segment adjustment.

Given the user has set threshold criteria for engagement metrics, when those metrics meet the thresholds, then an alert should be triggered, notifying the user of the opportunity to adjust segments.

Marketer tests the system's responsiveness and updates to audience segments during varying load conditions.

Given the system is under varying load conditions, when the user attempts to create or adjust an audience segment, then the response time should not exceed 2 seconds under any condition, ensuring system reliability and performance.

Automated Engagement Alerts

User Story: As a marketer, I want to receive real-time alerts on significant engagement changes so that I can make prompt adjustments to my campaigns and avoid missed opportunities.
Description: This feature requires the implementation of a notification system that alerts users to significant changes in audience engagement metrics. It should analyze real-time data and trigger alerts when specific thresholds are reached, enabling marketers to be proactive in their strategy adjustments. The alerts should be customizable based on user preferences, allowing marketers to focus on metrics that matter most to their campaigns. This requirement is vital as it ensures that users are not only reactive but also proactive, allowing them to capitalize on opportunities and mitigate risks associated with declining engagement levels. Integration with both email and in-app notifications is essential for maximizing reach and ensuring timely responses.
Acceptance Criteria: As a marketer, I want to receive a notification when audience engagement metrics drop below a predefined threshold, so I can take timely action to adjust my campaign strategies.

Given that the engagement metrics are being monitored in real-time, when the metrics drop below the user-defined threshold, then the system should trigger an alert to the user via both email and in-app notifications.

As a marketer, I want to customize the engagement alert settings based on specific metrics, so I can focus on the metrics most relevant to my campaigns.

Given that I am in the alert settings menu, when I select specific engagement metrics and save the changes, then the system should update the alert preferences accordingly without errors.

As a marketer, I want to receive an alert when there is a spike in audience engagement metrics, so that I can identify and capitalize on opportunities for further campaign enhancement.

Given that the engagement metrics are being monitored in real-time, when the metrics spike beyond the user-defined threshold, then the system should trigger an alert to the user via both email and in-app notifications.

As a marketer, I want to view the history of my engagement alerts, so I can analyze trends in audience engagement over time.

Given that I access the engagement alerts history section, when I view the alerts list, then the system should display the complete history of engagement alerts with timestamps and metrics.

As a marketer, I want the alert system to ensure I do not receive duplicate alerts for the same engagement event, to avoid notification fatigue.

Given that an engagement alert is triggered, when the same engagement event occurs within a short timeframe, then the system should suppress duplicate alerts and only provide one notification to the user.

As a marketer, I want to ensure that alerts are sent only during specific hours to avoid disturbances during non-working hours.

Given that I am in the alert settings, when I configure the notification hours, then the system should only send alerts during the specified hours and suppress notifications outside of those hours.

As a marketer, I want to test the alert system to ensure it functions as intended before launching a campaign, so that I can have confidence in my tools.

Given that I initiate a test alert from the alert configuration section, when the test is executed, then the system should successfully send a test notification to both email and in-app without errors.

AI-Powered Segment Recommendations

User Story: As a digital marketer, I want the platform to recommend audience segments based on past performance so that I can optimize my targeting efforts and increase campaign success.
Description: The goal of this requirement is to develop an AI algorithm that analyzes historical campaign data to suggest optimal audience segments for current campaigns. By utilizing machine learning techniques, the system will identify patterns in engagement and performance metrics, providing users with targeted recommendations that they can employ for future campaigns. This feature will enhance the capabilities of MarketGenius by infusing advanced AI analysis, ensuring that marketers can leverage data-driven insights to improve their targeting strategies. Users will benefit from the time saved in segment analysis and can achieve improved campaign results by targeting the most likely audience segments to engage.
Acceptance Criteria: User wants to segment their audience based on engagement metrics from the last three campaigns before launching a new marketing initiative.

Given the user has historical campaign data, when the user accesses the AI-powered segment recommendations feature, then the system should provide a list of recommended audience segments tailored to the current campaign's objectives.

User is implementing a new campaign and wants to quickly adjust their audience segmentation based on the real-time analytics provided by the system.

Given the user has selected a campaign, when the user clicks on the 'Adjust Segments' option, then the system displays real-time engagement analytics and allows the user to refine the audience segments accordingly.

A marketer needs to assess the effectiveness of the AI-powered segment recommendations after applying them in a live campaign.

Given the user has launched a campaign using AI-generated segment recommendations, when the user accesses the performance analytics dashboard, then the dashboard should show engagement and conversion metrics categorized by the segments used.

A user wants to receive suggestions for audience segments based on historical behavior patterns during specific times of the year, such as holidays or seasonal events.

Given the user has specified a time of the year, when the user requests AI-powered segment recommendations, then the system should provide suggestions that account for seasonal trends and historical performance data.

A small business owner is looking to understand how the AI recommendations were generated to feel confident about segmenting their audience accordingly.

Given the user requests explanations for the recommended segments, when the user accesses the recommendation feature, then the system should provide a summary of the data insights and patterns that led to the segment suggestions.

A marketer needs to update the audience segments as new campaign data becomes available to ensure ongoing relevance and effectiveness.

Given that new campaign data is available, when the user initiates a refresh of AI-powered segment recommendations, then the system should analyze the new data and provide updated segment suggestions immediately.

Segment Engagement Visualizations

User Story: As a marketer, I want to visualize audience segment performance so that I can easily identify trends and make informed adjustments to my campaigns.
Description: This requirement involves creating advanced data visualization tools that allow users to quickly interpret and analyze engagement metrics related to specific audience segments. The visualizations will present data in various formats (graphs, charts, heat maps) that highlight user engagement patterns and trends over time. The ability to visually assess segment performance at a glance is crucial for marketers as it enables them to quickly identify successful segments and those that require adjustment. Integration with existing analytics features will ensure that this functionality aligns with the overall user experience in MarketGenius and supports data-driven decision-making.
Acceptance Criteria: User wants to visualize engagement metrics for a specific audience segment during a campaign review meeting.

Given the user selects an audience segment, When the user requests engagement visualization, Then multiple data visualization formats (graphs, charts, heat maps) are displayed for the chosen segment, accurately reflecting engagement metrics over time.

User attempts to adjust audience segments based on real-time analytics displayed through visualizations.

Given the user is viewing engagement visualizations, When the user identifies a segment with low engagement, Then the user can adjust the segment criteria directly from the visualization interface, and the changes are reflected immediately in the segment.

User needs to compare engagement metrics across different audience segments to identify trends and performance.

Given the user has selected multiple audience segments, When the user requests a comparative visualization, Then the system displays a side-by-side comparison of engagement metrics in a clear and actionable format.

User wants to access historical data insights alongside current engagement metrics for comprehensive analysis.

Given the user is viewing current engagement visualizations, When the user requests historical data, Then the system overlays historical engagement data onto the current visualizations, allowing for trend analysis.

User needs to export engagement visualizations for reporting purposes.

Given the user has generated engagement visualizations, When the user selects the export option, Then the visualizations are downloaded in a specified format (e.g., PDF, JPEG) with all relevant metrics included clearly.

User requires assistance in interpreting the engagement visualizations for decision-making.

Given the user is viewing engagement visualizations, When the user clicks on the help icon, Then a contextual help guide appears, explaining how to interpret the visualizations and key metrics.

Real-Time A/B Testing for Segments

User Story: As a campaign manager, I want to run real-time A/B tests on audience segments to discover the most effective strategies for engaging my audience and improving output.
Description: The requirement focuses on enabling users to conduct A/B testing on different audience segments in real-time. Marketers will be able to experiment with varying content, messaging, and offers to assess which resonates best with their target groups. This capability is crucial for optimizing campaigns allowed by quick feedback loops, ensuring that marketing strategies are data-driven and responsive to audience preferences. The functionality must be intuitive and integrated into the existing campaign management workflow of MarketGenius, allowing users to set up, track, and analyze A/B tests without additional complexity.
Acceptance Criteria: User initiates a real-time A/B test on different audience segments within their campaign through the MarketGenius platform.

Given a user has selected an audience segment, when they configure an A/B test with at least two variations of content, then the system should allow the user to start the A/B test without errors and notify them of the execution.

User analyzes real-time results of their A/B test to determine which content variation performs better for the targeted segment.

Given an A/B test is in progress, when the user views the performance dashboard, then the system should display real-time metrics for each variation, including engagement rates and conversions, updated every 5 seconds.

User adjusts an audience segment mid-campaign based on performance data gathered from the A/B test results.

Given a user is viewing the A/B test results, when they choose to modify their audience segmentation criteria, then the system should successfully apply the new criteria and update the A/B test parameters without data loss.

User sets up an A/B test across multiple segments to compare performance simultaneously.

Given a user can select multiple audience segments, when they initiate an A/B test across these segments, then the system should allow them to define unique variations for each segment and track results independently.

User receives notifications about significant performance differences in A/B test results that warrant immediate campaign adjustments.

Given an A/B test has concluded, when the system detects a statistically significant difference between variations, then the user should receive an alert with the summary of results and recommended actions based on these insights.

User requires comprehensive reporting after completing an A/B test for future analysis.

Given an A/B test has ended, when the user requests a report, then the system should generate and deliver a detailed report summarizing the test parameters, performance data, and actionable insights via email.

User wants to ensure that the A/B testing feature seamlessly integrates with their existing campaign workflows.

Given a user accesses the campaign management interface, when they navigate to the A/B testing section, then the A/B testing option should be visible and accessible without confusion, ensuring a user-friendly experience.

Content Performance Analyzer

This feature evaluates the effectiveness of user-generated content across various platforms, providing insights into engagement metrics such as likes, shares, and comments. Users receive actionable recommendations on which content types perform best, allowing for data-driven adjustments that enhance future content strategies.

Requirements

Engagement Metrics Dashboard

User Story: As a marketer, I want to access an Engagement Metrics Dashboard so that I can understand which types of content perform best on each platform and optimize my marketing strategy accordingly.
Description: The Engagement Metrics Dashboard provides users with a comprehensive overview of their content's performance across multiple platforms. It consolidates data such as likes, shares, comments, and overall reach into an intuitive visual interface. This feature enables users to track engagement trends over time, compare performance across different types of content, and gain insights that help refine marketing strategies. By understanding which content resonates best with their audience, users can make data-driven decisions that enhance potential reach and engagement results for future campaigns.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Engagement Metrics Dashboard to visualize and analyze their content's performance metrics over the past month.

Given the user is logged into MarketGenius, when they navigate to the Engagement Metrics Dashboard, then they should see a clear visual representation of engagement metrics including likes, shares, and comments categorized by content type.

User wishes to compare engagement metrics of different content pieces to identify trends and performance patterns.

Given the user is viewing the Engagement Metrics Dashboard, when they select multiple content pieces to compare, then the system should display a side-by-side comparison chart that highlights differences in engagement metrics.

User utilizes the dashboard to track how their engagement metrics have changed over time.

Given the user has selected a date range on the Engagement Metrics Dashboard, when they apply the filter, then the system should display a timeline graph showing the engagement trends for selected metrics over that specific period.

User requests actionable insights based on the performance data presented in the Engagement Metrics Dashboard.

Given the user has viewed their engagement metrics, when they click on the 'Insights' button, then the system should provide specific recommendations on content adjustments based on the performance data.

User interacts with the dashboard to filter content performance by platform to see where their content performs best.

Given the user is on the Engagement Metrics Dashboard, when they use the platform filter options, then the system should refresh the displayed metrics to show engagement data specific to the selected platform(s).

User wants to export engagement metrics data from the dashboard for presentation purposes.

Given the user is on the Engagement Metrics Dashboard, when they select the 'Export' option, then the system should generate a downloadable file containing all displayed metrics in an organized format (e.g., CSV or PDF).

User seeks to understand which content types are generating the most interaction over a specific period.

Given the user has accessed the Engagement Metrics Dashboard, when they select a specific content type filter, then the system should display detailed metrics exclusively for that content type, showing likes, shares, and comments clearly.

Content Performance Alerts

User Story: As a content creator, I want to receive alerts about my content's engagement metrics so that I can quickly react to low performance and adjust my strategy to improve results.
Description: Content Performance Alerts notify users of significant changes in engagement metrics for their published content. This feature ensures marketers are informed in a timely manner about underperforming posts that may need adjustment or boosting. Alerts can be set for specific thresholds, such as a drop in engagement below a certain percentage or surpassing a certain level of shares or comments. By enabling proactive content management, users can make swift decisions to either enhance content visibility or pivot away from ineffective strategies.
Acceptance Criteria: User receives an alert when the engagement rate of a published post drops below the predefined threshold.

Given a user has set a threshold of 10% engagement, when the engagement rate for a post falls to 9% or lower, then the user receives an alert notification about the underperformance.

User is notified when the number of shares exceeds a specified limit for a post.

Given a user has a specified share limit of 100, when the shares for a post reach 101 or more, then the user receives a notification indicating the post has exceeded the share threshold.

User can customize alert thresholds for different types of content.

Given a user accesses the alert settings, when they set different thresholds for varying content types, then alerts are triggered based on each content's specific threshold settings.

User receives a consolidated daily summary of alerts regarding content performance.

Given a user has had multiple engagement alerts throughout the day, when they check their notifications at the end of the day, then they receive a summary report detailing all alerts and performance changes.

User can turn off alerts for specific posts if desired.

Given a user identifies a post for which they do not want engagement alerts, when they select the option to turn off alerts for that post, then no alerts related to that post are sent to the user.

User receives alerts for significant positive engagement increases.

Given a user has set an alert for a 50% increase in engagement metrics, when a post experiences that increase, then the user receives an alert notifying them of this positive change.

Content Recommendations Engine

User Story: As a business owner, I want to receive content recommendations based on past engagement metrics so that I can create more relevant and engaging content for my audience.
Description: The Content Recommendations Engine leverages historical performance data to provide personalized suggestions for future content creation. By analyzing user engagement patterns and preferences, this feature suggests optimal content types, posting times, and key topics to focus on. The insights provided aim to enhance user content strategies by maximizing audience engagement and ensuring relevance in a dynamic digital landscape. This aligns with MarketGenius's vision of empowering users to utilize data for better marketing effectiveness.
Acceptance Criteria: User utilizes the Content Recommendations Engine to generate personalized content suggestions based on their historical engagement data.

Given a user has engaged with content on the platform, when they access the Content Recommendations Engine, then they should receive suggestions for content types that have performed well in the past, posted at optimal times for engagement.

User reviews the content recommendations provided by the Content Recommendations Engine for a specific campaign.

Given the user views their campaign within the Content Recommendations Engine, when they examine the recommended content suggestions, then each suggestion should display engagement metrics from previous similar content.

User implements the suggestions from the Content Recommendations Engine and tracks their content performance.

Given the user has published content based on the recommendations, when they analyze the performance in the Content Performance Analyzer, then they should see an increase in engagement metrics compared to their previous content.

User modifies their content strategy based on the insights provided by the Content Recommendations Engine.

Given the user has received recommendations, when they adjust their upcoming content calendar based on these insights, then they should have a clear plan that incorporates the suggested topics and posting times.

User wants to understand the effectiveness of the suggestions provided by the Content Recommendations Engine.

Given the user accesses the performance analytics of content generated from recommendations, when they review the impact in the analytics dashboard, then they should see a clear correlation between the implemented suggestions and improved engagement.

User attempts to generate a new set of recommendations after adjusting their engagement strategy.

Given the user modifies their content engagement strategy, when they request a new analysis from the Content Recommendations Engine, then they should receive updated suggestions reflecting their new strategy and engagement patterns.

User shares insights from the Content Recommendations Engine with team members for collaborative planning.

Given the user accesses the recommendations, when they click on the 'Share' feature, then they should be able to successfully send these insights to designated team members via email or in-app message.

Platform Integration for Analytics

User Story: As a data analyst, I want to integrate my social media accounts with MarketGenius so that I can effortlessly track and report on content performance across multiple platforms.
Description: The Platform Integration for Analytics requirement focuses on seamless integration with various social media and content platforms to automatically gather and analyze performance data. This requirement ensures that users can view their content's performance metrics within the MarketGenius platform, regardless of where the content is hosted. By centralizing this information, users can save time on manual tracking while gaining a holistic view of their marketing effectiveness across channels.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the MarketGenius platform and navigates to the Content Performance Analyzer to view metrics for their latest social media campaign.

Given that the user is logged into MarketGenius, when they select a specific social media platform from the integration options, then the performance data for their latest content must be displayed accurately within 5 seconds.

A user wants to compare performance metrics of content posted on different platforms within MarketGenius.

Given that the user has multiple pieces of content across different platforms, when they select the comparison tool in the Content Performance Analyzer, then they must see a side-by-side comparison of engagement metrics such as likes, shares, and comments for each piece of content within 10 seconds.

A marketer needs recommendations for improving content performance based on analytics gathered from various platforms.

Given that the user has accessed the Content Performance Analyzer, when they view the performance report, then they must receive at least three actionable recommendations based on the engagement data collected from their content across all integrated platforms.

A user wants to ensure that the performance data collected is up-to-date with the latest engagement metrics from their connected social media accounts.

Given that the user has existing integrations set up, when they refresh the performance data in the Content Performance Analyzer, then the latest metrics from all connected social media platforms must be updated and displayed within 5 seconds.

A user with multiple roles (admin and marketer) wants to ensure that they have appropriate access to analyze content performance data.

Given that the user is logged in with an admin role, when they navigate to the Content Performance Analyzer, then they must have access to all content performance analytics for users under their management; otherwise, they should see a restricted view based on their user role.

Historical Performance Comparison

User Story: As a marketer, I want to compare the engagement of my current content with historical performance so that I can identify trends and improve my future content strategies.
Description: The Historical Performance Comparison feature allows users to analyze their content engagement metrics relative to past campaigns. This functionality enables users to identify growth patterns, underlying trends, and effective strategies by comparing current posts to previous similar content. Users can view metrics over customizable time frames and gain insights into their progress, which facilitates informed decision-making for future marketing tactics.
Acceptance Criteria: User views historical performance comparison of their past content to assess trends in engagement metrics over the last three months.

Given the user has access to the Historical Performance Comparison feature, when they select a time frame of three months and view the comparison, then they should see a detailed report showing engagement metrics such as likes, shares, and comments for both current and past content side by side.

User selects specific content types to analyze performance trends over a customizable period.

Given the user selects specific content types (e.g., video, image, text) for analysis, when they input a custom time frame ranging from one week to one year, then the system should display comparative engagement metrics for the selected content over the specified time period.

User receives recommendations for future content strategies based on comparison results.

Given the user has viewed the performance comparison report, when they click on the recommendations tab, then they should see actionable insights and suggestions on which content types to focus on for improved engagement based on past performance.

User filters performance data by specific social media platforms to identify the best-performing channels.

Given the user selects a specific social media platform from the filter options, when they apply this filter to the historical performance analysis, then the report should refresh to show engagement metrics solely from the selected platform, allowing the user to determine channel effectiveness.

User exports the historical performance comparison report for offline analysis.

Given the user has generated the historical performance comparison report, when they click the export button, then they should be able to download the report in a chosen format (e.g., PDF, CSV), ensuring they can analyze the data outside of the platform.

User receives real-time notifications for significant changes in content performance metrics.

Given the user has enabled notifications for performance alerts, when a content piece achieves an engagement metric significantly higher or lower than the historical average, then the user should receive a real-time notification detailing the change and implications for their strategy.

User views historical performance comparison across multiple content campaigns on a single dashboard.

Given the user accesses the Historical Performance Comparison feature, when they select multiple campaigns for analysis, then the dashboard should present a unified view displaying comparative metrics for all selected campaigns, enhancing the user's ability to evaluate performance trends across their content strategy.

Platform-Specific Optimization

Adaptive Content Generator automatically tailors content suggestions based on the unique specifications and audience behaviors of different platforms. This ensures that posts are not only optimized for engagement but also adhere to the style and format that resonates with users on each respective channel.

Requirements

Content Adaptation Algorithm

User Story: As a digital marketer, I want the platform to automatically generate content tailored to each social media channel's specifications so that I can increase engagement and save time during the content creation process.
Description: The Content Adaptation Algorithm is designed to analyze the unique specifications and audience behaviors of various digital platforms. It generates tailored content suggestions that meet or exceed engagement standards and relevant formats for each specific channel, whether it be a blog, social media site, or email newsletter. This requirement enhances the capabilities of MarketGenius by ensuring that content resonates with target audiences, improving overall marketing effectiveness and campaign performance. By leveraging data analytics and AI-driven insights, the algorithm not only personalizes content but also streamlines the creation process for users, making it simpler to engage with diverse audiences without requiring extensive manual adjustments.
Acceptance Criteria: User inputs target audience details and chooses a platform to generate tailored content suggestions for a social media campaign.

Given the user is on the content creation interface, when they select social media as the target platform and enter specific audience parameters, then the Content Adaptation Algorithm should provide at least three personalized content suggestions optimized for engagement on that platform.

A user applies the generated content suggestions across multiple platforms and needs to ensure the content adheres to each platform's specifications.

Given the user has generated content suggestions for a blog, social media, and an email newsletter, when they review the suggestions, then each suggestion must adhere to formatting and style guidelines specific to that platform (e.g., character limits for Twitter, image dimensions for Instagram).

The user wants to analyze the engagement metrics of the content generated by the algorithm over two weeks following the campaign launch.

Given the user has launched a campaign using content generated by the Content Adaptation Algorithm, when metrics are generated after two weeks, then the engagement rates (likes, shares, comments, clicks) should exceed industry-standard benchmarks for similar campaigns as specified in the MarketGenius analytics dashboard.

A marketer is preparing to launch a cross-channel marketing campaign and needs to ensure all content is cohesive yet tailored for each platform.

Given the user selects multiple platforms for a marketing campaign, when they generate the content suggestions, then the Content Adaptation Algorithm should produce content that maintains consistent messaging but varies in presentation style to align with each platform's audience expectations.

The user requests content suggestions and wants to customize them further for a specific promotional event.

Given the user inputs event details into the adaptive content generator, when they request tailored suggestions, then the Content Adaptation Algorithm should incorporate the event information to produce at least two targeted content drafts that highlight the event's details alongside the appropriate marketing angle for each selected platform.

User seeks to review the historical performance of content generated by the algorithm to identify areas for improvement.

Given the user selects a past marketing campaign that utilized the Content Adaptation Algorithm, when they review the performance metrics, then they should be able to see detailed insights regarding engagement levels, audience reach, and suggestions for optimization based on historical data analytics.

A new user goes through the onboarding tutorial for the Content Adaptation Algorithm.

Given a new user has started their onboarding process, when they follow the tutorial steps to generate their first set of content recommendations, then they should be able to successfully input their audience and platform parameters and receive a clear set of tailored suggestions without additional assistance.

Real-Time Performance Analytics

User Story: As a marketer, I want to see real-time performance metrics for my campaigns so that I can make timely adjustments and improve my marketing strategy based on actual user engagement.
Description: Real-Time Performance Analytics provides users with up-to-the-minute insights into their marketing campaign's effectiveness across different channels. This feature aggregates data from various sources, allowing marketers to monitor key performance indicators (KPIs) such as engagement rates, click-through rates, and conversion rates in real-time. By visualizing this data through intuitive dashboards, users can quickly assess their strategies' success and make informed adjustments on-the-fly. This requirement is essential in empowering users to respond to audience behavior rapidly, improving their marketing tactics, optimizing resource allocation, and enhancing overall campaign efficacy.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Real-Time Performance Analytics dashboard to review current campaign performance across social media and email marketing channels.

Given the user is logged into MarketGenius, When they navigate to the Real-Time Performance Analytics dashboard, Then they should see an updated overview of KPIs including engagement rates, click-through rates, and conversion rates within the last hour.

User filters real-time performance data to analyze engagement rates for a specific marketing campaign over the past week.

Given the user has selected a specific campaign from the dashboard, When they apply the date filter for the past week, Then the displayed analytics should update to reflect only the engagement rates for that campaign within the selected time frame.

User reviews the visual representation of KPIs on the dashboard to make immediate strategic adjustments to their marketing campaign.

Given the user is viewing the Real-Time Performance Analytics dashboard, When they observe a sudden drop in click-through rates, Then they should be able to access a suggestion tool that provides actionable insights to improve the campaign based on current trends.

User accesses the historical data from the Real-Time Performance Analytics feature to compare past campaign performance to current metrics.

Given the user selects a historical data option on the dashboard, When they choose a previous campaign from the last month, Then the displayed metrics should reflect the historical performance of that campaign for a clear comparison with current data.

User utilizes real-time performance notifications to receive alerts on KPI changes during an active campaign.

Given the user has opted into performance notifications, When there is a significant change in any KPI during the campaign, Then the user should receive an alert via email or in-app notification detailing the change and providing context for the shift.

User accesses a help section within the Real-Time Performance Analytics feature for assistance in understanding KPI metrics.

Given the user clicks on the help icon within the Real-Time Performance Analytics dashboard, When they select a specific KPI metric, Then a tooltip or modal should appear providing a clear definition and importance of that metric in the context of their campaign performance.

User compares the effectiveness of different marketing channels based on real-time performance data.

Given the user is on the Real-Time Performance Analytics dashboard, When they select comparison view options for at least two marketing channels, Then the system should visually present a side-by-side comparison of key metrics such as engagement and conversion rates for those channels.

Cross-Platform Integration

User Story: As a user, I want to integrate my campaigns with various social media and ad platforms so that I can manage all of my marketing efforts from one place and improve my overall strategy.
Description: Cross-Platform Integration facilitates seamless connectivity with various social media networks, email marketing services, and ad management tools. This requirement allows MarketGenius to pull and push data from multiple external platforms, enabling users to execute cohesive marketing strategies across different channels from a single interface. This integration leads to greater efficiency in managing campaigns, as marketers can synchronize their efforts more effectively. It empowers users to utilize insights and data from one platform to inform and optimize their approaches on others, ultimately driving better performance across their marketing mix.
Acceptance Criteria: User initiates a new marketing campaign through MarketGenius, selecting various social media, email, and ad platforms to create a cohesive strategy. The user sets specific parameters for each platform before launching the campaign.

Given the user has authenticated and linked their accounts to social media, email, and ad platforms, When the user selects multiple platforms for a campaign, Then the system should pull in unique specifications and audience behaviors for each platform and tailor the proposed content accordingly, ensuring compliance with each platform's requirements.

Upon completing a marketing campaign, the user reviews the performance metrics from all connected platforms in MarketGenius. The requirements of a cohesive view of insights across platforms is crucial for subsequent campaign optimization.

Given the user has run the marketing campaign across multiple platforms, When the user accesses the analytics dashboard, Then the system should display aggregated performance data, including engagement metrics from each platform, with options to filter the data by platform or campaign type.

The user wants to create content for a campaign targeted at different audience segments on various platforms. They rely on MarketGenius to suggest tailored content according to the audience behaviors identified by the platform integration.

Given the user is creating a new campaign with specified audience segments for different platforms, When the user requests content suggestions through the Adaptive Content Generator, Then the system should provide optimized content recommendations for each platform based on the linked audience behavior analytics.

During the setup of a new campaign, the user needs to adjust the campaign settings to ensure proper targeting and compliance with platform standards before launching the campaign.

Given the user has selected a new campaign type and linked platforms, When the user enters the campaign settings, Then the system should prompt for necessary adjustments to adhere to the style and compliance regulations of each platform, including word count, image dimensions, and character limits.

The user plans to conduct A/B testing for their campaign and requires the ability to efficiently manage and analyze the performances across different platforms.

Given the A/B testing setup has been configured for the campaign, When the user reviews the performance results post-testing, Then the system should provide clear comparative data for each version across all linked platforms, enabling the user to make data-driven decisions for future campaigns.

AI-Powered Content Suggestions

User Story: As a content creator, I want AI to suggest content topics and formats so that I can enhance my creativity and produce more engaging content without extensive manual effort.
Description: AI-Powered Content Suggestions harnesses advanced machine learning algorithms to suggest engaging content ideas and formats based on user input and historical data. This feature assists users in overcoming writer's block and enhances creativity by providing tailored recommendations that are more likely to resonate with their target audiences. This requirement is significant as it ensures users can leverage AI's capability to optimize their content strategies with ease, making content creation not only simpler but also more aligned with current trends and audience preferences.
Acceptance Criteria: User utilizes the AI-Powered Content Suggestions feature to generate content ideas for a social media campaign targeting a specific platform.

Given the user inputs relevant keywords and campaign goals, when the content suggestions are generated, then the system should provide at least five tailored content ideas that align with the identified platform’s audience preferences and posting formats.

User accesses the AI-Powered Content Suggestions feature to overcome writer's block during content creation for an email newsletter.

Given the user has selected the email newsletter format, when they request suggestions, then the system should present recommendations that include three subject line options and three body content suggestions that are relevant to the user's previous email engagement metrics.

User tests the effectiveness of the AI-Powered Content Suggestions in driving engagement on a newly launched ad campaign.

Given the user has implemented the suggested content in their ad campaign, when the campaign runs for two weeks, then the analytics dashboard should show at least a 20% increase in engagement metrics compared to the previous campaign using non-AI content.

User wants to create a blog post and uses the AI-Powered Content Suggestions feature to find suitable ideas and headlines.

Given the user has inputted a topic related to digital marketing, when they initiate the suggestion process, then the system should generate ten headline options and additional content outlines that meet SEO best practices and trending topics in the digital marketing field.

User reviews the historical performance of content suggested by the AI-Powered Content Suggestions tool for effectiveness.

Given the user has access to past campaign data, when they analyze the performance of AI-suggested content versus manually created content, then the report should indicate that AI-suggested content performs better in at least three out of five key performance indicators.

User wants to customize content suggestions further based on their unique brand voice and target audience.

Given the user has defined their brand parameters and target demographic in the settings, when they generate content suggestions, then the system should prioritize and display options that reflect the user’s brand voice and resonate with the specified audience characteristics.

Customizable Campaign Templates

User Story: As a small business owner, I want access to customizable campaign templates so that I can quickly create marketing materials that reflect my brand identity without needing extensive design skills.
Description: Customizable Campaign Templates give users predefined frameworks that can be easily adjusted according to their specific needs and branding requirements. This feature allows users to quickly set up and launch marketing campaigns without starting from scratch, saving time and ensuring brand consistency. Users can choose from various template styles tailored for different platforms and customize elements such as colors, layouts, and imagery. This requirement enhances user experience and efficiency by reducing the complexity of campaign setup and promoting a cohesive brand presence across various marketing channels.
Acceptance Criteria: User selects a predefined campaign template for a Facebook advertisement from the template library.

Given the user is logged in and has accessed the campaign template library, when they select a Facebook ad template and click 'Customize', then they should be redirected to the template editor with the selected template loaded and editable elements visible.

User customizes a campaign template by changing the color scheme, layout, and imagery.

Given the user is in the template editor with a selected template, when they change the color scheme, adjust the layout, and upload new imagery, then all changes should be reflected in the preview and saved successfully when the user clicks 'Save Changes'.

User publishes a customized campaign template to their social media channel.

Given the user has customized their campaign template and is in the publishing section, when they click 'Publish' for their selected channel, then the campaign should be scheduled or published accordingly, and the user should receive a confirmation message along with a link to view the live post.

User saves a previously customized campaign template for future use.

Given the user has customized a campaign template, when they click 'Save as Template', then they should be prompted to enter a name for the template and upon confirmation, it should be added to the user's template library for future access.

User previews a customized campaign template before publishing.

Given the user is in the template editor, when they click the 'Preview' button, then they should see a full-screen view of the customized template that accurately displays how the post will appear on the selected platform.

User deletes an unwanted campaign template from their template library.

Given the user is viewing their template library, when they select a template and click the 'Delete' button, then the template should be removed from the library permanently, and the user should receive a confirmation message.

Automated A/B Testing

With built-in A/B testing capabilities, this feature allows users to automatically test different content variations to determine which performs better. Users can optimize their messaging in real-time, ultimately enhancing engagement and conversion rates based on empirical data.

Requirements

Dynamic Variation Creation

User Story: As a digital marketer, I want to automatically create and test multiple variations of my campaign content so that I can optimize engagement with minimal effort and time.
Description: The Automated A/B Testing feature will include the ability for users to create dynamic content variations based on specific criteria like audience segmentation, time of day, and other real-time data inputs. This functionality allows users to easily design and test multiple versions of their campaigns, empowering them to identify which variations yield the best results without extensive manual effort. It enhances the overall user experience by providing less technical users the ability to run sophisticated tests without needing in-depth marketing knowledge.
Acceptance Criteria: User creates a campaign with A/B testing by selecting target audience segments and setting specific time parameters for sending variations.

Given a user has identified target audience segments and time parameters, when they initiate the A/B testing for their campaign, then the system should create dynamic variations of the content based on the selected criteria before scheduling the delivery.

User views analytics dashboard after running A/B tests to assess which content variation performed best.

Given the A/B test has been completed, when the user accesses the analytics dashboard, then the metrics should display side-by-side comparisons of engagement and conversion rates for each variation, with the highest performing variation highlighted.

User adjusts criteria for an ongoing A/B test to further refine the variations being tested based on live performance data.

Given an ongoing A/B test, when the user modifies the criteria such as audience segments or time of day, then the system should automatically adjust the testing variations to reflect the new parameters without requiring a campaign restart.

User navigates through the platform to access the Automated A/B Testing feature and set up dynamic content variations.

Given the user is logged into MarketGenius, when they navigate to the Automated A/B Testing feature, then they should see an intuitive interface that allows them to easily input criteria for dynamic variation creation.

User receives notifications when an A/B test variation reaches statistical significance, indicating a clear winner.

Given an A/B test has been running for a predetermined period, when the variations have statistically significant results, then the system should notify the user via email or in-app alert detailing the winning variation and its performance metrics.

User seeks guidance on how to utilize dynamic variation creation effectively in their A/B testing.

Given the user is unfamiliar with how to create dynamic content variations, when they access the help or tutorial section, then they should find comprehensive resources or walkthroughs that explain the process in a user-friendly manner.

Real-Time Performance Analysis

User Story: As a marketer, I want to see real-time performance analytics of my A/B tests so that I can promptly adjust my campaigns based on what is working best.
Description: This requirement entails the provision of real-time analytics that deliver insights on the performance of different content variations as they are being tested. By integrating visual dashboards and clear metrics, users can immediately see which variations are generating the most engagement, conversions, or click-through rates. This capability significantly aids marketers in making data-driven decisions quickly, allowing for timely adjustments to campaigns to maximize effectiveness.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the A/B testing section of MarketGenius and sets up a campaign with two different content variations to analyze their performance.

Given a user sets up an A/B test with two variations, When performance analytics for the variations are displayed in real-time, Then the analytics must show comparative engagement metrics such as click-through rates and conversion rates for both variations within 30 seconds of new data being generated.

A marketer reviews the real-time dashboard during an ongoing A/B test to assess which content variation is performing better.

Given a user is on the performance dashboard during an A/B test, When the dashboard is refreshed or updated, Then it must display the latest performance data clearly for both variations, allowing the user to understand which variation is more effective at a glance.

Users need to receive notifications based on the performance of different content variations during an A/B test.

Given a user has configured notification settings, When a variation significantly outperforms another (defined as a 20% difference in conversion rates), Then the system must send an immediate notification to the user indicating the superior variation and its performance metrics.

A market analyst utilizes advanced filters on the real-time analytics dashboard to focus on specific audience segments during an A/B test.

Given a user applies filters to view performance metrics by segment, When results are filtered, Then the dashboard must update to show real-time analytics that only include the selected segments without delay.

Marketers want to generate a performance report after completing an A/B test to present findings to stakeholders.

Given the A/B test has concluded, When the user requests a performance report, Then the system must generate a downloadable report that includes comprehensive data on engagement, conversion rates, and overall performance of each variation within three minutes.

Users want to access historical data for past A/B tests to make future marketing decisions.

Given a user navigates to the historical A/B testing section, When they select a previous test, Then the system must display detailed analytics for that test, including performance metrics and a visual comparison of all variations tested.

Users need to understand the time frame for seeing significant results from their A/B tests in real-time analytics.

Given a user initiates an A/B test, When the analytics are displayed, Then the system must provide an estimated time for when results are expected to become statistically significant based on the sample size and engagement metrics.

Smart Recommendation Engine

User Story: As a user, I want to receive AI-generated recommendations for improving my A/B test variations so that I can enhance my marketing strategy with data-backed insights.
Description: The feature will integrate an AI-driven recommendation engine that analyzes past campaign performances and suggests variations with the highest likelihood of success based on historical data. By utilizing machine learning algorithms, this capability will help users not only test variations but also create informed, optimized content strategies tailored to their audience segments, ultimately improving the overall conversion rates and campaign outcomes.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Smart Recommendation Engine through the MarketGenius platform to optimize a marketing campaign for a new product launch.

Given the user selects a campaign, When the user enables the Smart Recommendation Engine, Then the system displays a list of content variations with success probabilities based on historical data.

A user runs an A/B test with variations suggested by the Smart Recommendation Engine for an email marketing campaign.

Given the user executes an A/B test with the provided variations, When the test results are analyzed, Then the user can see a detailed report comparing engagement metrics of each variation indicating the winning content.

A user applies the insights from the Smart Recommendation Engine to adjust their campaign strategies in real-time.

Given the user reviews the recommendations, When the user adjusts the campaign variations accordingly, Then the system logs the changes and suggests further enhancements based on current performance analytics.

A user monitors the performance of multiple campaigns using the Smart Recommendation Engine's analytical insights.

Given the user accesses the performance dashboard, When the Smart Recommendation Engine provides insights, Then the user sees actionable recommendations alongside key performance indicators for each campaign.

A user switches between different engagement metrics while analyzing the Smart Recommendation Engine's suggestions.

Given the user selects different metrics to view from the analytics dashboard, When they refresh the data, Then the display updates to show the success probabilities of variations based on the selected metrics.

The Smart Recommendation Engine integrates with the existing A/B testing tools within MarketGenius for efficient campaign management.

Given the user initiates an A/B test, When the Smart Recommendation Engine is active, Then it automatically incorporates suggested variations into the testing framework without the need for manual input.

User-Friendly Template Library

User Story: As a new user, I want to access a library of pre-made A/B testing templates so that I can launch my tests faster and learn from established best practices without starting from zero.
Description: This requirement involves the inclusion of a library filled with customizable A/B test templates that users can select and modify according to their specific needs. These templates will cater to various campaign types, enhancing user accessibility and reducing the time spent on creating test variations from scratch. Users will benefit from existing best practices encapsulated in these templates, ensuring a higher chance of success through proven frameworks.
Acceptance Criteria: User selects a template from the A/B testing template library to create a new marketing campaign.

Given the user is logged into MarketGenius, When they navigate to the A/B testing template library and select a template, Then the template should load in the campaign editor with all relevant fields and options pre-filled for customization.

User customizes a selected A/B testing template and saves it for use in a campaign.

Given the user has selected and modified a template from the A/B testing library, When they click the 'Save' button, Then the customized template should be saved in the user's account with an option to be reused in future campaigns.

User utilizes the template library to identify successful A/B test variations based on predefined metrics.

Given the user is viewing the results of A/B tests conducted using templates from the library, When they select specific variations, Then the system should display key performance metrics and insights for comparison in an easily understandable format.

User filters A/B testing templates based on industry or campaign type.

Given the user accesses the A/B testing template library, When they apply filters for specific industries or campaign types, Then the displayed templates should only include those relevant to the selected criteria.

User provides feedback on a template they used for an A/B test campaign.

Given the user has completed an A/B test using a specific template, When they submit feedback through the template feedback option, Then the feedback should be recorded and associated with that template for future improvements.

User accesses help documentation related to using the A/B testing template library.

Given the user is in the A/B testing template library, When they click the 'Help' button, Then relevant help documentation should be displayed, offering guidance on using templates and best practices for A/B testing.

User compares different A/B test templates based on their historical performance data.

Given the user wants to evaluate available templates, When they view template options, Then the system should present comparative performance data for each template used in past campaigns, enabling informed selection.

Automated Reporting Features

User Story: As a marketer, I want automated reports of my A/B test results so that I can easily interpret the data and make informed decisions for future campaigns.
Description: This requirement focuses on providing automated reporting capabilities that summarize the outcomes of A/B tests and present actionable insights for users. Reports will feature visual graphs, success metrics, and recommendations based on the test results, helping users understand the effectiveness of content variations without needing to analyze data manually. This will streamline the decision-making process by translating raw data into clear, understandable insights.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the automated reporting feature after running an A/B test to evaluate the performance variations of their campaigns.

Given I have completed an A/B test, When I access the automated reporting feature, Then I should see a summary report that includes visual graphs, success metrics, and specific recommendations based on the test results.

The system generates an automated report for an A/B test without user intervention after the test has ended.

Given the A/B test has been concluded, When the reporting period is triggered, Then the system should automatically generate and send a report to the user’s email with the required insights and metrics.

A user wants to understand the effectiveness of their last campaign through the generated automated report.

Given the user reviews the automated report, When I analyze the success metrics shown, Then I should be able to identify which content variation performed best and receive actionable insights from the report.

The user is testing the automated reporting feature under high load with multiple A/B tests running simultaneously.

Given multiple A/B tests are running, When I request a report from one of the tests, Then the system should provide the report without delay and accurately reflect all relevant metrics.

The user needs to share the automated report with their marketing team.

Given a report has been generated, When I access the sharing option, Then I should be able to easily share the report via a link or export it as a PDF.

Audience Sentiment Integration

Leveraging AI, this feature analyzes audience sentiment trends based on interactions with past content. By understanding how audiences feel about different topics or styles, users can craft content that resonates emotionally, leading to deeper engagement and stronger connections with their audience.

Requirements

AI Sentiment Analysis Engine

User Story: As a content marketer, I want to understand the sentiment of my audience towards different content types so that I can create more engaging and relevant content that resonates with them.
Description: The AI Sentiment Analysis Engine will utilize advanced natural language processing algorithms to analyze audience interactions and feedback on past content. This functionality will allow the system to categorize sentiments as positive, negative, or neutral, and identify trends over time. By integrating this engine into the MarketGenius platform, users will gain invaluable insights into how their audience perceives their content, enabling them to tailor future campaigns more effectively. The technical implementation will involve the use of machine learning models trained on diverse datasets to ensure accuracy and relevance. The expected outcome is a more emotionally resonant content strategy that increases user engagement, satisfaction, and loyalty.
Acceptance Criteria: As a user of MarketGenius, I want to submit various content pieces for sentiment analysis to determine how my audience feels about them.

Given a set of content pieces submitted for analysis, when the AI Sentiment Analysis Engine processes the feedback, then it should categorize each piece's sentiment as positive, negative, or neutral with an accuracy of at least 85%.

As a marketing manager, I want to review the sentiment trends over time for specific campaigns to understand audience engagement.

Given that the sentiment analysis has been conducted on past content, when I access the sentiment trends dashboard, then I should see a graphical representation of sentiment over time, segmented by campaign, which reflects at least six months of historical data.

As a content creator, I want to receive actionable insights based on sentiment analysis to guide future content creation.

Given the sentiment trends of my past content, when the analysis is completed, then I should receive a report that highlights the top three topics with the highest positive sentiment and the top three topics with the lowest, enabling me to tailor future content accordingly.

As a MarketGenius user, I want the AI to provide real-time sentiment feedback on social media interactions with my content.

Given that content has been published on social media, when users interact with the content (likes, shares, comments), then the AI Sentiment Analysis Engine should update the sentiment analysis in real-time, reflecting current audience reactions within 5 minutes of interaction.

As a business owner, I want the system to notify me when there is a significant shift in audience sentiment regarding my brand or content.

Given the sentiment analysis engine is running, when a sentiment shift of more than 20% is detected compared to the previous week, then I should receive an alert summarizing the shift and potential causes based on recent interactions.

As a user, I want to ensure that the sentiment analysis results can be easily integrated into my existing marketing strategy.

Given that I have completed a sentiment analysis, when I export the results, then the data should be available in standard formats (CSV, JSON) for easy integration with other tools and platforms.

As a user, I want to be able to see a breakdown of sentiment analysis results by demographics to better understand my audience's preferences.

Given that the sentiment analysis is complete, when I access the detailed report, then I should see a breakdown of sentiment categorized by at least three demographic factors (age, location, and gender), with clear visualizations of the results.

Sentiment Dashboard

User Story: As a digital marketer, I want to view sentiment trends in an easily understandable dashboard so that I can quickly assess the effectiveness of my content and adjust my strategies accordingly.
Description: The Sentiment Dashboard will be a user-friendly interface that displays sentiment analysis results in a visually appealing and easily digestible format. It should feature graphs, charts, and insights that summarize audience sentiment trends over time. The dashboard will allow users to filter results based on different metrics, such as content type, campaign dates, and audience segments. This feature aims to enhance the user's ability to visualize data and make informed decisions about their marketing strategies. The implementation will require collaboration with the UI/UX team to ensure an intuitive design, and integration with the data processing systems will be necessary for real-time updates. The goal is to empower users with a visual representation of insights that can drive strategic changes.
Acceptance Criteria: User views the Sentiment Dashboard after completing various marketing campaigns to assess audience sentiment trends.

Given the user has logged into MarketGenius, when they navigate to the Sentiment Dashboard, then they should see a graphical representation of sentiment data that includes at least three different types of charts (e.g., bar, line, pie) illustrating trends over the past month.

User filters sentiment results based on content types to analyze how different content resonates with their audience.

Given the user is on the Sentiment Dashboard, when they select the filter for content type and choose 'Video', then the displayed sentiment trends should update to show only data relevant to video content over the specified date range.

User reviews the sentiment trends for a specific audience segment to tailor marketing strategies accordingly.

Given the user has selected a specific audience segment from the segmentation options in the Sentiment Dashboard, when they apply this filter, then the dashboard should update to reflect sentiment trends exclusive to that segment, displaying a comparative analysis with overall trends.

User analyzes sentiment data over different campaign dates to see how sentiment shifts with different marketing efforts.

Given the user has selected a specific date range on the Sentiment Dashboard, when the date range is submitted, then the dashboard should display sentiment analysis results accurately reflecting data from only that selected date range.

User checks for tooltips or help features on the Sentiment Dashboard for guided user experience.

Given the user is on the Sentiment Dashboard, when they hover over any graph or chart, then they should see informative tooltips that provide explanations of the data presented and contextual insights into the metrics being displayed.

User wishes to download sentiment analysis reports for external sharing with their team.

Given the user is on the Sentiment Dashboard, when they click on the 'Download Report' button, then they should receive a formatted PDF report that includes all visual data and insights from the dashboard corresponding to the selected filters.

Content Recommendation System

User Story: As a marketer, I want to receive content suggestions based on audience sentiment so that I can create content that is more likely to engage and resonate with my audience.
Description: The Content Recommendation System will leverage the insights from the sentiment analysis to suggest content themes and styles that align with audience preferences. This intelligent recommendation engine will be capable of identifying which types of content generate positive sentiment and will also provide suggestions for new content ideas that may appeal to the audience. This feature is designed to streamline the content creation process by providing marketers with tailored suggestions based on data-driven insights, thereby increasing the chances of successful engagement. The integration will involve linking the sentiment data with content generation tools within MarketGenius to create seamless suggestions. Ultimately, this system will lead to enhanced content relevance and greater audience connection.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Content Recommendation System through their MarketGenius dashboard after completing the Audience Sentiment Integration setup.

Given the user has set up the Audience Sentiment Integration, when they navigate to the Content Recommendation System section, then the system displays personalized content suggestions based on audience sentiment data.

Marketers input various content types into MarketGenius and request sentiment feedback for their recent campaigns.

Given the user has submitted content examples, when they request a sentiment analysis, then the system provides feedback indicating which types of content received positive sentiment and which did not.

A user receives suggestions for new content ideas based on past audience interactions and sentiment analysis results.

Given the user is viewing the Content Recommendation System, when the system analyzes previous audience interactions, then it automatically suggests at least three new content ideas that align with positive sentiment trends.

The user conducts a campaign using the suggested content ideas and later reviews performance metrics to assess engagement levels.

Given the user has utilized content suggestions from the Content Recommendation System, when they analyze the campaign performance metrics, then there should be a measurable increase in engagement rates compared to previous campaigns without these suggestions.

The user wants to ensure that the suggestions provided by the Content Recommendation System are relevant and aligned with their marketing goals.

Given the user has configured their marketing goals within the system, when they request content recommendations, then the system should filter suggestions to reflect the desired goals and audience preferences accurately.

Marketers review the user interface of the Content Recommendation System to ensure it is user-friendly and intuitive.

Given the user has accessed the Content Recommendation System interface, when they navigate through the options, then they should find the interface intuitive, with clear labeling and accessible features that require no additional training or guidance.

Sentiment Feedback Loop

User Story: As a marketer, I want to monitor how changes in my content affect audience sentiment in real-time so that I can adapt my marketing strategies accordingly to maximize engagement.
Description: The Sentiment Feedback Loop is intended to close the gap between audience sentiment analysis and content strategy adjustments. This feature will enable users to track the performance of content over time with respect to the sentiment data collected. It will facilitate real-time feedback on how changes in content strategy impact audience sentiment, allowing for dynamic adjustments based on immediate audience reactions. The feature will incorporate metrics that compare pre- and post-campaign sentiments and will provide actionable recommendations on how to enhance content performance. By integrating this feedback loop, MarketGenius aims to create a responsive marketing environment that adapts to audience preferences on the fly, ultimately leading to better marketing outcomes.
Acceptance Criteria: Audience Engagement Metrics Adjustment

Given a user has created content based on audience sentiment analysis, when they review the engagement metrics post-campaign, then the system should reflect the significant changes in audience sentiment before and after the campaign, showing a positive correlation with the new content.

Real-Time Sentiment Alerts

Given the content is live, when sentiment around the content drops below a predefined threshold, then the system should generate an alert to the user suggesting immediate adjustments based on sentiment feedback.

Sentiment Trend Reporting

Given a user accesses the Sentiment Feedback Loop dashboard, when they select a specific campaign, then the system should provide a detailed report comparing pre-campaign and post-campaign sentiment trends along with actionable insights for future content creation.

User Feedback Collection Integration

Given the user has implemented changes based on sentiment analysis, when they deploy a follow-up survey to their audience, then the system should effectively capture and analyze the feedback to inform future content strategies.

Historical Sentiment Data Comparison

Given the user has completed multiple campaigns, when they analyze historical sentiment data, then the system should allow them to compare past and present sentiment trends to assess the long-term effectiveness of content strategies.

Adjustment Recommendations Generation

Given a campaign with poor sentiment performance, when the user wants to enhance their content strategy, then the system should automatically generate tailored recommendations for content adjustments based on sentiment analysis.

Integration with Social Media Platforms

User Story: As a social media manager, I want to analyze audience sentiment from our social media platforms so that I can understand how our posts influence audience emotions and adjust our marketing tactics accordingly.
Description: This requirement involves seamless integration of sentiment analysis capabilities with major social media platforms used for marketing. The purpose is to enable real-time sentiment tracking directly from social media interactions, including comments, shares, and likes on posts. By capturing sentiment from these interactions, users can gain a more comprehensive view of audience perception across different channels. This integration will require cooperation with social media APIs and may include challenges related to data privacy and compliance. Successful implementation will enhance the platform's value by providing users with deeper insights into how their audience engages with their brand on social media, allowing for more informed marketing strategies.
Acceptance Criteria: Real-time sentiment tracking from social media interactions for a marketing campaign.

Given a connected social media account, When a user posts content and receives interactions (likes, comments, shares), Then the sentiment analysis feature should update the sentiment score in real-time based on the interactions received.

Understanding audience sentiment trends over a period of time from social media data.

Given historical social media interactions, When the user selects a date range, Then the platform should display sentiment trends visualized in a graph format, showing positive, neutral, and negative sentiment over the selected period.

Generating insights based on the sentiment of social media interactions to inform content creation.

Given analyzed sentiment data from social media posts, When the user requests insights for the next marketing campaign, Then the platform should provide content suggestions aligned with prevalent positive sentiments and insights on improving negative interactions.

Notifications for significant changes in audience sentiment after a marketing campaign launch.

Given that a marketing campaign is running, When the audience sentiment shifts significantly (e.g., by 20% in a positive or negative direction), Then the user should be notified through a dashboard alert and an email notification.

Comparative analysis of sentiment across different social media platforms for the same content.

Given multiple social media platforms integrated with the market, When the user selects content to analyze, Then the platform should present a comparative sentiment analysis report showing how audiences on different platforms responded (e.g., Facebook vs. Instagram).

Dynamic Content Suggestions

This feature provides real-time content suggestions that adapt to current trends and audience preferences. By analyzing popular topics and engagement levels, the Adaptive Content Generator ensures users are always equipped with fresh, relevant content ideas that capture audience attention.

Requirements

Real-time Content Analysis

User Story: As a digital marketer, I want real-time content analysis so that I can receive up-to-date suggestions that align with trending topics and audience interests, improving my campaign’s effectiveness.
Description: The Real-time Content Analysis requirement involves the integration of an analytical engine that continuously monitors trending topics, audience preferences, and engagement metrics across various digital platforms. This functionality should allow the Adaptive Content Generator to utilize real-time data to recommend content ideas that resonate with the target audience. By ensuring the suggestions are based on current market dynamics, the platform significantly enhances its value proposition, empowering users to create timely and relevant marketing content that improves engagement and conversion rates.
Acceptance Criteria: User receives real-time content suggestions based on trending topics and audience preferences during a marketing campaign setup.

Given the user opens the Adaptive Content Generator, when the user selects their target audience and campaign goals, then the system should display at least three relevant content suggestions based on current trends within 30 seconds.

The system analyzes audience engagement metrics and integrates them into the content suggestion process.

Given the user has connected their social media accounts, when the user initiates a content suggestion request, then the system should incorporate engagement metrics from the last 30 days to generate tailored content ideas.

Admin receives alerts for significant shifts in trending topics to optimize content strategy usage.

Given that there is a major trend shift in relevant sectors, when the trending topics change significantly, then the system should send an alert to the admin within 15 minutes of the change, highlighting the new topics and suggesting adjustments to content strategy.

User wants to use the Adaptive Content Generator to curate content for a specific event or promotion.

Given that the user specifies an event date and related keywords, when the user activates the Adaptive Content Generator, then the system should provide a list of 5-10 content ideas that are relevant to the event and align with current trends.

User evaluates the effectiveness of the content suggestions made by the Adaptive Content Generator post-campaign.

Given that the user has completed a marketing campaign using suggested content, when the user views the campaign performance dashboard, then they should see a report that includes at least three metrics indicating engagement levels with the suggested content.

The system updates content suggestions in real time based on continual data inputs from various sources.

Given that the system is connected to multiple data sources, when there is a significant update in audience preferences or trending topics, then the system should refresh the content suggestions automatically within 5 minutes.

User tests the relevance of content suggestions through A/B testing.

Given the user has created two variations of a campaign with different content based on system suggestions, when the campaigns are live for one week, then the system should provide comparative analytics on engagement rates to determine which content performed better.

User Behavior Tracking

User Story: As a marketer, I want to track user behavior so that I can receive personalized content suggestions based on past engagement, allowing for more targeted and effective campaigns.
Description: The User Behavior Tracking requirement necessitates the implementation of a system that captures user interactions with previous content and campaigns. By analyzing patterns in user engagement, including likes, shares, comments, and click-through rates, this feature will enable the Adaptive Content Generator to provide personalized content suggestions tailored to individual user profiles. This results in more relevant content, fostering deeper audience engagement and increasing the likelihood of successful marketing strategies.
Acceptance Criteria: User engages with a marketing campaign and interacts with various content pieces on the platform, generating data that will be used to inform future content suggestions.

Given a user has interacted with previous content, when the user accesses the content suggestions feature, then the suggestions should include at least three personalized content ideas based on the user's engagement history.

A user wants to create a new marketing campaign and relies on the Adaptive Content Generator for fresh ideas tailored to current trends and their audience's preferences.

Given the user is in the process of creating a new campaign, when they select the Adaptive Content Generator, then the system should show trending topics and content formats that align with their previously successful campaigns.

A user reviews their content performance metrics to improve future campaigns and identify content gaps.

Given the user accesses the performance analytics dashboard, when they review the user engagement metrics, then the platform should highlight content types with low engagement and suggest alternative topics or formats.

The system must analyze collective user interactions across campaigns to enhance the accuracy of the content suggestions provided.

Given multiple users have interacted with the same content, when the system aggregates this data, then it should identify at least five common preferences that will inform future content suggestions for all users.

A user checks the relevance of suggestions provided by the Adaptive Content Generator during the content creation process.

Given the user receives suggestions from the Adaptive Content Generator, when they assess the relevance of these suggestions, then at least 80% of the suggestions should align with the user's stated goals and past content engagement trends.

Trending Hashtag Generation

User Story: As a social media manager, I want to generate trending hashtags automatically so that I can enhance the discoverability of my posts and engage a broader audience.
Description: The Trending Hashtag Generation requirement involves the development of a tool that generates relevant hashtags based on trending topics and engagement levels across social media platforms. This will allow users to increase the visibility of their content and improve audience engagement. The feature should analyze current trends, deliver optimal hashtag combinations, and provide insights on their potential impact on audience reach, thereby enhancing the efficacy of content sharing across social networks.
Acceptance Criteria: User initiates hashtag generation for their latest marketing campaign.

Given the user has entered a description of their content, when they click on the 'Generate Hashtags' button, then they should receive a list of at least 10 relevant hashtags within 3 seconds.

User reviews the generated hashtags for relevance and engagement.

Given the user has received a list of hashtags, when they hover over each hashtag, then a tooltip displaying engagement metrics (likes, shares) for that hashtag should appear.

User implements the suggested hashtags in their social media post.

Given the user selects a hashtag from the generated list, when they add it to their social media post, then the post should display the hashtag correctly formatted and clickable.

User analyzes the impact of the hashtags on audience engagement after posting.

Given the user has posted their content with the generated hashtags, when they check the engagement statistics within 24 hours, then they should see an increase in audience reach by at least 15% compared to previous posts without suggested hashtags.

User requests hashtags specifically for a trending topic.

Given the user enters a trending topic in the input field, when they click on 'Generate Hashtags', then the system should provide a minimum of 5 hashtags that incorporate the trending topic and show the trending status.

User saves the generated hashtags for future use.

Given the user has generated hashtags, when they click on the 'Save' button, then those hashtags should be stored in their profile under a 'Saved Hashtags' section for retrieval later.

User compares different sets of generated hashtags for performance.

Given the user has generated two different sets of hashtags, when they select both sets for comparison, then the system should display side-by-side analytics of engagement metrics for each set.

Content Performance Metrics Dashboard

User Story: As a marketing manager, I want a performance metrics dashboard so that I can easily review my content’s effectiveness and refine my marketing strategies for better results.
Description: The Content Performance Metrics Dashboard requirement is to create a centralized visual reporting tool that consolidates key performance indicators related to the content generated through the Adaptive Content Generator. Users should be able to access metrics such as view counts, engagement rates, and conversion statistics for their campaigns. By providing these insights in a clear visual format, this feature will empower users to understand their content's effectiveness quickly and make informed adjustments to their marketing strategies as needed.
Acceptance Criteria: Accessing the Content Performance Metrics Dashboard from the user dashboard

Given a user is logged into MarketGenius, when they navigate to the dashboard and select 'Content Performance Metrics', then the user should see a visual dashboard displaying key performance indicators for their content campaigns including view counts, engagement rates, and conversion statistics.

Visual representation of content metrics

Given the user is on the Content Performance Metrics Dashboard, when the dashboard loads, then all key performance indicators should be visually represented through graphs and charts, allowing for easy comprehension of data trends.

Filtering metrics by campaign type

Given the user is on the Content Performance Metrics Dashboard, when the user selects filters for specific campaign types (e.g., social media, email), then the dashboard should update to show metrics only for the selected campaign type.

Exporting performance metrics

Given the user is on the Content Performance Metrics Dashboard, when they click the 'Export' button, then the system should generate a downloadable report that includes the displayed metrics in CSV format.

Accessing historical performance data

Given the user is on the Content Performance Metrics Dashboard, when the user selects a date range filter, then the dashboard should update to display metrics for content generated during that specific date range.

Real-time updates of metrics

Given the user is on the Content Performance Metrics Dashboard, when new data is available from the Adaptive Content Generator, then the metrics displayed should automatically refresh without the need for a page reload.

Receiving alerts for significant metric changes

Given the user has configured alert settings, when there is a significant change in any key performance indicator, then the user should receive a notification alerting them of the change via email or within the app.

AI-Powered Content Optimization

User Story: As a content creator, I want AI-powered content optimization so that I can improve my content’s quality and engagement by receiving tailored recommendations during the creation process.
Description: The AI-Powered Content Optimization requirement requires the integration of artificial intelligence algorithms that analyze existing content against industry benchmarks and user engagement metrics. This feature will provide actionable recommendations for optimizing copy, images, and calls-to-action. By offering these insights, the system aids users in crafting highly engaging content that meets established best practices, ensuring that their marketing efforts are not only creative but also effective.
Acceptance Criteria: User inputs existing blog content on the MarketGenius platform seeking optimization suggestions.

Given that a user has entered a completed blog post, when the AI-Powered Content Optimization function is triggered, then the system should analyze the content and provide at least three actionable recommendations for improving copy, images, and calls-to-action based on industry benchmarks.

A user desires real-time insights on how to enhance their marketing emails for better engagement.

Given that a user has selected an email campaign, when the user requests content optimization, then the system should generate a summary report that identifies at least five areas for improvement, linked to user engagement metrics.

A marketing manager wants to compare the performance of their content against industry standards.

Given that the user has access to performance data, when the user runs a comparison report, then the system should display a graphical representation of their content's engagement metrics against industry benchmarks.

A small business owner is creating a new advertisement and needs suggestions based on trending topics.

Given that the user is in the ad creation interface, when they request content suggestions, then the system should present at least three current trending topics relevant to their target audience along with brief content ideas for each.

A content creator wants to improve their social media posts by utilizing AI suggestions.

Given that a user has crafted a social media post on the platform, when they invoke the content optimization feature, then the system should suggest at least two edits to the post's text and one relevant image based on current audience preferences.

A user is reviewing the generated content optimization reports over a specified period.

Given that the user accesses past optimization reports, when they select a time frame for review, then the system shall display a summary of the average improvement in engagement metrics for content adjusted based on previous recommendations.

Content Calendar Scheduler

Integrating a content calendar with smart scheduling options, this feature helps users plan and organize their content distribution efficiently. It suggests optimal posting times based on audience activity data, ensuring that the content reaches the target audience at the most effective moments.

Requirements

Dynamic Posting Suggestions

User Story: As a digital marketer, I want dynamic posting suggestions so that I can schedule my content at the most effective times to maximize audience engagement and visibility.
Description: The Dynamic Posting Suggestions requirement entails the development of an intelligent algorithm that analyzes historical data and real-time audience behavior to recommend optimal times for posting. This functionality should integrate seamlessly with the Content Calendar Scheduler, allowing users to receive personalized, actionable insights into the best scheduling options. The benefit of this requirement lies in its ability to enhance user engagement and boost content reach by ensuring that posts are made at times when the target audience is most active. Furthermore, this feature should be flexible and adaptive, learning from user interactions and campaign performance over time to continually refine its suggestions, ultimately leading to improved marketing outcomes and a higher return on investment.
Acceptance Criteria: User requests a content posting suggestion for a new blog post intended for their audience.

Given the user has entered details about the blog post, When they request posting suggestions, Then the system suggests at least three optimal posting times based on historical engagement data.

A user reviews the suggested posting times in the Content Calendar Scheduler interface.

Given the system has generated posting suggestions, When the user views these suggestions in the scheduler, Then the suggested times should be clearly displayed and categorized as 'Optimal', 'Good', or 'Low Engagement'.

The user wants to refine suggestions based on the performance of their previous posts.

Given the user has access to past post performance metrics, When they request updated posting suggestions, Then the system should adjust suggestions to reflect improved performance based on historical data and trends.

An automated notification is triggered when the audience's activity significantly changes.

Given there's a noticeable shift in audience activity observed by the algorithm, When the user logs into the system, Then they receive a notification about the updated best times to post based on recent activity data.

The user integrates updated campaign performance data to enhance future suggestions.

Given the user has provided new campaign performance metrics, When they request posting suggestions again, Then the system should incorporate this new data to refine its recommendations appropriately.

User wants to see the rationale behind the posting suggestions provided.

Given the posting suggestions are generated, When the user clicks on a suggested time, Then the system displays the data and logic used to generate that recommendation, including historical data and engagement analytics, in a user-friendly format.

Drag-and-Drop Scheduling Interface

User Story: As a small business owner, I want a drag-and-drop scheduling interface so that I can easily manage and rearrange my content calendar without hassle.
Description: The Drag-and-Drop Scheduling Interface requirement focuses on providing users with an intuitive and user-friendly platform for scheduling their content within the Content Calendar Scheduler. This feature should allow users to easily arrange, reschedule, and visualize their content distribution by dragging and dropping posts onto specific dates and times. The primary benefit is to streamline the planning process and enhance user experience by making it easy to adjust schedules without complicated steps. The interface should also support color-coding for different types of content or campaigns, providing users with instant clarity on their marketing strategy within the calendar view. This enhancement will lead to more organized and coherent content strategies, ultimately improving campaign performance.
Acceptance Criteria: User drags a content post from one date to another within the Content Calendar Scheduler, aiming to reschedule their campaign posts effectively.

Given the user is on the Drag-and-Drop Scheduling Interface, when the user drags a scheduled post to a new date and releases it, then the post should be successfully moved to the new date without any errors, and the changes should be reflected in the calendar view immediately.

User adds a new post to the scheduling interface using the drag-and-drop feature.

Given the user has created a new content post, when the user drags the post onto a specific date and time in the Content Calendar Scheduler, then the new post should be scheduled at the selected date and time, visible in the calendar with the correct content details.

User utilizes the color-coding feature to organize posts based on their content type.

Given the user has multiple posts of different types (e.g., blog, social media, promotion), when the user assigns a unique color code to each type in the calendar, then the colored posts should visually represent their types in the scheduling interface, enhancing clarity in content strategy.

User reschedules multiple posts at once using the drag-and-drop feature for efficiency.

Given the user has multiple posts selected in the Content Calendar Scheduler, when the user drags these selected posts to a new date and drops them, then all selected posts should be successfully rescheduled to the new date without errors and should maintain their original time settings unless edited.

User interacts with tooltips that provide information about the posts in the scheduling interface.

Given the user hovers over a scheduled post in the calendar, when the tooltip appears, then it should display the full post details including date, time, content type, and any special notes entered by the user, ensuring complete visibility of the post’s scheduling.

User accesses the 'Undo' feature after making an incorrect drag-and-drop operation.

Given the user has moved a post and realizes it was an error, when the user clicks the 'Undo' option, then the post should revert to its original date and time without any information loss or errors being introduced.

Multi-Platform Scheduling Integration

User Story: As a social media manager, I want to schedule posts across multiple platforms at once so that I can efficiently manage my time and ensure consistent messaging in my campaigns.
Description: The Multi-Platform Scheduling Integration requirement involves enabling users to schedule posts simultaneously across various social media platforms directly from the Content Calendar Scheduler. This feature should provide users with the capability to connect their accounts for all major social media platforms, such as Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, and LinkedIn, allowing for streamlined and cohesive content distribution. The benefit of this integration is to save time and effort, as users will no longer need to switch between different platforms to publish their content. This requirement also includes the functionality to customize posts for each platform while maintaining a single scheduling workflow, thereby enhancing overall user productivity and ensuring consistent messaging across channels.
Acceptance Criteria: User schedules a post for both Facebook and Twitter simultaneously via the Content Calendar Scheduler.

Given the user has accounts connected for Facebook and Twitter, when they schedule a post, then the post should be successfully created and visible in the user's timeline for both platforms at the scheduled time.

User customizes individual posts for each platform while scheduling.

Given the user is composing a post for multiple platforms, when they customize the post content for each platform, then the scheduled posts should display unique content as specified for each respective platform.

User utilizes the smart scheduling option to find the best time for post distribution based on audience activity.

Given the user has imported audience activity data, when they select to schedule a post, then the system should suggest optimal posting times based on the analyzed data for each platform connected.

User views the scheduled posts in a calendar layout to manage their content distribution effectively.

Given the user accesses the Content Calendar Scheduler, when they view the calendar, then all scheduled posts must be displayed clearly with respective platforms and scheduled times.

User receives notifications for upcoming scheduled posts across all platforms.

Given the user has scheduled posts, when the scheduled time approaches, then the user should receive notifications for each post across their connected accounts.

User cancels a scheduled post from the Content Calendar Scheduler.

Given the user has a scheduled post, when they select the post and choose to cancel it, then the post should be removed from the schedule with a confirmation message.

User integrates additional social media accounts into the Content Calendar Scheduler.

Given the user wants to connect a new social media account, when they input the necessary credentials and authorize access, then the new account should be successfully linked to the Content Calendar Scheduler for scheduling posts.

Content Performance Analytics

User Story: As a marketer, I want content performance analytics so that I can understand how my posts are performing and optimize my content strategy based on real data.
Description: The Content Performance Analytics requirement focuses on integrating advanced analytics tools that provide users with insights into the performance of their scheduled content once published. This feature should track key metrics such as engagement rates, clicks, shares, and conversions related to the content posted via the Content Calendar Scheduler. The analytics should be presented in an easy-to-understand format, including visual representations of data trends over time. The primary benefit of this requirement is to empower users with actionable insights that can inform future content strategies and optimize campaigns based on real performance data, contributing to better decision-making and enhanced marketing efficacy.
Acceptance Criteria: User views content performance analytics for a published blog post to assess its engagement metrics after four days of posting.

Given a user has accessed the Content Performance Analytics dashboard, When they select a specific blog post published four days prior, Then the system displays metrics including engagement rates, clicks, shares, and conversions in a clear and understandable format, including visual graphs for each metric over the selected timeframe.

User compares performance metrics of multiple pieces of content to determine which content type is more effective for their audience.

Given a user is on the Content Performance Analytics page, When they choose to compare multiple blog posts from the past month, Then the system presents a side-by-side comparison of engagement rates, clicks, shares, and conversions for each selected blog post, clearly highlighting differences and trends.

User customizes the date range to analyze content performance based on specific seasonal marketing campaigns.

Given a user is on the Content Performance Analytics dashboard, When they set a custom date range that encompasses a seasonal marketing campaign period, Then the system accurately displays all performance metrics and trends related to the content posted during that period, ensuring graphs reflect the specified date range.

User analyzes the effectiveness of content scheduled for peak audience engagement times as suggested by the Content Calendar Scheduler.

Given a user reviews the content performance of posts scheduled during peak engagement times, When they compare the performance metrics of those posts to others scheduled at non-peak times, Then the system shows a marked increase in engagement rates, clicks, shares, and conversions for the peak-time posts versus non-peak posts.

User accesses a summary report of their overall content performance over the last quarter.

Given a user selects the summary report option in Content Performance Analytics, When they request a performance overview for the last quarter, Then the system generates a comprehensive report summarizing overall trends in engagement, clicks, shares, and conversions, with visual charts for easy interpretation.

User receives alerts for content that underperforms based on predefined engagement thresholds.

Given a user has set specific engagement thresholds for their content, When content published via the Content Calendar Scheduler falls below those thresholds within a specified timeframe, Then the system sends an automated alert to the user notifying them of the underperformance and suggesting potential actions.

User generates a downloadable report based on selected performance metrics for external sharing.

Given a user is on the Content Performance Analytics dashboard, When they choose specific performance metrics to include in a report and click the download button, Then the system generates a downloadable PDF report that includes selected metrics and visual data representations formatted for external sharing.

Automated Reminder Notifications

User Story: As a busy entrepreneur, I want automated reminder notifications so that I can stay organized and never miss a scheduled post or important deadline.
Description: The Automated Reminder Notifications requirement involves creating a system that sends users timely reminders about their scheduled content. This feature should allow users to customize when they would like to receive notifications, whether it’s hours, days, or weeks before a post goes live. The benefit of this requirement is to ensure that users stay organized and on top of their content planning, minimizing the risk of missed deadlines or forgotten posts. This system can also be enhanced to include reminders for adjusting or reviewing past content entries, ensuring that users are consistently engaged with their planned marketing activities.
Acceptance Criteria: User sets a reminder for a scheduled post and chooses to receive a notification 2 hours before it goes live.

Given the user has a scheduled post, when they set a reminder for 2 hours prior, then they should receive a notification exactly 2 hours before the post goes live.

User customizes reminder settings to send notifications 1 day before a planned content update.

Given the user selects a content entry for an update, when they set a reminder for 1 day in advance, then they should receive a notification 24 hours prior to the update deadline.

User wants to review past posts and sets reminders for reviewing content every month.

Given the user has previously scheduled content, when they set a monthly reminder for review, then they should receive a reminder notification each month on the date they specified.

User opts to receive notifications via email and SMS for their scheduled posts.

Given the user has enabled both email and SMS notifications for reminders, when the scheduled time for the reminder occurs, then the user should receive notifications through both channels without any discrepancies.

User attempts to set a reminder for a post that has already been published.

Given the user selects a post that is already live, when they attempt to set a reminder, then the system should not allow the action and provide an appropriate message indicating why reminders cannot be set for past posts.

User wants to modify their existing reminder settings for multiple scheduled posts at once.

Given the user chooses multiple scheduled posts, when they modify the reminder settings, then all selected posts should reflect the updated notification preferences immediately.

User wants to test the reminder notification system as part of user acceptance testing.

Given the testing environment is set up, when the user sets reminders for upcoming posts, then the system should trigger notifications accurately under test conditions as specified.

Collaborative Content Planning

User Story: As a team leader, I want collaborative content planning so that my team can work together on our marketing strategies without any confusion or overlap in tasks.
Description: The Collaborative Content Planning requirement aims to enable multiple users to work together on the Content Calendar Scheduler efficiently. This feature should support role-based access, allowing team members to contribute to, edit, and comment on the content plan while maintaining version control. The benefit of this requirement is to enhance teamwork and communication among users, promoting a collaborative approach to content strategy development. With this functionality, users can streamline their workflows and gain different perspectives during the planning process, leading to more innovative and effective marketing campaigns.
Acceptance Criteria: Multiple team members collaboratively plan content in the Content Calendar, with role-based access rights allowing designated users to edit, comment, and approve changes.

Given a team with different roles, when a user with editing permissions accesses the content calendar, then they can add, modify, or delete content entries.

A marketing manager reviews the changes made by team members in the Content Calendar Scheduler to ensure approval and version control management.

Given that multiple edits have been made, when the marketing manager views the change history, then they can see all changes along with timestamps and the user who made them.

A content creator leaves comments on specific content entries within the content calendar for feedback and collaboration with team members.

Given a content entry in the calendar, when a content creator adds a comment, then the comment is visible to all team members with access and can be replied to by them.

Team members use the Content Calendar to schedule posts at optimal times suggested by the system based on audience engagement data.

Given the scheduling data, when a user selects a suggested optimal posting time, then the content is scheduled successfully at that time without conflicts.

A user attempts to access the content calendar but has not been granted the necessary role permissions required for editing or commenting.

Given a user without appropriate permissions, when they access the content calendar, then they are presented with a message indicating their lack of access rights.

A project manager assigns specific roles to team members within the Collaborative Content Planning feature to manage contributions effectively.

Given the role assignment interface, when a project manager assigns a role to a user, then the user receives a notification and can access the Content Calendar according to their role.

Collaborative Content Creation

This feature allows teams to collaborate seamlessly within MarketGenius on content creation. Users can share ideas, draft posts, and provide feedback in a unified environment, improving workflow efficiency and fostering a more creative and engaging content development process.

Requirements

Real-time Collaboration

User Story: As a content marketing team member, I want to collaborate with my colleagues in real time on content drafts so that I can receive instant feedback and improve the overall quality of our marketing materials.
Description: This requirement encompasses the development of a real-time collaborative environment where users can simultaneously work on content creation within MarketGenius. Users will be able to see each other's edits and comments live, fostering immediate feedback and interaction among team members. This capability is essential for enhancing teamwork and productivity, allowing for a distributed team approach to content creation without hindrance from time zones or physical locations. Integration with existing features will ensure that all content updates are reflected across all user sessions in real time, supporting the overall goal of efficiency and creativity within the platform.
Acceptance Criteria: Real-time collaboration during a team brainstorming session.

Given multiple users are working in the collaborative editor, when one user makes a text change, then all other users see that change reflected instantly without refresh.

Team members providing feedback on shared content drafts.

Given a user adds a comment to a draft, when another team member views the document, then they can see the comment immediately and respond to it in real-time.

Simultaneous editing by different team members on the same content.

Given two or more users are editing the same content, when one user changes a heading, then all users see the updated heading in real-time without any delay.

User notifications for team member updates in collaborative content.

Given a user is editing a document, when a team member makes an edit, then the user receives a visual notification indicating which section was updated.

Version control and history tracking for collaborative editing.

Given changes are made by multiple users, when the document is saved, then a version history is created that logs all user actions along with timestamps.

Collaboration across different time zones.

Given team members in different geographical locations, when one member edits the document, then all members, regardless of their local time, will see updates in their active session immediately.

Integration of real-time collaboration with existing integration features.

Given an active collaborative session, when content is edited, then the changes should also be reflected across integrated platforms (e.g., social media, email tools) in real-time.

Version Control System

User Story: As a content creator, I want to be able to track changes made to my documents so that I can revert back to earlier versions if needed and ensure that all contributions are acknowledged.
Description: Implement a version control system that allows users to track changes made during the content creation process. This feature will provide a clear history of edits, enabling users to revert to previous versions if necessary. The versioning mechanism will incorporate timestamps and user attribution for enhanced accountability and transparency. This is crucial for teams to effectively manage content changes and maintain consistency over time, ensuring that the best ideas are preserved while minimizing the risk of losing valuable content due to collaborative edits.
Acceptance Criteria: Users need to create initial drafts of marketing content collaboratively and wish to track who made specific edits and when.

Given a user has created a draft post, when multiple users make edits to the draft, then the version control system must show a clear edit history with timestamps and user attribution for each change made.

A team member realizes that they want to revert to a previous version of a content draft after several edits have been made.

Given that a user is viewing the edit history of a post, when they select a previous version from the history, then the content should revert to that selected version without any loss of data from the current version.

During content review, team members want to ensure that the final version is consistent and captures the best ideas contributed by different collaborators.

Given that a user is ready to finalize a draft, when all collaborators have reviewed the content, then the version control system should allow the user to consolidate changes, creating a new version that reflects all final modifications made by the team.

A new team member needs to understand the evolution of a piece of content to adequately participate in a project discussion.

Given that a user accesses a draft post, when they view the version history, then they should be able to easily navigate through the timeline of edits made, including the ability to filter by specific authors or dates.

A content manager wants to ensure accountability for changes made during the content creation process.

Given that a user is reviewing the version history for a post, when they examine the edit trail, then they should see a comprehensive list of changes made, including the user ID and timestamp for all edits, clearly indicating who is responsible for each change.

Feedback and Commenting Tools

User Story: As a team lead, I want to add comments on specific parts of our content drafts so that I can provide targeted feedback and encourage discussions around particular ideas.
Description: Develop tools that allow users to leave comments and feedback directly on specific sections of the content being created. This feature will facilitate focused discussions and help guide revisions, making it easier for teams to address specific concerns or suggestions. The ability to tag team members in comments will also enhance communication and ensure that relevant individuals can respond promptly. This functionality is important for improving the quality of content and ensuring diverse input is considered during development.
Acceptance Criteria: Users can leave comments on content drafts in real-time while collaborating with team members within MarketGenius.

Given a user is editing a content draft, When the user highlights a section and clicks the comment button, Then a comment field should appear, allowing the user to enter and submit their feedback which can be viewed by all team members.

Team members receive notifications when they are tagged in comments, ensuring prompt responses to feedback.

Given a user tags another team member in a comment, When the comment is submitted, Then the tagged team member should receive a notification in their MarketGenius inbox and via email.

Users can view all comments related to a specific content piece to track discussions and revisions easily.

Given a user is viewing a content draft, When they click on the comments section, Then all comments must be displayed chronologically with the ability to respond to or resolve each comment.

Users can edit or delete their comments after submission to maintain clarity and relevance in discussions.

Given a user has submitted a comment, When they click on the edit button next to their comment, Then they should be able to modify or delete their comment successfully.

Comment threads are organized in a way that follows a logical flow of discussion, facilitating easy navigation among feedback.

Given multiple comments have been submitted on a content draft, When the user views the comments section, Then comments should be displayed in nested threads allowing easy tracking of the conversation.

Users can filter comments based on specific criteria such as 'All', 'Resolved', or 'Unresolved' to focus on pertinent feedback.

Given a user is viewing comments, When they apply a filter option, Then the comments should adjust to display only those that meet the selected filter criteria.

Integrated Media Uploads

User Story: As a content developer, I want to quickly upload images and videos to my drafts so that I can improve the visual appeal of my content without disruption to my workflow.
Description: Allow users to easily upload and integrate multimedia elements such as images, videos, and infographics directly into their content drafts. This requirement will streamline the content creation process by enabling users to enhance their written content visually without needing to switch platforms or tools. Integration with existing media storage solutions or libraries will also be considered to facilitate easy access to pre-existing assets. This feature is significant for improving engagement and elevating the overall quality of marketing materials produced within MarketGenius.
Acceptance Criteria: User uploads an image file to their content draft while working collaboratively with team members in MarketGenius.

Given a user is logged into MarketGenius, when they choose to upload an image from their device, then the image file should be successfully uploaded and displayed in the content draft.

User integrates a video from an external media storage service into their content draft during a collaborative session with their team.

Given a user is in the content draft, when they select a video from an integrated media storage solution, then the video should be added to the content draft with the correct playback functionality.

Users utilize the drag-and-drop feature to insert an infographic into their content directly from their computer.

Given a user is editing their content, when they drag-and-drop an infographic file into the content area, then the infographic should be placed correctly without formatting issues.

A team member adds comments and suggestions on a media element that has been uploaded within a shared content draft.

Given a media element is uploaded in a shared content draft, when a team member adds a comment on the media element, then the comment should be visible to all collaborators in real-time.

Users browse and select existing media from their integrated libraries to enhance their content.

Given a user is in the content creation environment, when they access their media library, then they should be able to browse and select existing media elements that can be inserted into the draft.

A user attempts to upload a media file that exceeds the maximum file size limit specified.

Given a user is attempting to upload a media file, when the file exceeds the maximum size limit, then an error message should be displayed indicating the size restriction.

Users review the performance analytics of the content created with integrated media elements post-campaign.

Given a campaign has run, when a user accesses performance analytics, then they should be able to view specific metrics related to the engagement of media-rich content they created.

Task Assignment and Tracking

User Story: As a project manager, I want to assign tasks to team members for content creation so that I can ensure everyone has clear responsibilities and deadlines to meet our publishing schedule.
Description: Introduce a task assignment and tracking system within the collaborative content creation feature. Team members can assign specific roles and responsibilities for different content pieces, allowing for clearer workflow management. Users will be able to track the progress of specific tasks related to content creation, such as who is responsible for editing, reviewing, and finalizing content. This requirement is essential for ensuring accountability and timeliness in content production, thereby enhancing the efficiency of collaborative efforts.
Acceptance Criteria: As a content team member, I want to assign tasks for content creation to ensure clarity in responsibilities and workflow management.

Given I am on the collaborative content creation page, when I select a content piece and assign a team member to edit, then that team member should receive a notification of the assignment and the task should appear in their task list.

As a content manager, I need to track the progress of assigned tasks to identify which tasks are pending, in progress, or completed.

Given I am viewing the task tracking dashboard, when I filter by team member, then I should see a list of all their assigned tasks along with their current status (Pending, In Progress, Completed).

As a user responsible for editing content, I want to update the status of my assigned tasks as I work on them to keep other team members informed about progress.

Given I am editing a task assigned to me, when I mark it as 'In Progress' or 'Completed', then the status should update in real-time on the task list of the content piece and notify the content manager.

As a content creator, I want to provide feedback on a task assigned to another team member to facilitate collaborative improvement of the content.

Given I am reviewing a content piece, when I leave feedback on an assigned task, then the feedback should be visible to the assignee and the content manager immediately after I submit it.

As a team leader, I want to generate reports on task assignments to analyze productivity and identify bottlenecks within the content creation workflow.

Given I have administrator access, when I request a report on task assignments for the past month, then I should receive a report detailing tasks completed, tasks pending, and average time taken for task completion.

As a user, I want to have the ability to reassign tasks to maintain flexibility in the content creation process as needed.

Given I am on the task assignment view, when I select a task and choose another team member for reassignment, then the task should be reassigned with updated notifications sent to all involved team members.

As a content contributor, I want to see a history of my task assignments and status updates for accountability and personal reflection.

Given I navigate to my profile's task history section, when I view my assigned tasks, then I should see a chronological list of tasks assigned to me, including their statuses and comments from team members.

Notifications and Alerts

User Story: As a content marketer, I want to receive notifications about updates in real-time so that I can respond quickly to feedback and ensure my content is always up to date.
Description: Develop a notification system that alerts users to changes, comments, or tasks related to the content they are collaborating on. This requirement ensures that team members are kept informed of updates in real time, which is crucial for maintaining engagement and facilitating prompt responses to comments or edits. The notifications will be customizable based on user preferences for different types of updates, significantly enhancing user experience and responsiveness in content collaboration.
Acceptance Criteria: User receives a notification when a team member comments on their draft post.

Given a user is collaborating on a draft post, When a team member comments on that post, Then the user receives an instant notification specifying the comment and the commenter’s name.

Users can customize their notification preferences for different types of updates.

Given a user is in the notification settings, When they select the types of updates they wish to receive notifications for (e.g., comments, edits, tasks), Then the system saves these preferences and applies them to future notifications.

Users are notified of urgent tasks assigned to them within the content creation process.

Given a user is assigned a new task related to content creation, When the task status changes to 'Urgent', Then the user receives a high-priority notification prompting them to review the task immediately.

Users receive a summary notification at the end of the day listing all updates related to their collaborative content.

Given a user has participated in collaboration throughout the day, When the end of the day is reached, Then the user receives a summary notification listing all comments, edits, and tasks that occurred during the day.

Users can mute notifications for specific content or projects temporarily.

Given a user wishes to mute notifications for a particular project, When they select the mute option in the project settings, Then the user does not receive any notifications related to that project until they unmute it.

Users are notified when a draft is approved or published by a team member.

Given a user has a draft post under review, When that post is approved or published by a team member, Then the user receives a notification indicating the status change and a timestamp of the action taken.

Adaptive Spend Allocation

The Adaptive Spend Allocation feature dynamically shifts marketing budgets between channels in real-time based on performance indicators. This ensures that funds are directed towards the highest-performing campaigns, maximizing ROI and enhancing overall marketing effectiveness. Users can make smarter financial decisions without manual intervention, enabling them to focus on strategy rather than budget management.

Requirements

Real-time Performance Tracking

User Story: As a marketer, I want to see live performance metrics for my campaigns, so that I can make timely adjustments and maximize ROI.
Description: The Real-time Performance Tracking requirement entails implementing a system that continuously monitors and reports key performance indicators (KPIs) for various marketing campaigns across multiple channels. This feature will provide users with instant feedback on campaign effectiveness, allowing for quick adjustments to improve results. Integrating this functionality within the MarketGenius platform will enhance users' decision-making capabilities, enabling them to take proactive actions based on live data insights. The expected outcome is to empower users by offering them an agile response system to fine-tune their marketing strategies and ensure effective budget utilization across campaigns.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the MarketGenius dashboard and navigates to the Real-time Performance Tracking section to view live data for their active marketing campaigns.

Given a user is logged into MarketGenius, when they navigate to the Real-time Performance Tracking section, then they should see an updated dashboard displaying KPIs for all active campaigns within the last 5 minutes.

A user wants to analyze the performance trends of their campaigns over the past month utilizing the real-time tracking feature.

Given the user clicks on the performance trends report, when the report is generated, then it should show a graphical representation of KPI trends over the last 30 days with accuracy within 5% of the real-time data.

The user receives an alert from the Real-time Performance Tracking system indicating a drop in performance for a specific campaign.

Given a user has set performance thresholds for their campaigns, when a campaign's KPI drops below the set threshold, then the user should receive an email notification within 5 minutes of the detected drop.

Users intend to use performance data to reallocate their marketing budget effectively across various channels.

Given the user views the performance report, when they select to reallocate budget based on KPI performance, then the system should display recommended budget adjustments based on real-time data and predicted outcomes.

A user needs to integrate the Real-time Performance Tracking feature with third-party analytics tools.

Given the user grants API access, when they connect a third-party analytics tool to MarketGenius, then the real-time performance data should be accessible in the external tool within 10 minutes without data loss.

A user wants to customize the KPIs displayed on their dashboard for specific campaigns.

Given the user accesses dashboard settings, when they select KPIs to display, then the dashboard should update in real-time to reflect the selected KPIs without needing to refresh the page.

A user is evaluating the effectiveness of their ongoing campaign based on real-time analytics.

Given the campaigns are currently active, when the user refreshes the Real-time Performance Tracking view, then all KPIs should reflect real-time data without any discrepancies or lag beyond 2 seconds.

Budget Reallocation Alerts

User Story: As a user, I want to receive alerts when my budget is reallocated, so that I can stay informed and ensure my strategy aligns with performance changes.
Description: The Budget Reallocation Alerts requirement involves developing a notification system that alerts users when their marketing budgets are being dynamically allocated between channels based on real-time performance metrics. This ensures users are informed of significant shifts in their budget allocation, allowing them to review the decision-making process and adjust their strategies if necessary. Providing this functionality will enhance user awareness and control over their marketing spend, driving more informed decisions. The outcome is a more engaged user base that feels empowered by transparency in their budget handling.
Acceptance Criteria: User receives a notification when their marketing budget is reallocated by the Adaptive Spend Allocation feature.

Given that a budget reallocation occurs, When the budget is dynamically shifted between channels, Then the user should receive a notification immediately.

Users can customize the notification settings for budget reallocation alerts.

Given that the user is in the notification settings menu, When they select the option to enable or disable budget reallocation alerts, Then their preferences should be saved and applied accurately.

The notification includes details about the amount and channels affected by the budget reallocation.

Given that a budget reallocation occurs, When the user receives the notification, Then the notification should clearly state the amount reallocated and the channels involved.

Notifications are delivered through multiple channels (e.g., email, in-app notifications) as per user settings.

Given that the user has chosen their preferred notification channels, When a budget reallocation occurs, Then the notification should be sent through all selected channels.

Users can access a history of budget reallocation notifications.

Given that the user wants to review past notifications, When they navigate to the notifications history section, Then they should see a list of previous budget reallocation alerts along with details.

Users receive alerts only when the reallocation exceeds a set threshold.

Given that the user has set a threshold for alerts, When a budget reallocation occurs and exceeds that threshold, Then the user should receive a notification; otherwise, no alert is sent.

Customizable Allocation Rules

User Story: As a marketing manager, I want to set custom rules for budget allocation, so that I can align spending with my unique strategy and objectives.
Description: The Customizable Allocation Rules requirement allows users to define specific rules for how budgets are allocated across various marketing channels based on their unique performance metrics. This feature will enable users to set thresholds and conditions that guide automatic budget adjustments, allowing for a more tailored approach to budget management. By implementing this requirement, MarketGenius enhances user control and personalization, ensuring that users can align their financial strategies with their marketing objectives. The anticipated outcome is a platform that adapts to individual user needs, improving marketing efficiency and satisfaction.
Acceptance Criteria: User defines rules for budget allocation based on campaign performance metrics.

Given a user is on the Customizable Allocation Rules page, when they set specific thresholds for at least three marketing channels, then the system should save these rules successfully and display a confirmation message.

User adjusts budget allocation rules in response to changing campaign performance.

Given a user has established budget allocation rules, when the performance of a marketing channel exceeds the predefined threshold, then the system should automatically increase the budget allocation for that channel based on the defined rule.

User seeks to review and edit existing budget allocation rules.

Given a user is on the Manage Allocation Rules page, when they select an existing rule to edit, then the user should be able to update all parameters of the rule and save the changes successfully, with an option to revert to original settings.

User initiates an automatic budget adjustment based on real-time performance metrics.

Given that the performance metrics are updated in real-time, when the system detects a channel's performance drop below a set threshold, then the system should automatically adjust the budget allocation away from that channel and notify the user.

User tests the impact of allocation rules on overall campaign ROI.

Given a user has established allocation rules, when they run a simulation with the current campaign data, then the system should generate a report showing projected ROI outcomes based on the defined allocation rules.

User receives notifications for significant changes in budget allocation.

Given the user has set up customized allocation rules, when the system makes a budget adjustment based on those rules, then the user should receive a notification detailing the changes and reasons for the adjustment.

User ensures compliance with budget limits set for campaigns.

Given a user defines a budget limit for their overall marketing spend, when the system calculates budget allocation across channels, then it should not exceed the defined budget limit at any time and alert the user if any potential exceedance is detected.

Priority Rating System

User Story: As a user, I want to see a priority rating for each marketing channel, so that I can focus my budget on the highest-performing options.
Description: The Priority Rating System requirement focuses on creating a scoring mechanism that evaluates and ranks marketing channels based on various performance metrics. This will allow users to visualize their most effective marketing avenues and prioritize budgets accordingly based on historical data and current performance. Integrating this system will facilitate better decision-making by providing insights into where the greatest return on investment might be found. The final output should ensure users can allocate budgets more effectively, improving overall campaign success rates.
Acceptance Criteria: User analyzes channel performance data and identifies the need to prioritize budget allocation for high-performing marketing channels based on historical and real-time data.

Given a set of performance metrics for each marketing channel, when the user accesses the Priority Rating System, then the system should display a prioritized list of channels ranked by their effectiveness score, updated in real-time as new data comes in.

A marketing manager wants to allocate a monthly budget dynamically across various channels to maximize ROI based on the Priority Rating System’s recommendations.

Given a set budget for the month, when the user applies the recommendations from the Priority Rating System, then the system should automatically allocate the budget according to the priority ranking, ensuring it adheres to the specified percentage caps for each channel.

After implementing the Priority Rating System, a user wants to validate if the budget allocation has indeed optimized ROI compared to the previous period without the system.

Given the historic ROI data before implementing the Priority Rating System, when the user compares it with the ROI data after the first month of utilizing the system, then the average ROI should show at least a 15% increase, indicating successful implementation of the budget allocation process.

A user receives notifications about the performance of their marketing channels and wishes to adjust their budget based on the Priority Rating System’s feedback.

Given a change in performance metrics that affects the priority ranking of channels, when the user receives a notification alerting them to this change, then the Priority Rating System should allow the user to make manual adjustments to the budget allocation, reflecting the new priorities.

An admin role user wants to customize the weights of different performance metrics used in the Priority Rating System for their specific business model.

Given the access to administrative settings, when the admin adjusts the weightings of various performance metrics in the Priority Rating System, then the system should immediately reflect these changes in the recalculated channel priority, allowing the user to see updated recommendations right away.

AI-driven Predictive Analytics

User Story: As a data-driven marketer, I want to use AI to predict the success of my campaigns, so that I can make proactive budgeting decisions that maximize ROI.
Description: The AI-driven Predictive Analytics requirement will involve the application of artificial intelligence to analyze historical performance data and predict future trends in campaign effectiveness. This feature will be integrated into the MarketGenius platform to guide users in making informed budgetary decisions and anticipating the potential success of different channels. By leveraging predictive analytics, users will enhance their strategic planning, resulting in more effective marketing campaigns. The outcome is a more foresighted approach to budget management, enabling users to invest wisely in their marketing efforts.
Acceptance Criteria: Real-time Budget Optimization

Given that the Adaptive Spend Allocation feature is enabled, when a user initiates a marketing campaign with defined budget thresholds, then the system shall automatically adjust and allocate budget across channels based on real-time performance metrics, ensuring at least a 10% improvement in ROI compared to static budget allocation.

Historical Data Analysis

Given that the AI-driven Predictive Analytics feature is active, when a user accesses the predictive analytics dashboard, then the system shall analyze historical campaign performance data and generate a report detailing at least three predictive insights on future campaign performance metrics.

Predictive Performance Alerts

Given that the AI-driven Predictive Analytics is generating insights, when a campaign shows predicted performance below a user-defined threshold, then the system shall send an automatic alert notification to the user via email and dashboard notification, allowing for timely adjustments to the campaign strategy.

User Interface for Predictive Insights

Given that the user is on the MarketGenius platform, when the user navigates to the predictive analytics section, then the user shall have access to an intuitive dashboard displaying visual predictive trends, performance forecasts, and actionable recommendations for budget adjustments, with a satisfaction rating of at least 80% in user testing.

Integration with Campaign Management

Given that the AI-driven Predictive Analytics feature is integrated, when a user seeks to create or modify a marketing campaign, then the system shall provide contextual recommendations generated from predictive analytics, improving campaign success rates by at least 15% as evidenced by post-campaign analysis.

Multi-channel Performance Benchmarking

Given that the Adaptive Spend Allocation feature is utilized, when a user compares performance across multiple marketing channels, then the system shall provide a comprehensive benchmarking report indicating performance differences and recommended budget reallocations to improve overall campaign effectiveness.

Historical Performance Analysis

User Story: As a marketer, I want to analyze my historical campaign performance, so that I can learn from past experiences and improve my future strategies.
Description: The Historical Performance Analysis requirement involves the development of a feature that allows users to assess past performance data for their campaigns. This will enable users to identify trends, successes, and failures over time, helping inform future budget allocations and marketing strategies. By integrating this capability, MarketGenius provides users with valuable insights that enhance learning from previous campaigns, fostering smarter future budgeting decisions. The expected outcome is that marketers will have a clearer understanding of their past performance, leading to more effective decision-making going forward.
Acceptance Criteria: User analyzes past marketing campaign performance data to identify trends over the last 6 months.

Given the user accesses the Historical Performance Analysis feature, when they select a specific date range, then the system should display comprehensive performance metrics for each campaign during that period.

User reviews the performance of multiple marketing channels to inform future budgeting decisions.

Given the user selects multiple campaigns from different channels, when they request comparative analysis, then the system should generate a side-by-side comparison of key performance indicators such as ROI, click-through rates, and conversion rates.

User wants to export historical data for presentation to stakeholders.

Given the user acquires historical performance data, when they click the export button, then the system should allow them to download the data in a CSV format with all relevant metrics included.

User seeks to identify underperforming campaigns to reallocate budgets effectively.

Given the user accesses the Historical Performance Analysis, when they filter campaigns by performance metrics, then the system should clearly highlight underperforming campaigns based on user-defined thresholds (e.g., below a certain ROI).

User utilizes insights from past campaign performance to adjust current strategies.

Given the user views the analysis results, when they implement suggested adjustments based on previous successful campaigns, then the system should allow them to allocate budget and optimize settings for new campaigns accordingly.

User needs to track performance trends over multiple time periods for better decision-making.

Given the user selects different timeframes for analysis, when they compare the performance data, then the system should provide visual graphs displaying trends in performance metrics over the selected timeframes.

Historical Performance Insights

This feature provides users with detailed analytics on past campaign performance, helping them understand which channels delivered the best returns. By analyzing historical data, users can make informed budgeting decisions based on proven effectiveness, enabling more strategic allocation for future campaigns and minimizing wasted spend.

Requirements

Advanced Filtering Options

User Story: As a digital marketer, I want to filter historical performance data by specific metrics so that I can analyze my campaigns more effectively and make informed decisions based on granular insights.
Description: The Advanced Filtering Options requirement enables users to apply multiple filters to historical performance data, including date range, campaign type, and performance metrics (e.g., CTR, conversion rate). This feature enhances the user's ability to analyze specific aspects of their campaigns in detail, making it easier to identify trends and patterns. By providing multifaceted insights into past campaigns, users can fine-tune their strategies based on comprehensive data rather than relying on generalized metrics. This capability also supports more tailored reporting, allowing users to extract critical insights that align closely with their unique business objectives.
Acceptance Criteria: User applies multiple filters to historical performance data to analyze specific campaigns and generate targeted reports.

Given a user is on the historical performance insights page, when they select multiple filters (date range, campaign type, performance metrics), then the displayed results should only include campaigns that match all selected criteria without any discrepancies.

User saves a customized filter set for future use to streamline report generation.

Given a user has applied specific filters to the historical performance data, when they choose to save these filters, then they should be able to retrieve the saved filter set on subsequent visits without needing to reapply the filters manually.

User analyzes the impact of various metrics on overall campaign success using advanced filters.

Given a user has applied performance metric filters (e.g., CTR, conversion rate), when they view the campaign summary report, then the report should display relevant performance comparisons clearly indicating the impact of selected metrics on overall campaign results.

User adjusts filters to analyze historical data over different time periods for comparative analysis.

Given a user has set a custom date range filter, when they change the date range to a different period, then the system should accurately reload and display the historical campaign performance data reflecting the new date range immediately.

User utilizes the advanced filtering feature to identify trends in campaign performance metrics over time.

Given a user has selected performance metrics for analysis, when the historical data is displayed, then users should be able to visualize trends using appropriate graphical representations (e.g., charts, graphs) that correlate with the selected filters.

User encounters an issue applying filters due to a system error.

Given a user attempts to apply multiple filters and the system encounters an error, when the error occurs, then the system should provide a clear error message explaining the issue and suggest actionable steps to resolve it without losing previously set filters.

User compares the performance of campaigns across different channels by applying specific filter settings.

Given a user selects the campaign type filter to include multiple channels, when the results are generated, then the data should be accurately segmented by channel and allow for a clear comparison of performance metrics across those channels.

Visual Performance Trends Dashboard

User Story: As a small business owner, I want a visual dashboard that displays my campaign performance trends so that I can easily assess my marketing efforts over time and share insights with my team.
Description: The Visual Performance Trends Dashboard requirement focuses on creating an intuitive, visual interface that summarizes campaign performance trends over time. This dashboard will offer graphical representations of key metrics (e.g., ROI, reach, engagement) in an interactive format, enabling users to observe performance fluctuations and identify which campaigns yielded the best results. By integrating this feature, MarketGenius can enhance user engagement, simplify the analysis process, and empower users to quickly understand the effectiveness of their past strategies. The visualization will also support presentations and sharing with team members, fostering a collaborative planning process.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Visual Performance Trends Dashboard to review past campaign performance after a recent marketing initiative.

Given the user has completed at least one campaign, when they access the Visual Performance Trends Dashboard, then the dashboard should display a graphical summary of all past campaign performance metrics including ROI, reach, and engagement options.

Marketers want to compare the performance of campaigns over different periods to evaluate trends.

Given multiple campaigns exist, when the user selects two specific campaigns from the dashboard, then the system should provide a side-by-side graphical comparison of key performance metrics like ROI and engagement levels over the chosen periods.

A user needs to prepare a report on campaign performance for a team meeting using the Visual Performance Trends Dashboard.

Given the user accesses the dashboard, when they click on the export feature, then the system should allow them to download the visual data in various formats, such as PDF, CSV, and Excel, for presentation purposes.

Users wish to identify their most effective marketing channel based on historical campaign data.

Given historical campaign data is available, when the user views the dashboard, then it should highlight channels yielding the highest ROI and engagement rates visually, using color coding to signify performance levels.

A digital marketer wants to view the performance of a specific campaign over a customizable date range.

Given a specific campaign is selected, when the user sets a custom date range on the dashboard, then the system should update the displayed metrics to reflect only the selected dates, maintaining graphical integrity.

User wants to view interactive trends to understand how engagement has shifted over time for better budgeting decisions.

Given the dashboard is loaded, when the user hovers over specific timeline data points, then the system should provide tooltip information with detailed metrics for each selected point, allowing granular analysis of campaign trends.

Automated Insights Generation

User Story: As a marketer, I want automated insights from my past campaign data so that I can make proactive decisions on my future marketing strategies without spending excessive time on analysis.
Description: The Automated Insights Generation requirement will develop AI-driven recommendations based on the analysis of historical campaign data. The feature will automatically generate insights that suggest optimizations for future campaigns, such as recommended budget allocations, ideal posting times, and preferred channels to target. By leveraging sophisticated algorithms, this functionality provides users with actionable intelligence derived from data patterns, enabling them to enhance their future marketing efforts proactively. This feature seeks to make sophisticated data analysis more accessible and guide marketers toward data-driven decision-making.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Historical Performance Insights feature, selects a past campaign, and requests automated insights generation for future optimization.

Given the user has selected a past campaign and initiated insights generation, When the system processes the historical data, Then it should display a dashboard with at least three actionable insights including recommended budget reallocations, ideal posting times, and targeted channels.

The user wants to compare multiple past campaigns to understand which campaign performed best and why.

Given the user selects multiple past campaigns for comparison, When the insights generation is complete, Then the system should provide a comparative analytics report highlighting key performance metrics and suggest why certain channels performed better than others.

A user monitors the real-time implementation of automated insights in their new marketing campaign.

Given the user has implemented the recommendations from automated insights in their current campaign, When the campaign is running, Then the system should show real-time performance results confirming that the suggested optimizations are in effect and leading to increased engagement or return on ad spend.

The user is reviewing the automated insights at the end of a campaign to evaluate the effectiveness of recommendations.

Given the user has completed a campaign, When they access the automated insights report, Then it should provide a summary of the actual campaign performance metrics versus the predictions made by the insights prior to the campaign launch, allowing for a comparison of expected vs actual outcomes.

A new user seeks guidance on how to leverage historical data for future campaigns utilizing the Automated Insights Generation feature.

Given a new user accesses the feature for the first time, When they navigate through the guided walkthrough, Then the system should provide contextual tips and examples of how to understand and apply the generated automated insights for better campaign management.

A marketing manager is preparing a report to share automated insights with stakeholders for future marketing strategy planning.

Given that the marketing manager has generated insights from historical data, When they select the option to export reports, Then the system should produce a downloadable report in a user-friendly format (like PDF or Excel) that includes all generated insights and visual performance data from the campaigns.

Predictive Budgeting Models

Utilizing advanced machine learning algorithms, Predictive Budgeting Models forecast future campaign performance based on historical data and current trends. This feature empowers users to allocate budgets proactively, anticipating market shifts and adjusting spend accordingly to enhance campaign success and profitability.

Requirements

Historical Data Integration

User Story: As a digital marketer, I want the ability to upload historical campaign data so that I can leverage past performance trends in my predictive budgeting models.
Description: The Historical Data Integration requirement focuses on seamlessly aggregating and processing historical campaign data from various sources within the MarketGenius platform. By ensuring that users can import and analyze past performance metrics and financial records without system disruptions, this requirement enhances predictive accuracy for budget modeling. It is essential for providing a strong data foundation that predictive algorithms can rely on, allowing users to make informed budgeting decisions based on insights derived from historical patterns and successes.
Acceptance Criteria: Importing Historical Campaign Data from Various Sources

Given the user has access to historical campaign data files in CSV or JSON formats, When they initiate the import process through the MarketGenius platform, Then the historical data should successfully populate in the platform’s database without errors, and the user should receive a confirmation message of successful import.

Ensuring Data Accuracy Post-Import

Given the user has imported historical campaign data, When the user reviews the imported data metrics in the dashboard, Then the displayed metrics should match the original source data within a 5% margin of error, ensuring data integrity and accuracy.

Visualizing Historical Data Trends

Given that historical campaign data has been successfully imported, When the user navigates to the analytics dashboard, Then they should be able to view graphs and trends representing the historical performance data over time with a clear and intuitive layout.

Handling Duplicate Data Entries

Given that historical data has been imported, When the system identifies duplicate entries based on unique identifiers (e.g., campaign ID), Then the duplicates should be flagged for user review and not be duplicated in the platform’s main dataset.

Providing Error Feedback for Invalid Files

Given the user attempts to import a historical data file that is either corrupted or in an unsupported format, When they initiate the import, Then the system should provide clear and actionable error messages outlining the issue and suggest corrective actions.

User Training on Data Import Processes

Given that new users are onboarded to the MarketGenius platform, When they complete the training module on importing historical data, Then they should be able to demonstrate the step-by-step process to import data with at least 80% accuracy in a simulated environment.

Real-Time Performance Data

User Story: As a marketing manager, I want access to real-time performance data so that I can adjust my budget allocations promptly and optimize campaign performance.
Description: The Real-Time Performance Data requirement ensures that the Predictive Budgeting Models leverage live data feeds reflecting current campaign performance metrics. This will allow users to adjust budgets dynamically based on real-time insights into how campaigns are performing, maximizing effectiveness and responsiveness to market changes. The integration of real-time data into predictive models increases the accuracy of forecasts, providing users with a competitive advantage.
Acceptance Criteria: User views campaign performance metrics and wants to adjust the budget based on real-time data insights.

Given the user is logged into MarketGenius, when they access the Predictive Budgeting Models section, then they should see live performance data for their active campaigns updated in real-time

User makes budget adjustments based on real-time performance insights to optimize campaign success.

Given the user has accessed the live performance data, when they adjust the campaign budget, then the system should reflect the changes immediately and show updated predictions based on the new budget allocation

User wants to compare historical data trends with current campaign performance to make informed budgeting decisions.

Given the user is in the Predictive Budgeting Models section, when they select a specific campaign and view its historical performance, then they should be able to see a comparison of historical and real-time data in an interactive format

User receives alerts about significant changes in campaign performance metrics affecting budget allocation.

Given the user has set up alerts for performance changes, when real-time data indicates a significant drop or increase in campaign performance, then the system should notify the user immediately via the dashboard and email

User evaluates the effectiveness of the Predictive Budgeting Models feature after using real-time data for several campaigns.

Given the user has implemented budget adjustments using real-time data for multiple campaigns, when they review the overall performance outcomes, then they should observe a measurable improvement in ROI compared to previous campaigns without real-time adjustments

User-Friendly Budget Dashboard

User Story: As a small business owner, I want a simple dashboard to visualize my budget forecasts so that I can comprehend my future spending and its potential impact on campaign success.
Description: The User-Friendly Budget Dashboard requirement involves creating an accessible and visually appealing interface where users can view, manipulate, and analyze their predictive budgeting models. This dashboard will allow users to easily see forecasted outcomes based on different budget scenarios, facilitating better decision-making. The integration of interactive elements, such as sliders and dynamic graphs, will help visualize the impact of different budget allocations, enhancing user engagement and understanding.
Acceptance Criteria: User reviews the dashboard interface for the first time.

Given the user accesses the User-Friendly Budget Dashboard for the first time, when the dashboard loads, then it displays forecasted budgets within 3 seconds and includes tooltips that explain each feature.

User interacts with interactive sliders to adjust budget allocations.

Given the user adjusts the budget slider, when they move the slider to a new value, then the forecasted outcomes update dynamically in less than 2 seconds reflecting the user's input.

User seeks to analyze future campaign performance based on different budget scenarios.

Given the user selects multiple budget scenarios in the dashboard, when the scenarios are applied, then the dashboard displays comparative visualizations of the expected outcomes without errors.

User utilizes the dashboard to export budget reports.

Given the user clicks on the 'Export Report' button, when they select the format and confirm the export, then a complete budget report is generated and downloaded in the specified format without loss of data.

User accesses help documentation for budget forecasting.

Given the user clicks on the 'Help' button within the dashboard, when the help documentation loads, then it includes detailed explanations of predictive models and interactive elements, with no broken links or missing sections.

User evaluates the effectiveness of the predictive budgeting model through performance analytics.

Given the user reviews campaign performance after implementing budget changes, when they analyze the analytics provided on the dashboard, then the performance metrics display correctly and align with the anticipated outcomes within 5% accuracy.

Automated Budget Recommendations

User Story: As a proactive marketer, I want automated budget recommendations so that I can optimize my spending without spending too much time on manual calculations.
Description: The Automated Budget Recommendations requirement focuses on implementing machine learning algorithms that analyze user behaviors, market trends, and campaign performance data to generate tailored budget recommendations. By identifying optimal spending patterns based on predictive analysis, this feature will empower users to maximize ROI by automating budget adjustments as necessary, making sophisticated financial strategies accessible even to novice users.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Predictive Budgeting Models feature to review budget recommendations based on previous campaign data and recent market trends.

Given the user has set up their marketing campaigns and historical data is available, when they request budget recommendations, then the system should provide at least three tailored budget options reflecting optimal spending patterns with expected ROI based on predictive analytics.

A user receives automated budget recommendations after running multiple campaigns over a specified period.

Given the user has active campaigns running, when the Automated Budget Recommendations feature analyzes their performance data, then the system must automatically generate and display budget adjustment suggestions within 24 hours of data analysis completion.

User wants to adjust budget recommendations based on identified market shifts and competitor movements.

Given the user can access real-time market trend data, when they review the Automated Budget Recommendations, then they must be able to manually adjust the suggested budgets and receive updated recommendations reflecting these changes without any errors.

User tests the effectiveness of budget recommendations by implementing suggested changes and monitoring campaign performance.

Given the user implements automated budget recommendations, when they monitor campaign performance over the next two weeks, then the user should observe at least a 20% improvement in campaign ROI compared to the previous spending strategy.

User configures the system to receive notifications for significant changes in budget recommendations automatically generated by the machine learning algorithms.

Given the user has set notification preferences, when the Automated Budget Recommendations feature detects a substantial change in recommended budgets (over 15% adjustment), then the user should receive an instant notification via their chosen communication channel.

User wants to understand how the automated budget recommendations are calculated and the data sources utilized.

Given the user accesses the help section of the Predictive Budgeting Models feature, when they review the FAQs or guidelines, then they should find a clear explanation of the data sources, machine learning algorithms used, and the rationale behind the budget recommendations.

Scenario Simulation Tool

User Story: As a strategist, I want to simulate various budget scenarios so that I can assess different approaches and choose the best strategy for campaign success.
Description: The Scenario Simulation Tool requirement allows users to create multiple budgeting scenarios based on varying parameters such as market trends, seasonal impacts, and promotional campaigns. This tool will enable users to visualize potential outcomes before making budgetary decisions, offering a sandbox environment for experimentation. The ability to simulate different budget strategies greatly enhances strategic planning and risk management by allowing users to foresee possible challenges and opportunities.
Acceptance Criteria: Users can create and save at least three distinct budgeting scenarios using different parameters in the Scenario Simulation Tool.

Given an open Scenario Simulation Tool, when a user inputs varying parameters for market trends and seasonal impacts and clicks 'Save', then three distinct scenarios should be successfully saved and retrievable.

Users can visualize the outcomes of the budgeting scenarios they create through detailed graphical representation of potential performance metrics.

Given the user has saved multiple scenarios, when they select any scenario to view, then they should see a graphical representation displaying key performance indicators such as expected ROI, engagement rates, and spend distribution.

Users should be able to adjust parameters in an existing budgeting scenario and view real-time updates on expected outcomes instantly.

Given a saved budgeting scenario, when a user modifies any parameter, then the potential outcomes should update in real-time on the screen without requiring manual refresh.

Users must be able to delete unwanted budgeting scenarios from their saved list in the Scenario Simulation Tool.

Given a list of saved budgeting scenarios, when a user selects a scenario and clicks 'Delete', then that scenario should be removed from the list and no longer retrievable.

Users can generate a report summarizing the outcomes of multiple scenarios for external sharing or analysis.

Given multiple budgeting scenarios have been simulated, when the user selects 'Generate Report', then a comprehensive PDF report should be created summarizing key metrics from all selected scenarios and include export options.

Users should receive prompts for recommendations on best practices while creating and adjusting budgeting scenarios.

Given the Scenario Simulation Tool is in use, when a user creates or modifies budgeting scenarios, then they should receive contextual prompts with recommendations based on historical data and industry standards.

Mobile-Friendly Access

User Story: As a digital marketer, I want to access my budgeting tools from my mobile device so that I can manage my campaigns effectively, even when I’m away from my office.
Description: The Mobile-Friendly Access requirement ensures that the Predictive Budgeting Models are optimized for mobile devices. This will allow users to access their budgeting tools and real-time updates on-the-go, providing the flexibility needed in today's fast-paced marketing environments. Mobile optimization enhances user convenience and ensures that marketers can make timely decisions, irrespective of their location, which is crucial for capitalizing on immediate market opportunities and trends.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses Predictive Budgeting Models via a mobile device while attending a client meeting to adjust budget allocations in real-time.

Given the user is logged into MarketGenius on a mobile device, when they navigate to the Predictive Budgeting Models feature, then the interface should load within 3 seconds and be fully functional without any layout issues.

A marketer uses a tablet to analyze historical data and adjust future budgets while on a business trip.

Given the user is accessing the Predictive Budgeting Models on a tablet, when they input new parameters for budget forecasting, then the application should accurately display updated forecasts based on the new parameters within 5 seconds.

A user checks campaign performance metrics using a smartphone during a marketing conference and needs to adjust budgets accordingly.

Given the user is at a marketing conference, when they open the budgeting tool on their smartphone, then the performance metrics should display correctly without requiring horizontal scrolling.

An independent marketer evaluates future campaign strategies on a mobile device while traveling on public transport.

Given the user is navigating the Predictive Budgeting Models on a mobile device, when they switch between different campaign performances, then the transitions between screens should be seamless without any lag.

A user wants to set budget alerts via their mobile device while reviewing their campaign during their lunch break.

Given the user is on the mobile application, when they attempt to set up budget alerts, then the alert setup feature should be fully functional and allow notifications for budget utilization within 3 clicks.

A user accesses the platform through a mobile browser while temporarily away from their computer to get urgent updates on their campaign performance.

Given the user has accessed MarketGenius through a mobile browser, when they access the Predictive Budgeting Models, then the mobile version should provide a clear and concise summary of their current budget status and suggested adjustments.

Budget Scenario Simulation

The Budget Scenario Simulation tool allows users to test various budget allocation strategies within a risk-free environment. Users can simulate how changes in budget distribution would impact overall performance before implementing real changes, enabling smarter decision-making and optimizing campaign effectiveness.

Requirements

Dynamic Budget Adjustment

User Story: As a digital marketer, I want to adjust my budget allocations dynamically during simulations so that I can quickly see how different strategies impact campaign performance before committing real funds.
Description: The Dynamic Budget Adjustment requirement enables users to change budget allocations in real-time while assessing the immediate impact on simulated campaign performance. This feature allows users to experiment with various budget strategies without financial implications, facilitating informed decision-making based on potential performance outcomes. The implementation of this requirement will enhance user engagement by providing a hands-on tool that builds confidence in budgeting and allows for rapid optimization of campaign strategies. The outcome is a more empowered user base that can adapt budgets effectively to maximize their marketing ROI.
Acceptance Criteria: User wants to allocate a budget of $1000 across different marketing channels to view potential performance outcomes before making actual spend decisions.

Given the user has inputs the budget amount of $1000, When the user selects budget distribution for channels (Social Media, Email Marketing, and Search Ads), Then the simulation results should display estimated performance metrics including reach, clicks, and conversions for each channel based on the allocated amounts.

A user is updating the budget allocation during an active simulation to see how the changes affect performance metrics in real-time.

Given the user has an ongoing simulation, When the user adjusts the budget for any channel and clicks 'Apply Changes', Then the simulation should update performance metrics instantly reflecting the new budget allocations.

User wants to save a specific budget scenario for future reference and comparison with other simulations.

Given the user has created a budget distribution, When the user clicks 'Save Scenario', Then the scenario should be saved with a unique name and accessible in the user's saved scenarios list.

The user wishes to reset the budget simulation to its default state after experimenting with various allocations.

Given the user is on the simulation screen, When the user clicks 'Reset Simulation', Then the budget allocations and performance metrics should return to the default values with no errors.

Users want to view a comparison of different budget scenarios to determine which allocation yields the best potential results.

Given multiple saved budget scenarios, When the user selects two or more scenarios for comparison, Then the application should display a side-by-side comparison of estimated performance metrics for the selected scenarios.

User is checking how their budget modification impacts ROI projections in the simulation tool.

Given the user has simulated a budget scenario, When they adjust the budget and review the results, Then the simulation should calculate and display the projected ROI based on the new budget allocations.

User needs to understand how market trends affect their simulated budget performance during an ongoing simulation.

Given the user has initiated a budget simulation, When market trend data is updated, Then the simulation should reflect how changes in trends would impact their budget's estimated performance metrics accordingly.

Scenario Performance Analytics

User Story: As a marketing manager, I want to analyze the simulated results of my budget scenarios so that I can select the most effective allocation strategy based on data-driven insights.
Description: The Scenario Performance Analytics requirement involves developing comprehensive analytics tools that provide insights into the simulated performance of various budget allocation scenarios. This feature will include visual representations of potential outcomes based on user-defined inputs, enabling users to compare different scenarios side-by-side. The analytics will offer detailed metrics such as projected conversions, cost-per-acquisition, and ROI estimates, facilitating data-driven decision-making. By integrating these analytics into the simulation tool, users will gain the ability to evaluate the efficacy of their marketing strategies under different budget scenarios, leading to enhanced campaign effectiveness.
Acceptance Criteria: User configures a budget allocation strategy within the Budget Scenario Simulation tool and runs the simulation to evaluate various parameters.

Given the user has inputted budget allocation values and selected specific performance metrics, when the simulation is executed, then the user will see visual outcomes that represent the potential performance for each scenario tested, including comparisons with different allocation strategies side-by-side.

Users want to assess the impact of varying budget allocations on projected conversions and ROI using the analytics tools provided.

Given the user has adjusted the budget distribution for multiple scenarios, when the user accesses the Scenario Performance Analytics, then they can view detailed metrics such as projected conversions, cost-per-acquisition, and ROI estimates for each scenario on a single dashboard.

A user applies a set of defined scenarios and wants to export the performance analytics for reporting purposes.

Given the user has generated performance analytics from the simulation, when they choose to export the data, then the outputs should be available in multiple formats (CSV, PDF) and include all relevant metrics for each scenario evaluated.

A small business owner is new to digital marketing and uses the simulation tool to understand how to allocate their marketing budget.

Given the user has completed a tutorial on the Budget Scenario Simulation tool, when they use the tool for the first time, then they should receive context-aware hints and suggestions for optimizing their budget distribution based on industry benchmarks and past performance.

The user desires real-time updates as they change budget allocations within the simulation tool.

Given the user adjusts budget allocation sliders for different scenarios, when they make the changes, then the visual representations and output metrics should update in real-time without needing to refresh the tool.

User-Centric Scenario Management

User Story: As a small business owner, I want to save and manage multiple budget scenarios so that I can easily revisit successful strategies and refine my approach based on past performance.
Description: The User-Centric Scenario Management requirement aims to provide users with the ability to create, save, and manage multiple budget scenarios seamlessly. Users will be able to modify existing scenarios, add new variables, and compare past simulations to track changes in performance over time. This personalized management of scenarios ensures that users can return to their most effective strategies easily while adapting to new insights. The implementation of this requirement not only enhances the user experience by allowing better organization and accessibility of simulations but also encourages iterative learning through historical performance tracking.
Acceptance Criteria: User creates a new budget scenario to test different allocation strategies.

Given a user is on the Budget Scenario Simulation page, when they fill in the budget allocation fields and click 'Create Scenario', then a new budget scenario should be successfully created and listed in the user's saved scenarios.

User modifies an existing budget scenario to adjust budget allocations based on performance insights.

Given a user has an existing budget scenario, when they select the scenario, modify the budget fields, and save changes, then the modified scenario should reflect the updated budget allocations successfully.

User compares multiple budget scenarios to analyze performance differences over time.

Given a user has multiple saved budget scenarios, when they select two scenarios to compare, then the system should display a side-by-side performance analysis of both scenarios, highlighting key metrics and differences.

User deletes an unwanted budget scenario from their saved list.

Given a user is viewing their saved budget scenarios, when they select a scenario and confirm the deletion, then the scenario should be removed from the user's scenario list and no longer accessible.

User accesses and reviews historical performance data of their saved budget scenarios.

Given a user has previously saved budget scenarios, when they select a scenario to review, then the system should display the historical performance data, including metrics and trends for the selected scenario.

User searches for a specific budget scenario among their saved scenarios using keywords.

Given a user has multiple budget scenarios saved, when they enter a keyword into the search bar, then the system should filter and display only the scenarios that match the search criteria.

Intuitive User Interface for Simulations

User Story: As a non-technical marketer, I want an intuitive user interface for the simulation tool so that I can easily understand and utilize budget scenarios without needing extensive training.
Description: The Intuitive User Interface for Simulations requirement involves designing a user-friendly interface that allows users to easily navigate through the Budget Scenario Simulation tools. This interface will include drag-and-drop features for budget allocation, simple input fields for specifying parameters, and interactive elements to visualize changes in performance dynamically. The goal is to minimize the learning curve and enhance accessibility for users of varying technical expertise, encouraging more frequent use of the simulation tools. A well-designed UI will lead to higher user satisfaction and encourage experimentation with different budget strategies.
Acceptance Criteria: User successfully navigates to the Budget Scenario Simulation interface from the main dashboard.

Given the user is logged into MarketGenius, when they select the Budget Scenario Simulation option from the dashboard, then they should be directed to the Budget Scenario Simulation interface without any errors.

User can utilize the drag-and-drop feature to allocate budget across multiple channels seamlessly.

Given the user is on the Budget Scenario Simulation interface, when they drag a budget element and drop it into a different channel allocation spot, then the budget should update dynamically in the interface.

User inputs parameters for the budget allocation and receives a performance visualization that updates in real-time.

Given the user enters parameters into the input fields, when they submit the changes, then the performance visualization should refresh to reflect the new input parameters without lag.

User can reset the simulation to its original state without losing important settings.

Given the user is on the Budget Scenario Simulation interface, when they click the 'Reset' button, then all budget allocations should revert to their default settings without errors.

User successfully saves a simulation scenario for future reference.

Given the user has made budget allocations and entered parameters, when they click the 'Save Simulation' button, then the scenario should be saved in their account for later retrieval without errors.

User receives relevant tips and guidance on using the simulation tools effectively.

Given the user is on the Budget Scenario Simulation interface, when they hover over the help icon, then a tooltip should display contextual tips on utilizing the simulation tools.

User can run multiple simulations in parallel and switch between them easily.

Given the user has created multiple budget simulations, when they select a different simulation from the list, then the interface should update to display the selected simulation without delay or error.

Integration with Live Campaign Data

User Story: As a campaign manager, I want to integrate my budget simulation with live campaign data so that I can make adjustments based on actual performance metrics in real-time.
Description: The Integration with Live Campaign Data requirement allows users to link their budget simulation scenarios directly to their ongoing campaign performance data. Users will be able to compare simulated outcomes against real-time data, thus enhancing the relevance and applicability of simulations. This feature will empower users to make more informed adjustments to their budgets based on current performance metrics, leading to optimized marketing spend. The integration will necessitate robust data synchronization methods to ensure that users are always working with the most accurate and up-to-date information, thereby increasing the efficacy of the simulation tool.
Acceptance Criteria: User integrates live campaign data with a budget simulation scenario.

Given a user is on the Budget Scenario Simulation page, when they select 'Integrate Live Data', the system shall synchronize with the user's ongoing campaigns and display current performance metrics within the simulation interface.

User modifies budget allocation based on real-time data insights.

Given the user has live campaign data integrated, when they adjust the budget allocation and click 'Simulate', the system shall recalculate and display projected outcomes based on the new allocation compared to the real-time data.

User views comparison between simulated outcomes and actual campaign performance.

Given the user has run a simulation, when they view the results, the system shall present a clear comparison graph showing simulated outcomes versus actual performance metrics, allowing for visual analysis.

User receives alerts for significant variances between simulation and actual results.

Given the user has set up alert thresholds, when a significant variance (greater than user-defined percentage) occurs between simulated outcomes and real performance, the system shall notify the user via in-app alert and email.

User ensures data synchronization is up-to-date before running new simulations.

Given the user is on the simulation page, when they click 'Refresh Data', the system shall sync with the latest campaign data and update the interface to reflect current performance metrics accurately without errors.

User accesses historical performance data for better simulation context.

Given the user is in the Budget Scenario Simulation, when they request historical data for the last three months, the system shall retrieve and display the historical performance metrics alongside the current live data.

Channel Performance Alerts

Set customized alerts for significant performance shifts across marketing channels. Channel Performance Alerts notify users when a channel surpasses or falls below a predetermined performance threshold, ensuring prompt adjustments to budgets. This real-time responsiveness helps maintain campaign effectiveness and optimizes spend allocation.

Requirements

Custom Threshold Settings

User Story: As a digital marketer, I want to set customized performance thresholds for my marketing channels so that I can be notified when my campaigns require immediate adjustments to optimize my budget.
Description: This requirement enables users to set specific performance thresholds for each marketing channel within the MarketGenius platform. Users can customize these thresholds based on their unique campaign goals and performance metrics. The ability to tailor these settings ensures that alerts are relevant and actionable, allowing users to respond promptly to performance fluctuations. This feature enhances user control over their marketing strategies and promotes more effective budget allocation by facilitating timely interventions in response to significant performance changes.
Acceptance Criteria: User sets a customized alert for a social media ad channel when the click-through rate drops below a specified threshold during a campaign.

Given that the user has access to the Custom Threshold Settings, when they input a threshold of 2% for click-through rate and save the alert, then the platform should notify the user when the click-through rate falls below 2%.

User wants to adjust the performance threshold for an email marketing channel based on previous campaign data, setting a new limit for opens.

Given that the user is viewing the email campaign performance data, when they set a new threshold of 15% for email open rates and confirm the setting, then the platform should reflect this new threshold in Channel Performance Alerts.

A user receives a notification alert for a PPC campaign when its cost per acquisition exceeds the max threshold set by the user.

Given the user has set a performance threshold of $50 for cost per acquisition in their PPC campaign alerts, when the system calculates the cost per acquisition to be $55, then the user should receive an alert indicating that the threshold has been exceeded.

A user tests the alert functionality by temporarily lowering their threshold for a marketing channel and checking alert notifications.

Given that the user has set a temporary performance threshold of 5% for conversion rate, when the conversion rate falls to 4%, then the system should send an immediate notification to the user about the threshold breach.

Users review their existing threshold settings to ensure they align with current marketing goals and make adjustments as necessary.

Given that the user has multiple thresholds set across different channels, when they access the threshold review page, then all existing thresholds should be displayed for review and editable in a user-friendly interface.

Real-Time Notification System

User Story: As a marketer, I want to receive real-time notifications about my channel's performance, so that I can react promptly to any significant changes and maintain my campaign's effectiveness.
Description: The requirement involves developing a real-time notification system that alerts users via email or in-app notifications when a channel's performance surpasses or falls below the predefined thresholds. This system should ensure immediate delivery of alerts, allowing users to react quickly to performance changes. The notification preferences should be adjustable, enabling users to choose how and when they receive alerts. This capability streamlines user response processes and minimizes response delays, ultimately improving campaign effectiveness.
Acceptance Criteria: User receives an email notification when the ad spend on a social media channel exceeds the predetermined budget threshold, set to alert at 10% above the budget.

Given that the user has set a budget threshold of $500 for the social media channel, When the ad spend reaches $550, Then the user receives an email notification alerting them of the overspend.

User receives an in-app notification when a specific email marketing campaign's open rate drops below a set threshold of 15%.

Given that the user has a campaign with an established open rate threshold of 15%, When the open rate falls to 14%, Then the user receives an in-app notification warning them of the drop.

User can adjust their notification preferences to receive alerts via SMS instead of email for significant performance changes.

Given that the user wants to receive SMS notifications, When they change their notification settings and save the preference, Then they should receive alerts via SMS when any performance threshold is surpassed or dropped.

User is notified of significant drops in performance metrics for any marketing channel, with customizable thresholds for each channel.

Given multiple marketing channels with different performance thresholds set by the user, When any channel drops below its defined threshold, Then the user receives a notification specific to that channel's performance drop.

The user tests the real-time notification system and verifies they receive alerts in under 2 minutes of the performance threshold being crossed.

Given that the user sets a threshold alert, When the performance metric crosses that threshold, Then the user should receive an alert within 2 minutes.

Users can opt-out of notifications for specific channels while still receiving alerts for others, allowing for customized preferences.

Given that the user opts out of notifications for the email channel, When performance metrics for email drop below the threshold, Then they should not receive an alert, while still receiving alerts for any other active channels.

Dashboard Integration

User Story: As a user, I want to see all my channel performance alerts and settings in the dashboard, so that I can easily monitor my marketing performance without switching between screens.
Description: This requirement focuses on integrating channel performance alerts within the MarketGenius dashboard. Users should be able to view their alert settings, recent notifications, and performance statistics in one centralized location. This integration not only enhances user experience by providing a comprehensive overview of marketing performance but also allows users to adjust their alert settings without navigating away from the main dashboard. This centralization fosters better decision-making and improves overall usability of the platform.
Acceptance Criteria: Viewing Channel Performance Alerts on the Dashboard

Given a user is logged into their MarketGenius account, when they navigate to the dashboard, then they should see a section displaying their channel performance alerts with recent notifications listed.

Customizing Alert Thresholds

Given a user accesses the alert settings from the dashboard, when they adjust the performance thresholds for their notifications and save the changes, then the updated thresholds should be reflected in the alert section immediately.

Notification Delivery for Performance Shift

Given that a channel's performance has surpassed or dropped below a set threshold, when this occurs, then an alert notification should be sent to the user’s dashboard and their email within 5 minutes of the performance shift.

Viewing Detailed Performance Statistics

Given a user views their channel performance alerts on the dashboard, when they click on a specific alert, then a detailed view of the relevant performance statistics should be displayed, including historical data over the last 30 days.

Responsive Design of the Alerts Section

Given a user accesses the MarketGenius dashboard on different devices (desktop, tablet, mobile), when they view the channel performance alerts section, then the layout and content should be responsive, maintaining usability across all devices.

User Role Permissions for Alert Access

Given a user is part of a team within MarketGenius, when they log in, then only users with the appropriate permissions should be able to modify alert settings, ensuring security and integrity.

Analytics Reporting

User Story: As a marketer, I want to access reports analyzing the effectiveness of my performance alerts, so that I can refine my strategies based on past data and enhance my campaign results.
Description: The requirement entails developing an analytics reporting feature that summarizes the impacts of channel performance alerts on overall campaign effectiveness. This feature should analyze historical performance data and illustrate trends in user responses to alerts, allowing users to learn from past alerts and optimize their strategy continuously. By providing insights into how performance alerts correlate with campaign success, users can refine their thresholds and notification preferences for future marketing efforts.
Acceptance Criteria: User receives an alert notification when a marketing channel's performance drops below the set threshold during a campaign.

Given a channel's performance data, when the performance dips below the predefined threshold, then the user should receive a real-time alert notification via email and in-app notification.

User accesses the analytics report to view historical performance data related to past alerts and their subsequent campaign impacts.

Given that the user opens the analytics reporting feature, when the user selects a specific time frame, then the report should display historical performance trends alongside alert notifications and corresponding campaign success metrics.

User wants to customize the performance threshold for alerts based on specific channel performance metrics.

Given that a user is in the settings menu, when they adjust the performance threshold sliders for various channels, then the new thresholds should be saved, and alerts should reflect these updated thresholds in real time.

User reviews trends in user responses to performance alerts and adjusts their thresholds accordingly.

Given that the analytics report shows user responses to alerts, when the user analyzes trends, then they should be able to see a clear correlation between the type of alert and campaign success rates, facilitating informed decisions on threshold adjustments.

User wants to ensure that notifications are not sent for minor fluctuations in performance.

Given that a user sets specific criteria for performance fluctuation detection, when the system detects changes within the defined 'minor fluctuation' range, then no alerts should be sent, preserving user focus on significant performance shifts.

User views a dashboard showcasing the effectiveness of channel performance alerts over time.

Given that the user accesses the dashboard, when they select the 'Performance Alerts Effectiveness' widget, then the widget should display a comprehensive summary of how alerts have impacted overall campaign performance, including metrics like return on ad spend and engagement rates.

User Role Customization

User Story: As an administrator, I want to customize which team members receive performance alerts, so that I can ensure that only relevant stakeholders are notified and can take appropriate actions.
Description: This requirement allows administrators to customize user roles related to channel performance alerts. Administrators should be able to designate which team members receive alerts based on their specific roles and responsibilities. This ensures that relevant stakeholders are informed without overwhelming others. Role-based customization improves team collaboration and focuses alert delivery on those who need it most, thereby improving operational efficiency.
Acceptance Criteria: User Role Customization for Performance Alerts

Given an admin user accesses the user role customization settings, When they select specific team members for performance alerts based on defined roles, Then the selected users should receive channel performance alerts according to the predefined criteria within 10 minutes of any significant performance shift.

Removing Users from Performance Alerts

Given an admin user decides to remove a team member from receiving alerts, When they deselect that member's role in the alert settings, Then that user should no longer receive any performance alerts for the defined channels within 30 minutes.

Default User Role Settings for New Users

Given an admin user creates a new user account, When they assign a role to the new user, Then the system should automatically set the default performance alert preferences for that role based on established criteria set by the admin.

Role-Based Alert Customization

Given an admin user is on the role customization page, When they customize alert preferences for different roles, Then the system should allow saving multiple roles with unique alert settings which can be reviewed later.

Notification of Role Changes to Users

Given that an admin user has modified the alert settings for any team member, When the modification is saved, Then all affected users should receive a notification email about their updated alert preferences within 15 minutes.

Performance Threshold Testing

Given a channel is currently under performance monitoring, When a significant shift occurs either above or below the KPI set by the admin user, Then the alert should trigger and notify only the users assigned to receive alerts for that specific KPI immediately.

Audit Trail of Role Changes

Given an admin user has made changes to user roles for performance alerts, When they view the audit log, Then the log should display all role changes along with timestamps and the admin user who made the changes for traceability.

Cross-Channel Insights Dashboard

This comprehensive dashboard consolidates performance metrics across all channels, giving users a holistic view of their marketing efforts. The Cross-Channel Insights Dashboard facilitates informed budget allocation decisions by visualizing the performance of each channel side-by-side. Users can easily identify high-performing areas and reallocate budgets effectively.

Requirements

Unified Data Visualization

User Story: As a digital marketer, I want to view all my performance metrics in one place so that I can easily compare and adjust my marketing strategies based on what is working best.
Description: The Unified Data Visualization requirement entails creating a dashboard that aggregates key performance indicators (KPIs) from all marketing channels into a single, intuitive interface. This feature will empower users to visualize crucial data, such as engagement rates, ad spend, conversion rates, and ROI, across social media, email, and paid advertising. By centralizing this data, users can quickly identify trends, compare performance metrics, and derive actionable insights needed to optimize their marketing strategies. This dynamic visualization will enhance users' ability to make data-driven decisions, improve efficiency in budget allocation, and ultimately drive campaign effectiveness.
Acceptance Criteria: User logs into the MarketGenius platform and navigates to the Cross-Channel Insights Dashboard to view performance metrics from various marketing channels.

Given the user is logged in, when they access the Cross-Channel Insights Dashboard, then they should see aggregated KPIs from at least three different marketing channels (social media, email, paid advertising).

The user adjusts budget allocations based on performance metrics displayed in the Cross-Channel Insights Dashboard.

Given the user views the performance metrics, when they select a channel to reallocate budget from, then they should be able to input a new budget amount and see the changes reflected in real-time on the dashboard.

User examines the trend over time for a specific marketing channel's performance metrics.

Given the user has selected a specific channel, when they view the performance timeline, then they should see a visual representation of key metrics (such as engagement rates and ROI) over the last 30 days.

User accesses the dashboard to identify high-performing and low-performing marketing channels to inform strategic decisions for future campaigns.

Given the user is on the dashboard, when they filter for high-performing channels, then they should see only those channels with a performance metric above the defined threshold (e.g., ROI > 2).

User attempts to export performance data from the Cross-Channel Insights Dashboard.

Given the user is on the dashboard, when they click on the export button, then they should receive a downloadable report in CSV format containing all displayed performance metrics.

User customizes the dashboard view to display specific KPIs that are relevant to their marketing strategy.

Given the user opts to customize their dashboard, when they select which KPIs to display, then the dashboard layout should update to show only the selected KPIs without displaying other irrelevant data.

User wants to receive alerts for significant changes in performance metrics across any marketing channel.

Given the user has set up alerts, when a significant change occurs (e.g., a drop in conversion rate by 20% or more), then the user should receive a notification through their chosen communication method (email or in-app).

Automated Performance Alerts

User Story: As a marketer, I want to receive alerts about significant changes in my campaign performance so that I can respond quickly and optimize my marketing efforts in real-time.
Description: Automated Performance Alerts will notify users of significant changes or trends in their campaign performance, such as spikes in traffic, sudden drops in engagement, or reaching budget thresholds. This requirement involves the integration of an alert system that utilizes AI algorithms to analyze real-time data and send proactive notifications to users through email or within the dashboard. The alerts will empower marketers to respond swiftly to performance anomalies without having to constantly monitor their campaigns. Consequently, this will enhance operational efficiency and augment marketing success by facilitating timely and informed decision-making.
Acceptance Criteria: User receives an automated performance alert when there's a spike in traffic for their campaign.

Given a campaign is active with real-time data, when a spike in traffic exceeds 30% compared to the previous day, then an automated alert should be sent via email and displayed in the dashboard.

User receives an automated performance alert for a sudden drop in engagement.

Given a campaign is running, when engagement drops below 10% of the usual rate within a 24-hour period, then the user should receive an automated notification through email and the dashboard.

User is notified when their ad spending reaches a threshold set in the budget.

Given a specific budget threshold is defined for a campaign, when the spending reaches 90% of that threshold, then an alert should be generated and sent via email and through the dashboard notifications.

User can configure the types of alerts they want to receive based on campaign metrics.

Given the user is in the alert settings page, when they select the desired metrics for automated alerts (traffic spikes, drops in engagement, budget thresholds), then these selections should be saved and reflected in the alert preferences.

User receives alerts during non-business hours and has the option to mute them.

Given the user has defined their non-business hours in account settings, when an automated performance alert is triggered during those hours, then the user should receive the option to mute alerts for that time period.

The system accurately logs all automated alerts triggered for performance monitoring.

Given an alert has been triggered, when the user checks the alert history in the dashboard, then all triggered alerts should be listed with timestamps and alert types.

Customizable Reporting Tools

User Story: As a user, I want to customize my reports with the metrics that matter most to me so that I can present data effectively to my team and make informed decisions based on those insights.
Description: The Customizable Reporting Tools requirement enables users to create tailored reports reflecting their preferred metrics, time frames, and visualizations. Users will have the flexibility to select the specific data points they wish to include, arrange them creatively, and choose their presentation format (charts, graphs, tables). This feature is critical for allowing users to present performance data to stakeholders effectively, as it meets individual reporting needs and facilitates deeper insights into marketing effectiveness. By equipping users with these tools, MarketGenius enhances its value proposition as a marketing platform that caters to diverse business objectives and user preferences.
Acceptance Criteria: User generates a report for campaign performance metrics to present in a stakeholder meeting.

Given the user accesses the Customizable Reporting Tools, When they select specific metrics such as click-through rate, conversion rate, and spend, Then the report should accurately reflect the chosen metrics and display them in the selected format (chart, graph, or table).

A user customizes a report for social media performance over the last month.

Given the user chooses the 'Social Media' channel and selects the last 30 days as the time frame, When they generate the report, Then the report should include all relevant metrics for social media performance within the specified time frame.

User rearranges the selected metrics in a report to prioritize certain data.

Given the user has created a report with multiple metrics, When they drag and drop the metrics to rearrange their order, Then the report should reflect the new arrangement immediately without requiring a page refresh.

A user saves a customizable report for future access.

Given the user has finalized a report with selected metrics and visualizations, When they choose to save the report, Then the report should be stored in the user's account and easily accessible from the reporting dashboard.

User schedules a recurring report for weekly performance updates.

Given the user sets a report for weekly generation, When they specify the metrics, time frame, and recipients, Then the system should automatically generate and send the report to the specified recipients every week without manual intervention.

A user shares a customized report with team members via email.

Given the user is viewing a generated report, When they choose the share option and enter the email addresses, Then the report should be sent to the entered addresses in a well-formatted email with a download link for the report.

User previews the report before final generation to make adjustments.

Given the user is in the report creation interface, When they click on the preview button, Then a pop-up should display how the report will look with the selected metrics and format, enabling them to make further adjustments if needed.

Resource Optimization Recommendations

Using AI-driven insights, this feature suggests optimal resource allocation strategies based on user-defined goals and historical performance. Resource Optimization Recommendations guide users in maximizing their budget impact, allowing them to focus on campaigns with the highest potential for return.

Requirements

Dynamic Budget Allocation

User Story: As a marketer, I want dynamic budget allocation so that I can automatically optimize my spending across channels based on performance data, allowing me to achieve the best possible return on investment.
Description: Dynamic Budget Allocation is a feature that allows users to automatically adjust their marketing budget based on real-time data and campaign performance metrics. The requirement ensures that budget distribution is optimized across different channels to maximize return on investment (ROI). By analyzing historical performance and current campaign data, the system will recommend budget reallocation strategies that align with user-defined goals. This feature plays a crucial role in enhancing the overall efficacy of marketing strategies, enabling businesses to act swiftly and decisively based on data-driven insights, ultimately leading to improved campaign outcomes and resource utilization.
Acceptance Criteria: User Configures Dynamic Budget Allocation Based on Real-Time Data.

Given a user has defined campaign goals and historical performance data, when they set up the Dynamic Budget Allocation feature, then the system should automatically analyze real-time performance metrics and recommend budget reallocations that align with those goals.

User Receives Budget Reallocation Recommendations.

Given that the user has active marketing campaigns with varying performance metrics, when the user accesses the Resource Optimization Recommendations dashboard, then the system should display suggested budget reallocations that prioritize campaigns with the highest potential ROI.

User Adjusts Budget Manually and Observes Suggested Changes.

Given the user has manually adjusted their marketing budget for specific campaigns, when they refresh the Dynamic Budget Allocation feature, then the system should reflect these manual changes and provide updated recommendations based on the new budget allocations and current performance data.

User Monitors Campaign Performance Post-Budget Reallocation.

Given that the user has implemented the recommended budget reallocations, when they review the campaign performance metrics in the following week, then the system should show an improvement in key performance indicators (KPIs) such as ROI and conversion rates for the prioritized campaigns.

User Validates Budget Allocation Adjustments Across Multiple Channels.

Given that the user has marketing campaigns running on various channels (e.g., social media, email, using ad networks), when they analyze the budget allocation adjustments made by the system, then the user should find that resources are optimally distributed across all channels in accordance with performance data and user-defined goals.

AI-Driven Campaign Insights

User Story: As a digital marketer, I want AI-driven campaign insights so that I can receive tailored recommendations based on my past performance, helping me to refine my strategies and improve future campaigns.
Description: AI-Driven Campaign Insights provides users with actionable recommendations and insights generated from an analysis of their past campaign data. This requirement focuses on leveraging artificial intelligence to identify patterns, suggest improvements, and highlight successful strategies that can be replicated in future campaigns. By integrating this feature, users gain access to a personalized dashboard displaying key performance indicators (KPIs) and tailored suggestions that inform decision-making. This significantly enhances user experience by simplifying the optimization process and facilitating continuous improvement, thereby increasing the efficacy of digital marketing efforts.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the AI-Driven Campaign Insights feature to view past campaign data and receive recommendations.

Given the user is logged into their MarketGenius account, when they navigate to the AI-Driven Campaign Insights page, then they should see a dashboard displaying key performance indicators (KPIs) and at least three actionable recommendations based on their past campaign performance.

User utilizes the insights provided to optimize their ongoing campaigns.

Given the user has viewed the AI-Driven Campaign Insights, when they implement at least one of the recommended strategies, then the system should track and display the user's performance improvement in a subsequent report within the next 7 days.

User wants to understand how recommendations are generated by the AI system.

Given the user is viewing the AI-Driven Campaign Insights dashboard, when they click on a recommendation, then they should see a detailed explanation of the data and algorithms used to generate that specific recommendation.

User reviews the historical campaign data to identify trends before creating new campaigns.

Given the user accesses the AI-Driven Campaign Insights, when they select a specific date range for past campaigns, then the system should present trends in performance metrics such as conversion rates and engagement levels for that selected period.

User seeks to refine their marketing strategy based on AI analysis of successful campaigns.

Given the user is utilizing AI-Driven Campaign Insights, when they filter the insights to show only successful campaigns with high ROI, then the system should display a list of these campaigns along with best-performing elements and suggested actions to replicate that success.

User wants to give feedback on the accuracy and relevance of the recommendations received.

Given the user has executed a marketing campaign based on the AI recommendations, when they rate the relevance of the insights on a scale of 1 to 5, then the system should log this feedback and adapt future recommendation algorithms accordingly.

User needs to generate a report on the effectiveness of the AI-Driven Campaign Insights over time.

Given the user requests a report of insights generated by the AI over the past month, when the report is generated, then it should include metrics such as user satisfaction ratings, percentage of recommendations successfully implemented, and overall performance improvement metrics achieved by the user.

Customizable Performance Metrics

User Story: As a business owner, I want customizable performance metrics so that I can track the KPIs that are most relevant to my marketing goals, allowing me to measure success according to my unique benchmarks.
Description: Customizable Performance Metrics allows users to define and track their own set of key performance indicators (KPIs) relevant to their specific marketing goals. This requirement enhances the flexibility of the MarketGenius platform, enabling users to prioritize metrics that matter most to their business. Users can add, edit, or remove metrics within their performance dashboard, tailoring it to fit their strategic objectives. As a result, users are empowered to measure success accurately according to their unique standards, enhancing the overall effectiveness of marketing campaigns and providing deeper insights into what drives performance.
Acceptance Criteria: User adds a new custom KPI to the performance dashboard.

Given a user is on the performance dashboard, when they select 'Add Metric', enter valid KPI details, and save, then the new KPI should be displayed on the dashboard with accurate data tracking.

User edits an existing custom KPI on the performance dashboard.

Given a user is on the performance dashboard, when they select an existing KPI, change its details, and save, then the updated KPI should reflect on the dashboard with the correct data.

User removes a custom KPI from the performance dashboard.

Given a user is on the performance dashboard, when they select an existing KPI and choose 'Remove', then the KPI should be deleted from the dashboard and no longer appear in reporting.

User tracks custom KPIs over a selected date range.

Given a user has set custom KPIs and selects a date range for reporting, when they generate the report, then the data should reflect the performance of those KPIs accurately within the chosen date range.

User saves a custom KPI and views its historical performance data.

Given a user has created and saved a custom KPI, when they access the KPI's historical performance tab, then the system should display a complete history of data for the selected metric.

User receives suggestions for KPIs based on their defined goals.

Given a user enters their marketing goals into the MarketGenius platform, when they access the KPI setup, then the system should provide recommended metrics that align with their goals.

User sets up performance alerts for custom KPIs.

Given a user has defined custom KPIs, when they set thresholds for performance alerts, then the system should trigger notifications if the KPIs exceed those thresholds.

Automated Resource Allocation Suggestions

User Story: As a campaign manager, I want automated resource allocation suggestions so that I can allocate my budget and resources more effectively based on previous performance, ensuring better campaign outcomes without manual analysis.
Description: Automated Resource Allocation Suggestions is an intelligent feature that assesses user-defined goals and historical performance data to recommend optimal allocation of resources for various campaigns. This requirement utilizes advanced algorithms to analyze factors such as past budget efficiency and campaign success rates, delivering personalized suggestions aimed at maximizing the effectiveness of marketing expenditures. By integrating this feature, users will not only improve their budgeting strategies but also enhance overall campaign effectiveness by focusing resources on high-performing areas, thereby driving better results and ensuring smarter spending.
Acceptance Criteria: User receives personalized resource allocation recommendations based on their defined marketing goals and historical campaign performance data.

Given a user has set specific marketing goals and has historical performance data, when they trigger the resource allocation suggestion feature, then the system should provide at least three tailored resource allocation recommendations that align with their goals.

User can view historical performance data alongside the resource allocation recommendations to make informed decisions.

Given that a user is interacting with the resource allocation suggestion feature, when they access the recommendations, then they should also see a summary of relevant historical performance metrics that influenced the suggestions.

User can adjust defined goals and receive updated resource allocation recommendations accordingly.

Given a user has previously set marketing goals, when they modify those goals and request new recommendations, then the system should deliver updated resource allocation suggestions that reflect the new goals.

User is notified of the estimated impact of their optimized resource allocation on campaign performance.

Given a user receives resource allocation suggestions, when they review these suggestions, then they should also see projections on how the new allocations could improve results based on past data.

User can provide feedback on the accuracy of the resource allocation suggestions to improve future recommendations.

Given that a user has acted upon the resource allocation recommendations, when they provide feedback on the outcomes, then the system should record this feedback and use it to refine future suggestions.

User can save and implement the allocated resources directly through the MarketGenius platform.

Given a user is satisfied with the resource allocation suggestions, when they choose to apply these suggestions, then the system should allow them to allocate budget directly within the platform without needing to switch to another tool.

Real-Time Performance Analytics

User Story: As a marketer, I want real-time performance analytics so that I can monitor my campaign performance live and adjust my strategies on the fly for optimal results.
Description: Real-Time Performance Analytics provides users with instant access to their campaign performance data, allowing for immediate insights and prompt adjustments to strategies as needed. This requirement ensures that users can monitor KPIs in real time through a dynamic dashboard displaying live updates. By facilitating timely data access, users can respond quickly to changing market conditions or campaign performance trends, optimizing engagement and return on investment. The inclusion of this feature enhances the overall user experience by empowering marketers to make informed decisions based on the latest data, driving more effective outcomes in their campaigns.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Real-Time Performance Analytics dashboard to monitor the performance of their current digital marketing campaigns during a live event.

Given the user logs into their MarketGenius account, when they navigate to the Real-Time Performance Analytics dashboard, then they should see updated campaign performance data for all active campaigns within a maximum of 5 seconds.

User sets specific KPIs to monitor campaign success and checks the analytics for live performance against these KPIs.

Given the user has defined KPIs for their campaign, when they view the Real-Time Performance Analytics dashboard, then the dashboard should display the current status of all selected KPIs with visual indicators (e.g., green for on target, yellow for caution, red for off target).

A user wants to receive alerts when their campaign performance deviates significantly from expected KPIs, prompting them to take action.

Given the user has configured their alerts for KPI deviations, when a campaign's performance deviates by more than 20% from the defined KPI benchmarks, then the user should receive an alert notification via email and/or within the dashboard.

User compares the real-time analytics of multiple campaigns to determine which is performing best.

Given the user selects multiple campaigns to compare from the Real-Time Performance Analytics dashboard, when they initiate the comparison, then they should see a side-by-side view of the key metrics for each selected campaign, updated in real-time.

User needs to analyze historical performance data in relation to current real-time analytics to make decisions.

Given the user is viewing the Real-Time Performance Analytics dashboard, when they select a historical performance filter, then the system should display historical data alongside real-time analytics for the selected campaigning performance metrics.

A marketing manager wants to adjust budget allocations in real-time based on performance data displayed in the dashboard.

Given the user views their campaign performance data in the Real-Time Performance Analytics dashboard, when they select a campaign and choose to adjust the budget, then the adjustments should be reflected immediately on the dashboard, and confirmation of the budget change must be displayed to the user.

User wants to view performance data on different devices to ensure consistent experience across platforms.

Given the user accesses the Real-Time Performance Analytics dashboard from a mobile device or tablet, when they display the dashboard, then the layout and data should adapt responsively, ensuring readability and usability comparable to the desktop experience.

Real-Time Collaboration

Enable multiple team members to work on projects simultaneously within the collaborative workspace. This feature enhances teamwork by allowing users to see changes as they happen, ensuring everyone is aligned and can provide immediate feedback. It fosters a dynamic and interactive environment that accelerates project completion and enhances creative brainstorming.

Requirements

Multi-User Access Control

User Story: As a project manager, I want to control who can access and edit project files so that I can ensure that sensitive information is protected and that team members only perform actions relevant to their roles.
Description: This requirement focuses on establishing a secure framework that allows multiple team members to access the collaborative workspace while enforcing specific permissions and roles. It ensures that users can share, edit, and manage projects collaboratively without compromising data integrity. By integrating role-based access controls (RBAC), the system can customize access levels, enabling users to unlock the full potential of teamwork while maintaining security. This functionality is crucial for organizations with varying levels of access needs, enhancing trust and accountability within the collaborative environment.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the collaborative workspace during an active project session with multiple team members present.

Given a user has logged in with an assigned role, When they attempt to access the collaborative workspace, Then they should only see features and data permitted by their role's access level.

A project manager assigns specific roles to team members within the collaborative workspace before a project begins.

Given a project manager is in the role assignment interface, When they select a team member and assign a role with specific permissions, Then the selected team member should receive a notification of their assigned role and permissions changes immediately.

A team member attempts to edit content in a project that they do not have permission to access.

Given a user is attempting to edit a project, When their role does not include editing permissions for that project, Then the system should prevent them from making changes and display an informative error message.

A user with admin privileges needs to review and modify the access levels of a team member.

Given an admin user is in the user management interface, When they review a team member's current access level and decide to change it, Then the system should allow the modification and log the changes for accountability.

Collaborative editing occurs with multiple users working on a document simultaneously.

Given multiple users with appropriate permissions are editing a shared document, When any user makes changes, Then all users should see those changes reflected in real-time without any delay or data loss.

A user logs out of the collaborative workspace when necessary.

Given a user has made changes to a project, When they click the logout button, Then the system should prompt the user to save changes and securely log them out, ensuring no data is lost or left unsecured.

An organization wants to audit recent changes made by team members in the collaborative workspace.

Given an admin user is reviewing audit logs, When they access the logs, Then they should be able to view a complete list of changes made, along with timestamps and user details for accountability.

Comment and Tagging System

User Story: As a team member, I want to leave comments and tag colleagues in our project so that I can effectively communicate ideas and receive direct feedback on my contributions.
Description: Implementing a commenting and tagging system is essential for fostering effective communication within the collaborative workspace. This requirement allows users to leave comments on specific sections of the project, tag team members in discussions, and attach feedback to their work. It promotes real-time interaction and ensures clarity of communication by allowing users to reference specific tasks or elements within the project. This feature will significantly enhance collaborative efforts and streamline feedback processes, making it easier for teams to resolve issues and build on ideas.
Acceptance Criteria: Team members need to leave comments on specific sections of a marketing campaign to provide feedback and suggestions during the development process.

Given a user is viewing a project, when they leave a comment on a specific section, then the comment should be visible to all team members in real-time within the collaborative workspace.

A team member wants to tag another member in a comment to ensure they see important feedback regarding their assigned tasks.

Given a user is writing a comment, when they tag another member using '@username', then the tagged user should receive a notification about the comment.

A user needs to retrieve comments related to a specific project task to review the feedback provided by team members.

Given a user accesses the project task, when they open the comments section, then all comments related to that task should be displayed in chronological order.

During a team review session, a user wants to edit a comment they previously left on a project to clarify their feedback.

Given a user has previously left a comment, when they choose to edit the comment, then they should be able to modify the text and save the changes successfully.

A team lead wants to ensure that all comments tagged to users are addressed before the project deadline.

Given a user is viewing the comments section, when they filter comments by 'unresolved,' then only comments that have not been responded to should be displayed.

A user wants to delete a comment that is no longer relevant to maintain clarity in the conversation.

Given a user has left a comment, when they choose to delete it, then the comment should be removed from the project and no longer visible to other team members.

In a brainstorming session, multiple users need to quickly identify each other's comments on tasks to enhance collaborative discussions.

Given multiple users are interacting, when comments are made, then the username of the commenter should be visible alongside each comment, allowing for clear attribution and follow-up.

Version History Tracking

User Story: As a collaborator, I want to view the history of changes made to the project so that I can understand how it has evolved over time and restore previous versions if necessary.
Description: The version history tracking requirement aims to implement a robust version control system within the collaborative workspace. This feature will allow users to revert to previous project states, track changes made by different team members, and maintain a secure log of all modifications. It serves to prevent data loss and miscommunication by ensuring that the team can always access the latest information while having the ability to recover earlier versions if needed. This capability is essential for maintaining project integrity and accountability among users.
Acceptance Criteria: Version restoration within collaborative projects.

Given a user is in a collaborative project, when they select a previous version from the version history, then the project should revert to that selected version and display it in the workspace.

Tracking changes made by team members in real-time.

Given multiple users are working on the same project, when any user makes a change, then all other users should see the change reflected in real-time within their collaborative workspace.

Maintaining a secure log of modifications.

Given a user is viewing the version history, when they access the log of changes, then they should see a chronological list of all changes made along with timestamps and the user who made each change.

Notification for changes in the project.

Given a change has been made to a collaborative project, when that change occurs, then all team members should receive a notification alerting them of the update.

Ensuring data integrity through version history.

Given a user wants to review past changes before restoring a version, when they access the version history, then they should be able to preview all modifications made in that version before selecting to restore it.

Searching through version history.

Given a user is in the version history section, when they use the search feature, then they should be able to quickly locate specific changes or modifications by entering keywords or dates.

User permissions for version control.

Given a project has multiple users, when a user tries to restore a version, then that action should only be permitted if the user has the appropriate permissions set by the project owner.

Real-Time Notifications

User Story: As a team member, I want to receive real-time notifications about project updates so that I am always informed and can respond promptly to changes or feedback.
Description: Incorporating real-time notifications is vital for keeping all team members updated on project developments as they occur. This requirement ensures that users receive immediate alerts regarding changes, comments, or tasks assigned in the collaborative workspace, fostering an active participation environment. With customizable notification settings, users can select which updates matter most to them, ensuring that important information is not missed. This feature is vital for maintaining workflow momentum and enhancing collaboration among team members.
Acceptance Criteria: Receiving Real-Time Notifications for Project Changes

Given a user is working on a project within the collaborative workspace, when another team member makes a change to the project, then the user receives a notification within 5 seconds on their dashboard and via their chosen communication channel.

Customizing Notification Preferences

Given a user accesses their notification settings, when they select specific types of updates to receive notifications for, then only those updates are sent to the user, confirming no irrelevant notifications are received.

User Receives Notifications for Assigned Tasks

Given a user is assigned a new task in the collaborative workspace, when the assignment occurs, then the user receives an immediate notification alerting them of the new task, complete with task details.

Viewing Notification History

Given a user has received multiple notifications, when they check their notification history, then the user can see a chronological list of all notifications received, complete with timestamps.

Team Member Acknowledgment of Notifications

Given a user receives a notification regarding a project update, when the user acknowledges the notification, then the system records this acknowledgment and updates the notification status to 'read.'

Real-Time Collaboration on Comment Updates

Given there are ongoing comments on a project, when a user posts a new comment, then all users involved in the project receive a notification about the new comment in real-time.

Integrated File Sharing

User Story: As a user, I want to upload and share files directly in the project workspace so that my team can access the resources we need without external tools.
Description: The integrated file sharing requirement focuses on enabling seamless upload and sharing of files within the collaborative workspace. This feature allows users to drag-and-drop files directly into the platform, share them with team members, and comment on shared documents without leaving the workspace. It enhances collaboration by streamlining the file management process, making it easier for teams to work on shared resources without using external tools. This requirement is crucial for maintaining an efficient workflow and ensuring that all project-related materials are easily accessible to users.
Acceptance Criteria: User uploads a file to the collaborative workspace during a live team meeting.

Given a user is in a collaborative workspace, when they drag and drop a file into the designated upload area, then the file should be successfully uploaded and visible to all team members in real-time.

A team member shares a document in the collaborative workspace for feedback.

Given a user has uploaded a document, when they select the option to share with specific team members, then those members should receive a notification and be able to access the document without any issues.

User comments on a shared document while collaborating with others.

Given a document is shared in the collaborative workspace, when a user adds a comment, then all team members should see this comment immediately and be able to reply to it in real-time.

User attempts to upload a file that exceeds the allowable size limit.

Given a user is in the collaborative workspace, when they attempt to upload a file larger than the specified size limit, then an error message should be displayed indicating that the file size exceeds the limit and the upload should be rejected.

User wants to download a shared file from the collaborative workspace.

Given a document is shared in the collaborative workspace, when a user clicks the download option, then the document should download successfully to their device without errors.

Multiple users are actively editing a shared document at the same time.

Given a shared document is open in the collaborative workspace, when multiple users make changes to the document, then they should see each other's changes in real-time as they occur, ensuring a synchronized editing experience.

Administrator reviews the access permissions of shared files within the workspace.

Given that an administrator has access to the file sharing system, when they check the permissions of a shared document, then they should see a clear list of users who have access along with their roles (view, comment, edit).

Integrated Feedback Loop

Facilitate structured feedback collection and discussion around shared projects through commenting tools and tagging features. Team members can leave feedback directly on project elements, track changes, and address concerns in one centralized location. This not only streamlines communication but ensures that every team member's input is considered, enhancing the quality of the final output.

Requirements

Real-time Feedback Notifications

User Story: As a project manager, I want to receive real-time notifications when team members provide feedback, so that I can address any concerns quickly and keep the project on track.
Description: Implement a real-time notification system that alerts team members when feedback is provided on project elements. This feature will facilitate immediate awareness among team members, allowing for swift responses and continuous dialogue. Notifications can be customized based on user preferences, ensuring that users only receive alerts for the projects they are involved in. By enabling timely communication, this requirement enhances collaboration and ensures that feedback is addressed promptly, ultimately improving project outcomes.
Acceptance Criteria: Team members receive notifications when feedback is added to any project element they are tagged in.

Given a user is tagged in a feedback comment, when feedback is submitted, then the user receives a real-time notification with the feedback content and project link.

Users can customize their notification preferences based on projects they are involved in.

Given a user accesses the notification settings, when they select specific projects, then they only receive feedback notifications for those projects.

Team members can see a list of recent feedback notifications on their dashboard.

Given a user logs into the platform, when they view their dashboard, then they should see a list of all recent feedback notifications sorted by project.

Users can acknowledge or dismiss feedback notifications from the notification panel.

Given a user sees a feedback notification, when they click 'Acknowledge' or 'Dismiss', then the notification should be updated accordingly and removed if dismissed.

Feedback notifications are sent immediately after feedback is provided, without significant delays.

Given feedback is submitted, when the system processes the feedback, then notifications should be delivered to all tagged users within 5 seconds.

Users can view the history of their submitted feedback and responses from team members.

Given a user accesses their feedback history, when they select a specific project, then they should see a chronological list of their feedback and responses from other team members.

Commenting on Project Elements

User Story: As a team member, I want to comment on specific parts of the project so that I can share my insights and collaborate effectively with my colleagues.
Description: Integrate a commenting system that allows team members to leave comments directly on specific project elements such as images, documents, and designs. This feature should enable users to tag other team members, creating an interactive discussion around the project. The comments should be searchable and organized chronologically to facilitate easy tracking of feedback and discussions. This will make it easier to collect diverse opinions and ensure that all input is captured and considered, enriching the project quality.
Acceptance Criteria: Team member A accesses a marketing project and identifies a specific image that needs review. They click on the image and leave a comment, tagging Team member B to ensure direct input on the matter.

Given Team member A is on the project page, when they click on an image and leave a comment tagging Team member B, then Team member B should receive a notification of the tagged comment and see it listed under the designated image.

Team member C searches for feedback on a specific design element within the project to ensure all comments are considered before finalizing the design.

Given Team member C is on the project page, when they use the search bar to find comments for the design element, then all relevant comments should be displayed in chronological order, allowing easy access to all feedback.

A project manager reviews the comments made on a project element to track any unresolved issues before presenting the project to stakeholders.

Given that a project has multiple comments, when the project manager views a specific element and checks the comments section, then they should see all comments listed with a clear indication of whether each comment has been addressed or resolved.

Team members collaborate on a document in real time, using comments to ask questions or provide input while observing the changes made by each other.

Given multiple team members are viewing a shared document, when any team member adds a comment, then all other team members should see the comment instantaneously without needing to refresh the page.

A team member wants to ensure that all feedback from the last project review has been incorporated into the current project discussions.

Given the project has ongoing discussions, when a team member filters the comments by date or status, then they should be able to view comments specifically from the last review period for reference.

A team lead wants to summarize the key feedback points from all comments left on a specific project element to prepare for a team meeting.

Given that there are multiple comments on a project element, when the team lead requests a summary report, then a compiled document featuring the main feedback points should be generated, highlighting unresolved issues and suggestions made.

Change Tracking and History

User Story: As a designer, I want to track changes made to project elements so that I can see who made each change and revert if necessary, ensuring accountability and clarity in our work.
Description: Develop a change tracking mechanism that records all modifications made to project elements, alongside who made the change and when. This feature will provide a complete audit trail, enabling team members to revert to previous versions if necessary and understand the evolution of the project. By having a clear history of all changes and the reasoning behind them, teams can facilitate better discussions and enhance accountability among members, leading to improved project transparency.
Acceptance Criteria: Change Tracking Implementation during Project Review

Given a project element has been modified, when a user views the change history, then they should see a complete list of all changes made, including the date, user, and a brief description of the change.

Reverting Changes in Project Elements

Given that changes have been made to a project element, when a team member selects a previous version from the change history, then that project element should revert to the selected version with all associated details correctly reflected.

Audit Trail Access for Team Members

Given a team member accesses the change tracking feature, when they review a project element, then they should see a comprehensive audit trail that includes all modifications made, along with timestamps and user details.

User Notifications for Change Events

Given a project element has been modified, when a change occurs, then all relevant team members should receive a notification detailing the change and link to view the updated element.

Tagging Feedback on Change History

Given a user is reviewing the change history, when they wish to discuss a change, then they should have the ability to tag other team members for feedback directly within the change log.

Filtering Changes by User or Date

Given a user is in the change tracking feature, when they want to filter changes, then they should be able to filter the change history by user or date range to find specific modifications easily.

Accessing Change History from Multiple Devices

Given that change tracking is an essential feature, when a team member accesses the project from any device, then they should be able to view the change history seamlessly without any loss of functionality.

Tagging for Feedback Categorization

User Story: As a team lead, I want to categorize feedback using tags so that we can prioritize and address critical issues more effectively during discussions.
Description: Introduce a tagging system that allows users to categorize feedback based on themes or topics. This feature will enable team members to filter and prioritize feedback, ensuring that the most critical issues are addressed first. Tags can be customized by users and will enhance the organization of comments, making it easier to revisit feedback related to specific topics. This systematic approach will improve team efficiency and make discussions more productive, ultimately leading to better project outcomes.
Acceptance Criteria: Team members can effectively categorize their feedback on a project by using customized tags, which allows them to prioritize issues based on themes or topics discussed during a team meeting.

Given a project with existing feedback, when a user adds a feedback comment, then the user can create and assign one or more custom tags to that comment.

The tagging system allows team members to filter feedback based on specific tags, enabling them to focus on the most relevant issues during project discussions.

Given a list of feedback comments, when a user selects a specific tag from the filter options, then only comments that include that tag are displayed.

The tagging feature enhances collaboration by allowing team members to easily reference and address feedback related to specific topics during project reviews.

Given a set of feedback comments with various tags, when a user views feedback related to a particular tag, then the user can see all comments associated with that tag organized in a list format.

The tagging system must allow team members to edit or remove tags from their comments to ensure accurate categorization of feedback as priorities evolve.

Given a feedback comment with an assigned tag, when the user edits the comment, then the user can either change the tag to another existing tag or remove the tag completely.

Team members should receive notifications on updates to feedback comments that have been tagged, ensuring timely responses and keeping the team informed on critical changes.

Given a feedback comment that includes a tag, when a team member tags another user in the feedback comment, then that tagged user receives a notification about the feedback update.

The tagging feature should track the number of instances each tag is used across all feedback, providing insights into frequently discussed themes.

Given multiple feedback comments with various tags, when the user views the tag overview, then the user can see a count of how many times each tag has been used in feedback.

The user interface must support easy navigation and usage of the tagging system to encourage team members to utilize tags consistently in their feedback.

Given a project in the MarketGenius platform, when a user opens the feedback section, then the user should see clear options to create, select, and manage tags without confusion.

Feedback Summary Reports

User Story: As a project manager, I want to generate summary reports of feedback so that I can analyze team sentiment and identify areas for improvement in future projects.
Description: Create a reporting feature that compiles and summarizes feedback collected on project elements over specified periods. These reports will provide insights into recurring themes, prevalent concerns, and overall team sentiment regarding the project. The ability to generate these summaries will allow teams to assess the effectiveness of the feedback loop and make data-driven decisions for future projects. This feature enhances strategic planning and ensures that all voices are considered in the project lifecycle.
Acceptance Criteria: Feedback collection for a project review meeting.

Given that feedback has been collected from all team members, when the report is generated for the specified period, then it includes all relevant feedback entries categorized by project elements and stakeholders.

Review of generated feedback summary report by project leads.

Given that a feedback summary report has been generated, when the project leads review the report, then they should be able to see key themes and prevalent concerns highlighted clearly, with quantitative metrics included for each theme.

Team member access to feedback summary reports.

Given that the feedback summary report is created, when team members attempt to access the report, then they should be able to view it without any permissions errors, and the report contents should reflect the most recent feedback collected.

Automatic report generation based on specified time periods.

Given a defined time period set for feedback analysis, when the period concludes, then the system generates a feedback summary report automatically, documenting all feedback received during that time frame.

Quality checks for feedback data accuracy.

Given that the feedback summary report has been created, when a QA team member audits the report, then they should find that at least 95% of the feedback data aligns accurately with the original feedback inputs.

User interface for generating feedback summary reports.

Given that a user accesses the report generation feature, when they input the specified parameters and submit, then the system should return the feedback summary report within 2 minutes, ensuring usability and efficiency of the interface.

Task Management Dashboard

An intuitive dashboard that allows users to create, assign, and track tasks within their collaborative workspace. This feature helps teams prioritize their work, set deadlines, and visualize progress through kanban boards or lists. By providing clarity on responsibilities and timelines, it improves accountability and ensures that projects stay on track.

Requirements

Task Creation and Assignment

User Story: As a team leader, I want to create and assign tasks to my team so that everyone knows their responsibilities and can meet our project deadlines effectively.
Description: The Task Creation and Assignment requirement allows users to create new tasks within the Task Management Dashboard. Users can assign these tasks to team members, set deadlines, and provide descriptions to give clarity on objectives. This functionality enhances team collaboration by establishing clear responsibilities, prioritizing workloads, and ensuring everyone knows their tasks and deadlines. This feature integrates seamlessly with other MarketGenius components, such as notification systems that alert users of new assignments or upcoming deadlines, and reporting tools that allow managers to track progress and task completion rates.
Acceptance Criteria: User creates a new task within the Task Management Dashboard to improve team collaboration.

Given a logged-in user, when they navigate to the Task Management Dashboard and click the 'Create Task' button, then a form should appear that allows entry of task title, description, deadline, and assignee.

User assigns a task to a team member and sets a deadline for the completion.

Given a user is on the task creation form, when they fill in the task details and select a team member from the assignee dropdown, then the assigned team member should receive a notification about the new task.

User edits an existing task to update its details, including the deadline and assignee.

Given a user selects an existing task from the dashboard, when they change the task's deadline and assignee, then the updated details should be saved and reflected in the dashboard immediately.

User views all tasks assigned to them on the Task Management Dashboard.

Given a team member logs into the application, when they navigate to their tasks view, then they should see a list of all tasks assigned to them with their deadlines and statuses.

User marks a task as complete after finishing it.

Given a user clicks on a task marked as 'In Progress', when they select the 'Mark as Complete' option, then the task should move to the 'Completed' section of the dashboard and log the completion date.

User generates a report of task completion rates for the team.

Given a user accesses the reporting tools, when they select the 'Task Completion Rate' report, then the report should display the percentage of completed tasks versus total tasks assigned over a specified period.

User sets a reminder for a task deadline.

Given a user is viewing the task within the dashboard, when they select the 'Set Reminder' option and choose a reminder time, then the user should receive a notification at the specified time before the deadline.

Progress Visualization Tools

User Story: As a project manager, I want to visualize team progress on tasks so that I can quickly identify obstacles and adjust plans accordingly.
Description: The Progress Visualization Tools requirement enables users to view the status of tasks through various formats, including kanban boards and progress bars. Users can visually track task completion rates and overall project progress, which aids in identifying bottlenecks and areas needing attention. This feature helps in effective project management by providing real-time insights and a clear overview of the team's performance, thereby enabling better decision-making. Integration with performance analytics tools ensures that users can correlate task completion with overall project performance for more actionable insights.
Acceptance Criteria: Viewing Task Progress on Kanban Board

Given a user is on the Task Management Dashboard, when they select the Kanban view, then they should see all tasks displayed in columns representing different stages of progress such as 'To Do', 'In Progress', and 'Done'.

Tracking Performance with Progress Bars

Given a user has created tasks with deadlines, when they access the Progress Visualization Tools, then they should see progress bars indicating the completion percentage of each task alongside the overall project completion status.

Identifying Bottlenecks in Task Completion

Given a user is navigating the Progress Visualization Tools, when they analyze the completion rates on the Kanban board, then they should be able to highlight tasks that have not been updated in more than five days to identify potential bottlenecks.

Integrating Performance Analytics with Task Completion

Given a user is viewing the Progress Visualization Tools, when they correlate task completion with overall project performance metrics, then they should be able to view a visual report that shows how task completion affects key performance indicators in real-time.

Assigning and Tracking Tasks for Team Members

Given a user is on the Task Management Dashboard, when they assign a task to a team member, then the assigned task should immediately reflect in that team member’s dashboard and updates should sync in real-time.

Setting and Notifying Deadlines for Tasks

Given a user creates a new task with a deadline, when the deadline is approaching, then a notification should be sent to the assigned team member 24 hours prior to the deadline.

Deadline Reminders and Notifications

User Story: As a team member, I want to receive reminders for my task deadlines so that I can manage my time effectively and ensure timely completion of my responsibilities.
Description: The Deadline Reminders and Notifications requirement ensures that users receive timely alerts about upcoming deadlines for tasks they are responsible for. This feature sends reminders via email or in-app notifications, helping users stay organized and accountable. By improving adherence to deadlines, this capability reduces the likelihood of project delays and enhances overall team efficiency. It will also integrate with user calendars to offer additional scheduling assistance, making it easier for teams to manage overlapping tasks and commitments.
Acceptance Criteria: User receives a notification on the dashboard 24 hours before the deadline of a task they are assigned to.

Given a task with a deadline, When the current time is 24 hours prior to the deadline, Then the user shall receive a notification on the dashboard.

User receives an email reminder for a task 48 hours before its deadline.

Given a task with a deadline, When the current time is 48 hours prior to the deadline, Then the user shall receive an email reminder about the upcoming deadline.

User can configure reminder settings for receiving notifications at different intervals before a task's deadline.

Given a user in their settings, When the user selects their preferred notification intervals (e.g., 1 day, 3 days), Then the system shall save these preferences and update notification timings accordingly.

Notifications should be displayed in a prominent section of the dashboard for easy visibility.

Given the dashboard, When a task deadline is approaching, Then the notifications shall be displayed at the top of the dashboard in a distinct section.

User can integrate their task deadlines with their calendar application.

Given a user with an external calendar app linked, When a task deadline is set, Then the task deadline shall automatically populate in the user's external calendar.

User acknowledges and snoozes a notification for a task deadline.

Given a notification for an approaching deadline, When the user clicks 'snooze,' Then the notification shall be delayed according to the user’s chosen snooze period and reappear at the new time.

User accesses an overview of all upcoming deadlines in a summary view on the dashboard.

Given the user is on the dashboard, When they click on 'Upcoming Deadlines,' Then they shall see a summary list of all tasks with deadlines due within the next 7 days.

Task Comments and Collaboration

User Story: As a team member, I want to comment on tasks so that I can communicate updates and ask questions directly related to the tasks I'm working on.
Description: The Task Comments and Collaboration requirement allows users to leave comments on specific tasks, fostering greater interaction and teamwork. This feature enables team members to discuss tasks, provide updates, and share relevant information directly within the task interface. By facilitating communication, it seeks to minimize misunderstandings and keep everyone aligned on task objectives and progress. Integration with the chat feature in MarketGenius offers an additional communication channel, enhancing collaborative efforts across the team.
Acceptance Criteria: Task Comments and Collaboration - Adding a Comment to a Task

Given a user is viewing a task in the Task Management Dashboard, when they enter a comment in the comment box and click 'Post', then the comment should appear below the task with the timestamp and the user's name.

Task Comments and Collaboration - Editing a Comment

Given a user has posted a comment on a task, when they click the 'Edit' button next to their comment, update the text, and save it, then the modified comment should reflect the changes with a new timestamp.

Task Comments and Collaboration - Deleting a Comment

Given a user has posted a comment on a task, when they click the 'Delete' button next to the comment and confirm deletion, then the comment should be removed from the task view without error messages.

Task Comments and Collaboration - Viewing Comments in Real-Time

Given a user is viewing a task and another team member posts a comment, when the user is active in the interface, then the new comment should appear in real-time without needing to refresh the page.

Task Comments and Collaboration - Integrating with Chat Feature

Given a user wants to discuss a task, when they click the 'Chat' icon associated with the task, then the chat window should open with the task details available for reference during the discussion.

Task Comments and Collaboration - Notifications for New Comments

Given a user is assigned to a task, when a new comment is posted on that task, then the user should receive a notification in their notifications area indicating a new comment has been added.

Task Reporting and Analytics

User Story: As a project manager, I want to generate reports on task performance metrics so that I can make informed decisions regarding resource allocation and project timelines.
Description: The Task Reporting and Analytics requirement provides users with insightful reports on task completion rates, team performance, and workload distribution. This feature enables managers to analyze team productivity, identify trends over time, and evaluate individual contributions to projects. The reports can be customized and exported for further analysis, supporting data-driven decision-making within the organization. This requirement integrates with the overall analytics capabilities of MarketGenius to enhance strategic insights into team workflows and project execution.
Acceptance Criteria: Task Reporting and Analytics for Team Productivity Assessment

Given a user with managerial access, when they navigate to the Task Reporting and Analytics section, then they should see customizable reports on task completion rates, team performance, and workload distribution for the selected time frame.

Exporting Customized Reports

Given a user has generated a report in the Task Reporting and Analytics section, when they select the export option, then the report should be successfully downloaded in a CSV or PDF format without any loss of data.

Trend Analysis Over Time

Given a user selects a date range in the Task Reporting and Analytics section, when they view the report, then the system should display trends in task completion rates and team performance over that specified period.

Individual Contribution Evaluation

Given a user is reviewing team performance reports, when they select an individual team member's performance metrics, then the system should display detailed contributions and task completion rates for that individual.

Integration with Overall Analytics Capabilities

Given the Task Reporting and Analytics feature is being used, when data is generated, then the reports should seamlessly integrate with MarketGenius's overall analytics module, allowing for cross-functional insights.

User Interface and Usability Testing

Given a user has access to the Task Reporting and Analytics dashboard, when they interact with the interface, then they should find the dashboard easy to navigate with clear visual indicators for task progress and performance metrics.

Notification Alerts for Task Performance

Given a user opts to receive updates, when a task report is generated, then the user should receive a notification alert summarizing key performance metrics and trends identified in the report.

File Version Control

Automatically track changes and manage file versions within the collaborative workspace. This feature enables users to view, restore, or compare previous versions of files, reducing the risk of data loss and ensuring that all team members are working with the most updated documents. It provides peace of mind and enhances productivity by eliminating confusion over file changes.

Requirements

Automatic Change Tracking

User Story: As a team member, I want the system to automatically track all changes made to files so that I can understand the history of modifications and ensure I am working with the most accurate version.
Description: This requirement involves implementing functionality to automatically track any changes made to files within the collaborative workspace. Users will be able to see detailed logs of modifications, including who made the changes, what specific alterations were made, and when these changes occurred. The automatic tracking feature enhances accountability among team members, simplifies project management, and ensures that all modifications are accurately documented. This functionality is crucial for maintaining integrity and transparency in collaborative efforts, thus reducing the risk of errors and facilitating smoother team workflows.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses a document in the collaborative workspace and makes several edits, requiring the system to automatically track and log these changes in real-time.

Given a user has editing permissions, when they save changes to a document, then the system should automatically log details of the changes including the user’s ID, timestamp, and specifics of the alterations made.

Team members need to review changes made to a document over time, requiring a clear and accessible history of modifications.

Given a user requests the change history of a document, when they access the version control functionality, then they should see a comprehensive list of all previous versions with dates, user IDs, and a summary of changes made.

A user wants to revert a document to a previous version after noticing errors in the latest edits, necessitating the system’s ability to restore earlier versions.

Given a user is viewing a document’s change history, when they select a previous version and confirm restoration, then the system should revert the document to that selected version, preserving the current version in the change log.

The workspace manager requires a report of changes made to ensure accountability among team members, needing detailed logs accessible for audit purposes.

Given a workspace manager has access privileges, when they generate a report of document changes, then the system should provide a downloadable spreadsheet that includes user IDs, timestamps, and descriptions of all modifications made within a specified date range.

Multiple users are collaborating on a document simultaneously and need clarity on who made which edits, ensuring ownership of changes is clear.

Given multiple users are editing a document at the same time, when they save their changes, then the version control log should clearly indicate which user made each specific change, allowing for easy identification of contributions.

Version Comparison Tool

User Story: As a project manager, I want a version comparison tool so that I can easily review changes between file versions and decide on the best content to use moving forward.
Description: This requirement includes developing a tool that allows users to compare different versions of a file side by side. The comparison tool will visually highlight differences in text and allow users to easily identify changes, additions, or deletions between versions. This capability is essential for maintaining clarity on document evolution and will empower users to make informed decisions regarding which version to restore or retain. It serves to streamline the review process, reduce confusion, and enhance collaborative editing by making it easier for team members to share feedback and adjustments.
Acceptance Criteria: User opens the file version control interface to compare two versions of a document before making changes.

Given that the user has selected two versions of a document, When the user clicks the 'Compare Versions' button, Then the application displays both versions of the document side by side with differences highlighted clearly.

User reviews a comparison of document versions for modifications made by team members.

Given that differences are highlighted, When the user hovers over the highlighted changes, Then the tooltip displays a brief description of the change (addition, deletion, modification).

User is in the process of deciding which version of a file to restore after reviewing changes.

Given that the comparison tool shows highlighted differences, When the user clicks on an option to 'Restore this version', Then the system must return a confirmation message, and the selected version should be set as the current version of the document.

User wants to export the comparison results for further analysis with the team.

Given that the user is viewing the comparison of two versions, When the user clicks on the 'Export Comparison' button, Then a downloadable file containing the changes in a readable format (e.g., PDF, DOCX) should be generated.

User collaborates with another team member using the comparison tool to finalize changes.

Given that two users are viewing the comparison side by side, When one user adds comments to specific differences, Then the comments should be visible to both users in real-time and stored with the version history.

User seeks clarity on whether certain changes were made between versions due to past confusion.

Given that the user has selected a previously saved version and the current version, When viewing the comparison, Then all changes should clearly show what was added, deleted, or modified in a distinctly different color to avoid confusion.

User wants to ensure that all functions of the version comparison tool are accessible as needed.

Given that the user is interacting with the comparison tool on different devices (desktop, tablet, mobile), When the user navigates the tool, Then all functionality should be consistent and allow users to compare versions effectively without loss of features or data.

Restore Previous Versions

User Story: As a content creator, I want the ability to restore previous versions of my documents easily so that I can experiment with changes without the fear of losing my original content.
Description: The requirement entails creating a feature that enables users to restore any previous version of a file with a single click. Users will have the confidence to experiment with document changes, knowing they can revert to prior states if necessary. This capability minimizes anxiety about data loss and supports a more dynamic collaborative process. Implementing this restores not just files but also the productivity of teams who need reliable backups of their work, facilitating innovation and iterative design.
Acceptance Criteria: User initiates the file version control feature to restore a previous version of a document during a collaborative project meeting.

Given a user has multiple versions of a file available, when the user selects a previous version and clicks the 'Restore' button, then the system should successfully restore the selected version and confirm the restoration to the user.

A team member verifies the correct restoration of a file version after changes have been made by other collaborators.

Given that a user has restored a previous version of a document, when the user opens the restored version, then the content of the file should match exactly with the selected previous version and show a timestamp of the restoration.

User needs to compare the current file with an earlier version to evaluate changes made.

Given a user has access to multiple versions of a file, when the user selects 'Compare' on the current document to a previous version, then the system should display a side-by-side comparison highlighting differences and changes made between the versions.

A user accidentally makes a change to a file and wants to restore it during the editing process.

Given a user has made changes to a file, when the user clicks the 'Restore to Last Saved Version' option, then the previous state of the file should be restored without any changes applied after the last save point, ensuring no data loss.

The system allows bulk restoration of previous versions for a set of files within a project.

Given a user selects multiple files, when the user chooses 'Restore Previous Versions' and confirms the action, then all selected files should be restored to their last saved state prior to the confirmation, with a success message displayed for each file restored.

User accesses the restore feature from the file history during a collaborative session.

Given a user is within the file management interface, when the user navigates to the file history and selects a version to restore, then a confirmation dialog should appear, and upon confirming, the selected version should be restored, ensuring ease of use.

User Access Control for Versions

User Story: As a project administrator, I want to control who can access or restore file versions so that I can ensure sensitive information is only available to authorized team members.
Description: This requirement focuses on creating an access control mechanism that allows project administrators to define who can view or restore specific file versions. This feature ensures that sensitive information is protected and that only authorized personnel can make critical changes or view confidential documents. This level of access control is essential for maintaining security and compliance, particularly in collaborative environments, fostering a safe space for teamwork while regulating the handling of information.
Acceptance Criteria: Access Control for Viewing File Versions

Given the project administrator is logged into the collaborative workspace, when they navigate to the file version section, then they should be able to assign view permissions to specific users for selected file versions.

Access Control for Restoring File Versions

Given a user with restore permissions is viewing the file version history, when they select a previous version and confirm the restore action, then the system should successfully revert to that version and log the action in the version history.

Notification of Unauthorized Access Attempt

Given a user attempts to access a file version for which they do not have permission, when the access attempt occurs, then the system should trigger a notification to the project administrator detailing the attempt and the user involved.

Audit Trail for Access Control Changes

Given the project administrator changes access permissions for file versions, when the change is made, then the system should record the change in an audit log, including the user making the change and the timestamp.

User Experience for Setting Up Access Controls

Given the project administrator is setting up access controls for file versions, when they complete the setup process, then the system should reflect the new access controls accurately and allow users to test access to the defined file versions.

Integration with Existing User Roles

Given that user roles and permissions are already defined within the system, when the project administrator assigns access to file versions, then the access control should integrate seamlessly with existing roles without requiring additional configurations.

Visualization of Version Access Levels

Given the project administrator is managing file versions, when they look at the access controls, then the system should provide a clear visual representation of who has access to which versions, enabling quick assessment of permissions.

Notifications for New Versions

User Story: As a team member, I want to receive notifications when a new version of a file is created so that I can stay updated and ensure I’m working with the latest information.
Description: The requirement involves implementing a notification system that alerts users whenever a new version of a file is created. This real-time notification will keep all team members informed about updates, ensuring that everyone works on the latest version and enhancing overall collaboration and communication. The feature can be configured according to user preferences, allowing them to choose when and how they receive notifications, ensuring that the system's alerts align with their workflow.
Acceptance Criteria: User receives a real-time notification upon a new version of a shared document being created within the collaborative workspace.

Given a user is collaborating on a document, when a new version is created, then the user should receive a notification via their configured notification settings.

User can customize notification preferences for new file versions in their account settings.

Given a user accesses their notification settings, when they update their preferences for file version notifications, then the system should save these preferences and apply them immediately.

User is able to view a history of notifications for new file versions in their notification center.

Given a user has received multiple notifications for new file versions, when they access the notification center, then they should see a list of all received notifications displaying the file name, version number, and timestamp.

Notification will include a direct link to the newly created version of the document.

Given a user receives a notification about a new version, when they click on the notification, then they should be taken directly to the new version of the document in the collaborative workspace.

User can disable notifications for new file versions if desired.

Given a user is in their account settings, when they choose to disable notifications for file version updates, then the system should no longer send them such notifications in the future.

User receives a summary notification at the end of the day if multiple versions were created during the day.

Given multiple versions of documents are created throughout the day, when the end of the day is reached, then the user should receive a summary notification listing all newly created versions alongside their respective file names.

System logs and tracks all notifications sent for compliance and audit purposes.

Given that notifications have been sent for new file versions, when an admin accesses the notification log, then they should see an accurate record of all notifications sent, including user details and timestamps.

File Version Metadata

User Story: As a user, I want to see metadata for each file version so that I can quickly evaluate which version I need without opening each file.
Description: This requirement entails adding metadata to file versions that includes details such as version number, date of creation, author of the changes, and a brief description of the modifications made. This metadata will enable users to quickly assess the relevance and context of each version without needing to open the files. Providing this information enhances usability and ensures that users can make quick and informed decisions about file management, improving workflow efficiency.
Acceptance Criteria: User views a list of file versions in the collaborative workspace.

Given the user is in the version history section of a file, when they view the list of file versions, then they should see each version's number, date of creation, author, and a brief description of modifications made.

User restores a previous version of a file.

Given the user is in the version history section of a file, when they select a previous version and click restore, then the file should be restored to that version and a notification should confirm the restoration.

User compares two versions of a file.

Given the user is in the version history section of a file, when they select two versions to compare, then they should see a side-by-side view highlighting the differences in content along with the corresponding metadata for each version.

User assesses the relevance of a file version before deciding to restore it.

Given the user is in the version history section of a file, when they view the metadata for each version, then they should be able to determine which version to restore based on the date, author's name, and description of changes.

User searches for specific file versions within the version history.

Given the user is in the version history section of a file, when they enter a keyword or date in the search bar, then the system should filter the list of versions to display only those that match the search criteria.

User accesses the version history of multiple files in a project.

Given the user is viewing the project files, when they select a file to view its version history, then they should be able to navigate to the version histories of other files without losing their current context.

User receives notification upon creation of a new file version.

Given a new version of a file has been created, when the user is in the collaborative workspace, then they should receive a notification detailing the new version number, date, and author.

Customizable Workspace Views

Allow users to tailor their collaborative workspace layout and display settings based on personal or team preferences. This feature enhances user experience by enabling individuals to choose how they view and interact with project elements and communication threads, fostering a more personalized and effective workspace.

Requirements

Custom Layout Preferences

User Story: As a user, I want to customize my workspace layout, so that I can create a more personalized and efficient environment tailored to my specific workflow.
Description: This requirement enables users to define and save their preferred layout configurations for the collaborative workspace. Users will have the ability to select which project elements are prominently displayed, adjust the positioning of widgets, and customize how communications and tasks are organized. This flexibility allows users to create a tailored workspace that aligns with their personal workflow, ultimately enhancing productivity and user satisfaction. Integrating this feature with user profiles will ensure that preferences are retained across sessions, facilitating a seamless experience that adapts to individual needs.
Acceptance Criteria: User saves their preferred layout settings after customizing the workspace for a specific project.

Given a user has customized their workspace layout, When the user clicks on the 'Save Layout' button, Then the layout is saved successfully and a confirmation message is displayed.

User retrieves saved layout preferences upon returning to the workspace.

Given a user has saved their workspace layout, When the user logs out and logs back in, Then the user’s previous layout settings are automatically applied to their workspace.

User adjusts widget positioning and saves the new configuration within the workspace.

Given a user has modified the positioning of widgets in their workspace, When the user clicks 'Apply Changes', Then the new widget positions are saved and displayed correctly in the workspace.

User customizes notification settings and confirms they are applied to the project updates.

Given a user has customized their notification preferences, When updates occur in the project, Then the user receives notifications according to their specified settings.

User logs in from a different device and accesses the customized workspace layout.

Given a user has saved their workspace layout preferences on one device, When the user logs into their account on a different device, Then the workspace appears with the same customized layout settings.

User switches between different teams and retains layout preferences unique to each team.

Given a user is a member of multiple teams, When the user selects a different team from the team dropdown, Then the user’s workspace layout changes accordingly, reflecting the layout saved for that specific team.

Team Collaboration Settings

User Story: As a team leader, I want to set specific workspace views for my team members, so that they can focus on their tasks without being overwhelmed by unnecessary information.
Description: This requirement allows team members to configure their workspace settings collaboratively by assigning different views and permissions based on roles within the team. This means that project managers can customize views for team members according to their responsibilities—facilitating better communication and clarity around project elements. The implementation must include options for differentiating access rights and visibility, fostering a more effective team-oriented approach to workspace usage. By enhancing collaboration this way, teams can work more cohesively and reduce confusion associated with project management.
Acceptance Criteria: Team members can customize their workspace views based on individual preferences and roles to enhance collaboration on a project.

Given a user with team member permissions, when they access the workspace settings, then they should be able to select from at least three different customizable view options and save their preferences successfully.

Project managers determine specific visibility and access rights for each team member based on their roles in the project.

Given a user with project manager permissions, when they configure a team member's workspace settings, then they should be able to assign at least three different levels of access rights and save those settings without errors.

Team members can switch between different views to address various tasks and project requirements effectively.

Given a user assigned to a project, when they change their workspace view, then the new view should be reflected instantly and retain their settings for future sessions.

Collaboration is enhanced when team members can comment and provide feedback based on their customized workspace views.

Given a user with visibility to comment on projects, when they use their customized workspace view, then they should be able to add comments to project elements seamlessly without any lag or error.

The system allows for user feedback on their workspace customization experience to identify areas for improvement.

Given a user with access to the workspace, when they complete their workspace customization, then they should be prompted to provide feedback, which can be submitted to improve the feature further.

Team leaders can review the workspace configurations of all team members to ensure alignment with project goals.

Given a user with team leader permissions, when they access the team workspace settings, then they should be able to view and modify each team member's settings, ensuring they support the project's needs.

Adaptive View Modes

User Story: As a user, I want the system to suggest layout changes based on my current activities, so that I can work more efficiently and reduce the time spent adjusting my workspace.
Description: This requirement embraces adaptive view modes that automatically adjust the workspace layout based on user behavior and preferences. Machine learning algorithms will analyze user interactions and suggest optimal layouts that improve efficiency. Users will receive real-time recommendations to switch between different viewing modes—such as focused work, brainstorming, or project overview—tailored to their current tasks. This functionality aims to enhance user adaptability and efficiency, ensuring that individuals can easily transition between tasks while maintaining focus on relevant information.
Acceptance Criteria: User is working on a marketing campaign and switches to focused work mode to concentrate on content creation without distractions.

Given the user has enabled focused work mode, when they start a content creation task, then the workspace should automatically hide non-essential elements and provide only relevant tools and information.

A team is brainstorming ideas for a new marketing strategy and decides to switch to brainstorming mode to visualize their thoughts collectively.

Given the team has activated brainstorming mode, when they initiate a brainstorming session, then the workspace layout should adjust to display collaborative tools and a shared visual board for real-time input.

The user is managing multiple projects and wants to get a comprehensive overview of all tasks and deadlines in a single view.

Given the user selects project overview mode, when they access the workspace, then all active projects should be displayed with key deadlines and task statuses visible at a glance.

User frequently switches between tasks and requires recommendations for the best layout to enhance their productivity based on their usage patterns.

Given the user has interacted with various modes, when they access the workspace, then the system should present them with tailored recommendations for switching layouts that optimize their workflow.

An analytics report is due, and the user needs a streamlined view that prioritizes data analytics tools and performance metrics.

Given the user has opted for analytics mode, when they open the analytics report, then the workspace should emphasize relevant data visualization tools and highlight key performance indicators prominently.

Users want to customize their workspace views according to their tasks, ensuring they have the most effective layout for their current project.

Given the user accesses the customization settings, when they modify their workspace layout preferences, then those changes should be saved and applied automatically during future sessions.

A user struggles to keep track of information during intense project discussions and requires a distraction-free environment.

Given the user is in a project discussion, when they switch to distraction-free mode, then all notifications should be muted, and only essential communication threads should remain visible.

Save and Share Workspace Templates

User Story: As a user, I want to save my workspace configuration as a template, so that I can easily reuse it for future projects and share it with my team.
Description: This requirement enables users to save their customized workspace layouts as templates and share them with teammates. This feature promotes consistency across team projects and facilitates onboarding for new team members by providing them with well-defined workspace setups. Users can easily adapt existing templates to suit specific project needs while ensuring that all team members have access to optimized layouts for collaboration. This not only enhances productivity but also strengthens teamwork as members work from a shared, familiar structure.
Acceptance Criteria: Saving a Customized Workspace Layout for Future Use

Given a user has customized their workspace layout, when they click on the save button, then they should see a confirmation message stating the template has been saved successfully and it should appear in the user's list of saved templates.

Sharing Workspace Templates with Team Members

Given a user has a saved workspace template, when they select the template and click the share button, then an option to input team members' email addresses should appear, and those members should receive an email notification confirming access to the shared template.

Editing an Existing Workspace Template

Given a user has selected a previously saved workspace template, when they make modifications and click the save button, then the system should prompt to confirm whether to overwrite the existing template or save it as a new version.

Accessing Shared Workspace Templates

Given a team member has received a notification about a shared workspace template, when they log into the MarketGenius platform, then they should see the shared template in their list and be able to load it into their workspace.

Deleting a Workspace Template

Given a user has multiple saved workspace templates, when they select one and click on the delete button, then a confirmation dialog should appear, and upon confirmation, the template should be removed from their list of saved templates permanently.

Template Layout Consistency Across Different Users

Given multiple users are using the same workspace template, when they load the template, then all users should see the same layout and configuration settings as intended, ensuring consistency in the workspace.

Personalized Notifications for Workspace Activity

User Story: As a user, I want to customize my notification settings, so that I am only alerted about changes that matter to me, improving my focus and engagement with the workspace.
Description: This requirement introduces personalized notification settings that allow users to receive alerts related to changes in their customized workspace. Users can choose which updates are most relevant to them—such as mentions in communication threads, updates on project tasks, or changes in team member availability. This ensures users stay informed without being overwhelmed by unnecessary notifications, allowing them to engage actively with project developments. Implementing adjustable notification settings will contribute to a more engaging and user-focused workspace environment.
Acceptance Criteria: User A customizes their workspace settings in MarketGenius and selects specific notifications they wish to receive. They choose to receive notifications for mentions in the communication threads and updates on project tasks.

Given that User A has customized their notification settings, when a mention occurs in a communication thread or when a project task is updated, then User A should receive a distinct notification reflecting the relevant change in real-time.

User B does not want to receive updates on team member availability but wants updates on project tasks. They access the notification settings and deselect the team availability notifications.

Given that User B has deselected team member availability notifications, when a team member changes their availability status, then User B should not receive any notification regarding that update.

User C wants to ensure that personalized notifications are not missed during busy hours. They access the system settings to adjust the delivery schedule of notifications to a more convenient time.

Given that User C has adjusted the notification delivery schedule, when a relevant event occurs outside of normal working hours, then User C should receive the notification at their defined schedule, ensuring timely information delivery without disruption.

User D is collaborating with a team and wants to receive notifications for all updates in their workspace settings to stay fully informed.

Given that User D has selected to receive all types of notifications for the workspace activities, when any changes occur in the workspace, then User D should receive notifications for each change in real-time, ensuring they are aware of all project developments.

User E is overwhelmed with too many notifications and wants to fine-tune their settings for updates in specific projects only.

Given that User E has customized their notification preferences to focus on specific projects, when updates occur in those selected projects, then User E should receive notifications only for the related activities, minimizing unnecessary noise.

User F finishes setting their notification preferences and wants to test if they work correctly by simulating project updates.

Given that User F has saved their notification settings, when a simulation of project updates is performed, then User F should receive notifications based on the preferences they set, confirming that the settings work as intended.

Integrated Communication Tools

Embed chat and video conferencing functionalities directly into the collaborative workspace. This feature eliminates the need for external communication apps, allowing teams to discuss strategies, share ideas, and resolve queries instantly in the context of their ongoing projects. It enhances real-time collaboration and strengthens team cohesion.

Requirements

Real-time Messaging Integration

User Story: As a marketing team member, I want to have instant messaging capabilities within MarketGenius so that I can discuss strategies with my teammates without switching to another app, thus improving our collaboration and efficiency.
Description: This requirement involves the integration of a real-time messaging system into the MarketGenius platform, allowing users to communicate instantly without leaving the workspace. The messaging feature will support text, emojis, and file sharing, enabling seamless collaboration between team members. By incorporating this functionality, users can engage in discussions related to their ongoing projects, share insights quickly, and address questions in context. This integration enhances productivity, encourages teamwork, and streamlines communication workflows within the platform.
Acceptance Criteria: User initiates a real-time messaging conversation while working on a marketing campaign within MarketGenius, seeking immediate feedback from team members.

Given that a user is on the project workspace, when they click on the messaging icon and send a message, then the message should be delivered instantly to all relevant team members currently logged in.

A team member shares a file through the messaging system while discussing a project update in real-time, ensuring all participants can access the document simultaneously.

Given that a user is in a messaging conversation, when they upload a file, then all participants should receive a notification and be able to download the file without delay.

Multiple team members use emojis and text in a conversation to enhance their discussions about a new marketing strategy implemented in their campaign.

Given that a user sends a message containing emojis, when other users receive the message, then all emojis should be visible and render correctly in the chat interface.

A user wants to search for past messages in the real-time messaging system to refer back to a previous discussion about ad placements.

Given that a user accesses the messaging feature, when they enter a search term in the search bar, then the system should display all relevant messages containing that term sorted by date.

Users hold a video conference through the integrated messaging tool to discuss project timelines and task assignments without leaving the messaging interface.

Given that users are in a messaging conversation, when they click on the video call option, then a video conferencing session should start without requiring users to switch to a different application.

A user receives a notification for a new message while focused on another task within the MarketGenius workspace, ensuring they remain updated on communications without interruption.

Given that a user is working in a different section of the platform, when a new message is received, then they should see a pop-up notification indicating the message and the sender's name.

During a brainstorming session, team members use the real-time messaging feature to contribute their ideas instantly and see others' contributions in real-time.

Given that multiple users are active in a messaging conversation, when one user sends a message, then all other users should see the message appear in real-time without any delay.

Video Conferencing Capability

User Story: As a remote marketer, I want to schedule and host video conference calls within MarketGenius so that I can easily communicate and collaborate with my team without having to rely on external apps, ensuring productive discussions.
Description: The video conferencing capability requirement entails embedding a video call feature within the MarketGenius platform. This will allow users to conduct face-to-face meetings directly from their project workspace, facilitating deeper discussions and enhancing team interactions. The feature will include options for screen sharing and recording, contributing to more effective meetings and increased engagement during collaborative sessions. This functionality is critical in a remote work environment, as it fosters connections among team members and allows for clearer communication.
Acceptance Criteria: User initiates a video conference from the project workspace during a team strategy meeting.

Given the user is logged into MarketGenius and is in a project workspace, when the user clicks on the 'Start Video Call' button, then a video conferencing window should appear with options to enable or disable video and audio.

Team member wants to share their screen during a video conference to present project updates.

Given a video call is ongoing, when the user selects the 'Share Screen' option, then all participants should be able to see the selected screen in real-time without significant lag.

User wishes to record a video conference for future reference and sharing with team members who could not attend.

Given a video conference is in progress, when the user clicks on the 'Record' button, then the system should begin recording, and a notification should appear to all participants indicating the call is being recorded.

User attempts to join an ongoing video conference from their project workspace.

Given the video call is active, when the user clicks on the 'Join Video Call' link, then they should be seamlessly connected to the ongoing conference without needing to install additional software.

A user tests their video and audio before joining a scheduled video conference.

Given the user is in the video call interface, when they select the 'Test Audio and Video' option, then they should receive feedback on their audio and video quality, including options to adjust settings before joining the call.

A user wants to leave a video conference that is no longer needed.

Given the user is in a video conference, when they click on the 'Leave Call' button, then they should exit the conference and return to the project workspace without disruptions.

User encounters a connection issue during a video call and needs to rejoin.

Given the user is disconnected from the video call due to a connection issue, when they click on the 'Reconnect' button, then they should be able to rejoin the video conference without requiring a new call link.

File Sharing & Collaboration

User Story: As a team leader, I want to share important documents during our chats and video calls within MarketGenius so that my team can refer to relevant materials and enhance our discussions, leading to better outcomes.
Description: This requirement focuses on enabling users to share files and documents directly within the MarketGenius platform during communication sessions. Users will have the capability to drag and drop files into the chat or video conferencing window, making it convenient to share resources such as marketing assets, reports, or presentations. This feature enhances collaboration by ensuring all team members have access to the necessary materials in real time, thereby facilitating more informed discussions and efficient decision-making.
Acceptance Criteria: User initiates a video conference to discuss an ongoing marketing campaign with team members and wants to share a document during the call.

Given the user is in an active video conference, when they drag and drop a file into the video window, then the file is uploaded successfully and is accessible to all participants in the conference.

A user is in a chat session with colleagues and needs to share their latest marketing report quickly.

Given the user is in a chat session, when they drag and drop the marketing report file into the chat, then the report should be sent instantly to the chat history and all participants should receive a notification of the shared file.

Multiple users are collaborating on a project and need to access shared resources in real-time.

Given that multiple users are logged into a collaborative workspace, when one user uploads a shared marketing asset, then all users should see the file listed in the shared resources section within 2 seconds of upload.

A user attempts to share a large video file during a chat session that exceeds the maximum file size limit.

Given that the user is in a chat session and attempts to upload a file larger than the defined size limit, when they drag and drop the file, then the system should display an error message indicating the file size exceeds the allowed limit and prevent the upload.

User needs to confirm successful file sharing with their team members before concluding a video conference.

Given the user has shared a document during a video conference, when they ask team members if they received the file, then all team members should confirm successful receipt of the shared file before the conference ends.

A user tries to share a document in a chat session while experiencing poor internet connectivity.

Given the user is in a chat session with unstable internet connectivity, when they attempt to drag and drop a file, then the system should notify the user about the connectivity issue and provide options to retry or cancel the upload.

Integrated Notifications System

User Story: As a team member, I want to receive notifications about new messages and events in MarketGenius so that I can stay up to date with discussions and ensure I do not miss important information.
Description: The integrated notifications system will ensure that users receive alerts and notifications about new messages, upcoming meetings, and shared files within the platform. This requirement aims to improve user engagement by keeping all team members informed of important updates related to their projects. The notifications will be customizable, allowing users to set preferences for which alerts they want to receive, thereby enhancing the user experience and helping to manage time effectively.
Acceptance Criteria: User receives instant notifications for new messages when they are active in a project chat.

Given a user is active in a project chat, when a new message is received, then the user should see a popup notification within the application.

User is alerted for upcoming meetings scheduled within their team calendar.

Given a user has an upcoming meeting, when the meeting is within 10 minutes of start time, then the user should receive a reminder notification in the application and via email.

User customizes their notification preferences for messages and meetings.

Given a user accesses their notification settings, when they toggle the options for receiving chat message notifications and meeting alerts, then the system should save these preferences and only notify according to the selections.

User receives a notification for shared files in a project.

Given a user is part of a project, when a new file is shared in that project, then the user should receive an in-app notification indicating the new file and its uploader.

User checks notification history to view past notifications.

Given a user navigates to the notifications page, when they view their notification history, then they should see a list of all previous notifications with timestamps and details.

Notification sound alert functionality works when a new notification is received.

Given a user has sound notifications enabled, when a new notification is received, then the application should play the designated sound alert for that notification.

Users can mark notifications as read or unread.

Given a user is viewing their list of notifications, when they click on a notification, then the system should update its status to 'read' and provide an option to revert it back to 'unread'.

Contextual Help and Status Updates

User Story: As a new user, I want easy access to help resources and status updates about my teammates' availability in MarketGenius so that I can quickly learn how to use the communication tools and know when to reach out for collaboration.
Description: This requirement involves providing contextual help and status updates within the communication tools. Users will have access to a help feature that offers guidance on how to use messaging and video conferencing tools effectively. Additionally, users can see realtime status indicators showing whether team members are online, offline, or in a meeting, fostering better respect for each other's availability and improving collaboration.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the messaging tool within the collaborative workspace to seek help on how to utilize video conferencing features effectively.

Given that the user is on the messaging interface, when they click on the 'Help' icon, then they should see a pop-up containing step-by-step guidance for using video conferencing tools.

A user wants to know the availability of their team members before initiating a video call to ensure everyone can join.

Given that the user is in the messaging tool, when they view the team members' list, then each member's status should accurately reflect whether they are online, offline, or in a meeting, using color-coded indicators.

Team members are collaborating on a project and need quick access to guidance on effective communication tool usage while in a meeting.

Given that a team member is in a video conference, when they click the 'Help' button, then a side panel should appear with tips and best practices for using the conferencing features.

A user is uncertain if their status is correctly displayed to their team while they are in a meeting.

Given that the user is in a video meeting, when they check their status indicator, then it should show 'In Meeting' to other team members and confirm their availability accurately.

A new user explores the integrated communication tools for the first time and seeks to understand how to send messages and start a video call.

Given that a user is using the communication tools for the first time, when they hover over the messaging and video call icons, then tooltips should display concise explanations of each function.

A team is discussing their project status via chat and needs to share a quick status update without leaving the chat.

Given that a user is in the chat interface, when they click on the status update button, then they should be able to input and send a brief status update which reflects in their team members' status indicators immediately.

Users are collaborating and need to resolve queries immediately without switching to external applications for guidance.

Given that users are collaborating on a project, when they need assistance, then they should be able to access context-sensitive help without exiting the messaging or video conferencing interface, ensuring continuous workflow.

Progress Analytics Tracker

Monitor project performance and team contributions through analytics visualizations within the collaborative workspace. This feature allows users to gain insights into individual and team productivity, identifying bottlenecks and enabling informed adjustments to project strategies. It empowers teams to operate more efficiently and stay focused on their objectives.

Requirements

Data Visualization Dashboard

User Story: As a project manager, I want to view a customizable analytics dashboard so that I can monitor project performance and team contributions effectively, enabling me to make informed decisions and optimize our strategies.
Description: The Data Visualization Dashboard requirement involves creating an interactive analytics interface that provides users with real-time insights into project performance and team productivity. This dashboard will feature customizable charts and graphs that visually represent key performance indicators, enabling users to easily track progress, identify trends, and make data-driven decisions. Integration with existing project management tools will ensure that data is updated in real time, allowing for efficient monitoring and quick response to any bottlenecks or issues. By providing a clear visual representation of analytics, this requirement aims to enhance user engagement and facilitate better collaboration among team members.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Data Visualization Dashboard from the main interface of MarketGenius to monitor project performance and team productivity.

Given the user is logged into MarketGenius, When they navigate to the Data Visualization Dashboard, Then they should see an interactive dashboard displaying real-time data on project performance and team productivity.

A marketing team member customizes the displayed data on the dashboard to focus on specific key performance indicators (KPIs) relevant to their current project.

Given the user is on the Data Visualization Dashboard, When they select specific KPIs from a customizable options menu, Then the dashboard should dynamically update to reflect the selected KPIs through relevant charts and graphs.

Users collaborate in the Data Visualization Dashboard and discuss insights derived from the displayed analytics during a project meeting.

Given multiple users are viewing the Data Visualization Dashboard simultaneously, When one user highlights specific trends in the data, Then all other users should see the highlighted data and be able to interact with it in real-time.

The Data Visualization Dashboard receives updates from integrated project management tools regarding ongoing tasks and team contributions.

Given the Data Visualization Dashboard is integrated with a project management tool, When new task data or performance metrics are available, Then the dashboard should automatically refresh to include the latest information without manual refresh from the user.

The dashboard user needs to filter the displayed data to focus on specific team members’ contributions over a set period.

Given the user is viewing the Data Visualization Dashboard, When they apply filters for specific team members and a date range, Then the dashboard should update to show only the data related to the selected team members and timeframe.

A user exports the visual data analytics from the dashboard for offline analysis and reporting.

Given the user is on the Data Visualization Dashboard, When they select the option to export data, Then they should receive a downloadable file in their chosen format (e.g., CSV, PDF) containing the current dashboard data.

User Activity Tracking

User Story: As a team leader, I want to track user activity within our workspace so that I can identify individual contributions and optimize team dynamics, helping us improve our overall productivity.
Description: This requirement focuses on implementing an activity tracker that logs user interactions within the collaborative workspace. The User Activity Tracking feature will monitor individual and team actions, capturing data such as tasks completed, time spent on activities, and collaboration frequency. This information will be visualized through performance reports, highlighting productivity patterns and engagement levels. By understanding user activity, teams can identify high-performing members, allocate resources appropriately, and provide support where needed. This feature addresses the need for accountability and transparency among team members, fostering a culture of collaboration and continuous improvement.
Acceptance Criteria: User logs in to the MarketGenius platform and navigates to the collaborative workspace.

Given the user is logged into their MarketGenius account, when they access the collaborative workspace, then the system should display a user activity log that includes tasks completed, time spent on activities, and collaboration frequency.

A project manager reviews user activity reports to measure team productivity.

Given the project manager accesses the performance reports feature, when they select a specific time period, then the system should generate a report showing each team member’s contributions and overall productivity metrics during that period.

An individual user evaluates their own productivity over the past week.

Given the user is in their profile section, when they request their productivity analytics for the past week, then the system should present a detailed summary of their completed tasks, hours logged, and collaboration instances with teammates.

The team identifies bottlenecks during a sprint review meeting using user activity data.

Given that the team is in a sprint review meeting, when they discuss reported metrics from the activity tracker, then the discussion should highlight specific bottlenecks by analyzing individual user contributions and identifying areas needing improvement.

New team members join the project and need to understand existing productivity dynamics.

Given a new team member accesses the activity tracker for the first time, when they view the user activity log, then the system should provide an onboarding tutorial on how to interpret the analytics visualizations and reports available.

A user wants to export their activity data from the platform for external analysis.

Given the user has selected the option to export their activity data, when they finalize the export process, then the system should provide a downloadable file in CSV format containing their activity logs as specified.

The admin wants to monitor overall team engagement for a specific project.

Given the admin accesses the overall team engagement metric feature, when they select the specific project, then the system should display a dashboard with aggregated data on tasks completed and collaboration activities for all team members involved in that project.

Customized Reporting Features

User Story: As a marketing director, I want to generate customized performance reports so that I can present tailored insights to our stakeholders and support data-driven decision-making throughout the project lifecycle.
Description: The Customized Reporting Features requirement entails allowing users to create personalized reports based on selected metrics and timeframes. Users will have the capability to generate reports that focus on significant performance indicators relevant to their specific projects, enabling them to derive insights tailored to their unique needs. This feature will facilitate better strategic planning and review processes, as users will be able to share these reports with stakeholders to demonstrate progress and outcomes. The integration of report scheduling and distribution will further enhance its utility, making it an indispensable tool for regular performance assessment and strategic adjustments.
Acceptance Criteria: User creates a customized report selecting specific metrics and a defined timeframe while identifying key performance areas of focus for their project performance assessment.

Given a user is logged into MarketGenius, When they select ‘Create Report’, Then they can choose from a list of available metrics and specify a date range, and a customized report should be generated based on their selections.

User shares the customized report with team members and stakeholders to communicate project outcomes and progress effectively after the report is generated.

Given a customized report has been created, When the user clicks on ‘Share’, Then they can enter multiple email addresses and choose formats (PDF, Excel), and the report should be sent to the specified recipients successfully.

User schedules a customized report to be generated and delivered periodically to assess ongoing project performance.

Given a user is on the customized report page, When they select ‘Schedule Report’, Then they can specify the frequency (daily, weekly, monthly) and the report should be automatically generated and emailed according to the schedule without manual intervention.

User wants to review analytics trends over different time frames to adjust their marketing strategy accordingly.

Given a user has access to the analytics dashboard, When they select metrics and time frames, Then the dashboard should display visual representations (graphs, charts) of report data reflecting these choices accurately and interactively.

User modifies an existing scheduled report to update metrics or frequency based on changing project requirements.

Given a user has a scheduled report set up, When they edit the report settings and save the changes, Then the report should reflect the updated specifications and send at the modified frequency.

User utilizes performance insights from the customized report to inform strategic decision-making within their team.

Given a customized report shows key performance indicators, When stakeholders review these insights, Then they should be able to provide feedback and discuss potential strategic adjustments based on this report within the collaborative workspace.

User desires to generate a customized report for a specific marketing campaign by filtering metrics that specifically reflect that campaign’s success.

Given the user initiates a report creation, When they select metrics relevant to their specific marketing campaign, Then the report should present filtered data that specifically corresponds to that campaign's performance, highlighting its impact and results.

Team Collaboration Metrics

User Story: As a team member, I want to access collaboration metrics so that I can understand how our interactions contribute to project success and work on improving our teamwork.
Description: The Team Collaboration Metrics requirement aims to implement a set of analytics focused on measuring collaboration effectiveness within the team. This feature will track metrics such as communication frequency, meeting durations, and shared resources, providing insights into how well team members are working together toward common goals. The analysis will be visualized through easy-to-understand graphs, allowing team leaders to pinpoint areas for improvement and foster a more collaborative team environment. By emphasizing collaboration metrics, this requirement will support a culture of teamwork and promote strategies for enhancing collective output.
Acceptance Criteria: View Team Communication Frequencies Over Time.

Given a user accesses the Progress Analytics Tracker, when they select the communication frequency metrics, then they should see a graph that displays the number of communications per team member over the past month.

Analyze Meeting Durations by Team Members.

Given a user is in the collaborative workspace, when they navigate to the meeting duration section, then they should see the average meeting duration for each team member displayed in a bar chart.

Visualize Shared Resource Usage Among Team Members.

Given a team leader accesses the resource usage analytics, when they view the shared resources graph, then they should see which team members have accessed shared files and the frequency of access.

Identify Bottlenecks in Team Collaboration.

Given a user looks at the analytics dashboard, when they filter by communication and meeting durations, then they should receive alerts on team members who have lower collaboration metrics, highlighting potential bottlenecks.

Generate Weekly Collaboration Reports.

Given a user initiates a report generation, when they select the date range for the past week, then the system should create a report summarizing collaboration metrics, including communications, meetings, and resource usage.

Receive Notifications for Collaboration Declines.

Given a user sets up alerts, when the system detects a drop in any collaboration metric compared to the previous week, then it should send an automatic notification to the team leader.

Display Collaboration Trends Over Multiple Months.

Given a user accesses the trend analysis page, when they choose a date range extending over several months, then the system should display a line graph indicating collaboration effectiveness trends over that period.

Bottleneck Identification Alerts

User Story: As a project coordinator, I want to receive alerts about potential bottlenecks in our projects so that I can address issues promptly and keep our timelines on track.
Description: The Bottleneck Identification Alerts feature will automatically analyze project data to detect potential bottlenecks in workflows or team member contributions. This requirement involves implementing algorithms that monitor project timelines, task completion rates, and workload balances, providing timely alerts to users when signs of slow progress or inefficiency are detected. The automatic alert system will enable teams to address issues proactively, ensuring smoother project execution and resource management. By minimizing delays, this feature aims to enhance the overall efficiency of project management efforts.
Acceptance Criteria: Team members receive alerts for any detected slow progress in task completion during a project sprint, prompting them to assess and make necessary adjustments to their workload.

Given the project is running, when the task completion rate drops below the predefined threshold, then an alert is sent to all team members involved with that task.

Project managers are notified when project timelines are at risk due to identified bottlenecks, allowing them to initiate corrective actions promptly.

Given the project timeline is being monitored, when a task is overdue by more than 2 days and no progress is reported, then a notification is sent to the project manager's dashboard.

The system monitors workload balance among team members and alerts when any member exceeds a 90% capacity threshold, indicating a potential risk of burnout or inefficiency.

Given the workload balance is monitored in real-time, when any team member's allocated hours exceed 90%, then an alert is generated and sent to both the team member and lead.

The alerts include actionable insights, guiding team members on how to mitigate identified bottlenecks effectively.

Given a bottleneck alert is triggered, when the alert is displayed, then it provides at least three suggested actions to alleviate the issue based on historical data.

Users are able to customize alert settings based on their roles and preferences, ensuring they receive relevant notifications without overwhelming their inboxes.

Given the user is in the settings page, when they adjust their alert preferences, then the system saves those preferences and applies them to future alerts accordingly.

Once an alert has been acknowledged, users can mark it as resolved, allowing the system to log the resolution and analyze the effectiveness of the intervention.

Given an alert is displayed, when the user marks it as resolved, then the alert is updated in the system log indicating the status change and the user who resolved it.

Guided Setup Paths

This feature offers tailored onboarding pathways based on user profiles, guiding new users through a personalized setup experience. By assessing users' business needs and marketing goals, it simplifies the process and ensures that users can efficiently navigate the features they need, empowering them to achieve results faster.

Requirements

Personalized User Assessment

User Story: As a new user, I want to answer a few questions about my business and marketing goals so that I can receive personalized setup recommendations that fit my needs.
Description: The requirement entails implementing a dynamic user assessment tool that gathers information about new users' business types, marketing objectives, and prior experience in digital marketing. This tool will drive the onboarding pathways by analyzing collected data and suggesting the most relevant setup paths, significantly easing the learning curve for new users and ensuring they begin with a personalized framework that addresses their specific needs and objectives. It will integrate seamlessly with the existing user profile management system to deliver a cohesive and individualized user experience, ultimately reducing time to value for new users.
Acceptance Criteria: User completes the personalized user assessment upon their first login and receives a tailored setup path based on their input.

Given a new user logs into the platform for the first time, when they complete the personalized user assessment, then they should receive a tailored setup path that matches their business type and marketing objectives.

The assessment tool successfully collects user data regarding business type and marketing goals, leading to the generation of a relevant setup path.

Given a user responds to all assessment questions, when the data is submitted, then the system should generate a personalized setup path based on the collected information without errors.

Users can view and follow their suggested setup path after completing the personalized assessment.

Given a user has completed the personalized user assessment, when they navigate to the onboarding section, then they should see the suggested setup path displayed clearly and accessibly for immediate use.

The assessment tool is integrated seamlessly with the existing user profile management system.

Given the user assessment tool is integrated, when a user completes their assessment, then their preferences and information should be automatically saved to their user profile without requiring additional input.

Users receive relevant recommendations based on their assessment inputs within 5 seconds of completing the personalized assessment.

Given a user completes the assessment, when the system processes the input data, then the recommendations should be displayed within 5 seconds, confirming the speed and efficiency of the assessment tool.

Users with varying levels of digital marketing experience find the guidance provided by the assessment tool helpful and constructive.

Given users with different digital marketing backgrounds take the assessment, when prompted for feedback, at least 80% of users should rate the guidance as 'helpful' or 'very helpful' within a post-assessment survey.

The assessment tool is accessible and user-friendly for users of all technical skill levels.

Given a user who is not tech-savvy interacts with the assessment tool, when they navigate through the assessment, then they should be able to complete it without assistance, indicating high usability.

Step-by-Step Guidance

User Story: As a user, I want to receive visual step-by-step instructions as I set up my account so that I can better understand how to use the platform effectively without feeling overwhelmed.
Description: This requirement focuses on developing an interactive, step-by-step setup guidance feature that visually aids users as they navigate through the onboarding process. Each step will present concise instructions, tooltips, and video tutorials that align with the selected personalized pathway, ensuring users confidently complete each stage of their setup. The feature will allow for real-time feedback and progress tracking, enhancing the onboarding experience, reducing user frustration, and ensuring comprehensive understanding and engagement with the platform’s capabilities.
Acceptance Criteria: Step-by-step guidance for new users during onboarding process

Given a new user begins the onboarding process, when they select a tailored setup path, then they should see a progress tracker that visually represents their current step in the setup process along with a brief description of the next step.

Interactive tooltips provide assistance at each setup step

Given a user is on a setup step, when they hover over any element, then they should receive tooltips that offer concise explanations and guidance relevant to that specific element.

Video tutorials available for each setup step

Given a user is completing their setup, when they request additional help, then the system should provide a video tutorial that corresponds to their current setup step and can be played inline.

Real-time feedback on setup progress

Given a user has completed a setup step, when they submit their progress, then the system should provide immediate feedback indicating whether the step was completed successfully or if any corrections are needed.

Completion confirmation for each setup pathway

Given a user has finalized all steps in a setup pathway, when they reach the final step, then they should receive a confirmation message acknowledging successful completion of their setup and suggesting next steps for using the platform.

User engagement tracking for onboarding effectiveness

Given a user is navigating through the onboarding process, when their interaction time or engagement falls below a defined threshold, then the system should trigger an automated prompt offering additional support or resources.

Personalized guidance based on user selections

Given a new user selects their specific industry and marketing goals, when they initiate their onboarding process, then the system should adapt the step-by-step guidance content to align with these selections, ensuring relevance and usability.

Progress Tracking Dashboard

User Story: As a new user, I want a dashboard that shows my progress in the setup process so that I can easily see what I've completed and what I still need to do.
Description: The requirement involves creating a Progress Tracking Dashboard that provides users an overview of their onboarding journey, highlighting completed steps and remaining tasks. This dashboard will act as a motivational tool, encouraging completion by visually depicting progress and suggesting next actions based on where users are in their setup path. It will integrate with the existing analytics framework, allowing users to see their engagement levels and timelines compared to established benchmarks, thus fostering a sense of achievement and encouraging consistent platform use.
Acceptance Criteria: User views their onboarding progress for the first time after signing up for MarketGenius.

Given the user has completed their profile, when they access the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then they see a visual representation of their onboarding journey with completed steps highlighted and remaining tasks listed.

User interacts with the Progress Tracking Dashboard to get suggestions for their next actions.

Given the user’s onboarding steps are tracked, when they view the dashboard, then the system suggests the next action tailored to their current progress and goals, ensuring relevance to their setup path.

User compares their onboarding completion rate against established benchmarks within the Progress Tracking Dashboard.

Given the user is on the Progress Tracking Dashboard, when they look for engagement comparisons, then they can see their progress percentage alongside industry benchmarks for similar users.

User completes all steps in the onboarding process and reflects on their journey via the Progress Tracking Dashboard.

Given the user has completed all onboarding steps, when they revisit the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then they receive a congratulatory message along with an option to explore advanced features.

User faces challenges in their onboarding journey and seeks assistance through the Progress Tracking Dashboard.

Given the user is on the Progress Tracking Dashboard, when they encounter a task they need help with, then they can access tutorial resources or customer support options directly from the dashboard.

User re-engages with the Progress Tracking Dashboard after an initial visit.

Given the user has previously accessed the Progress Tracking Dashboard, when they return after a week, then the dashboard reflects new updates and insights based on their progress during that period.

Feedback Mechanism

User Story: As a user, I want to provide feedback after completing each setup step so that the onboarding process can improve based on my experience and suggestions.
Description: This requirement outlines the integration of a feedback mechanism that prompts users to share their experience after completing each phase of the onboarding process. This mechanism will utilize quick surveys and ratings to gather insights on the clarity and effectiveness of the provided guidance. Collected feedback will be analyzed to improve future iterations of onboarding paths, ensuring a continuous cycle of enhancement and optimization of user experience. It will also help the support team identify common pain points faced by users during onboarding, allowing for targeted improvements.
Acceptance Criteria: User completes the onboarding phase and receives a feedback prompt.

Given the user has completed the onboarding phase, when the feedback prompt appears, then the user should be able to submit a rating on a scale of 1 to 5 and answer an open-ended question about their experience.

User responds to the feedback survey after onboarding.

Given the user has clicked on the feedback survey link, when the user submits their feedback, then the system should successfully record the feedback and show a confirmation message.

User encounters a roadblock during onboarding.

Given a user experiences a common issue while setting up, when they provide feedback regarding the problem, then the feedback mechanism should categorize this feedback as a 'pain point' for analysis.

Feedback collected over a month is analyzed for onboarding improvements.

Given feedback submissions from users, when the data is analyzed, then actionable insights should be compiled and presented in a report for the product team to review.

User needs clarity on a specific onboarding step.

Given the user is uncertain about a step, when they provide feedback indicating a lack of clarity, then the feedback should trigger an automatic notification to the support team for immediate review.

User feedback leads to an updated onboarding path.

Given user feedback indicates consistent issues with a specific onboarding step, when the product team evaluates the feedback, then an updated onboarding path should be created to address the identified issues.

Feedback mechanism effectiveness is evaluated.

Given the feedback mechanism is in place, when the effectiveness is measured after a quarter, then a minimum of 70% of users should report satisfaction with the onboarding process based on their feedback submissions.

Integration with Marketing Tools

User Story: As a new user, I want to connect my existing marketing tools during setup so that I can seamlessly integrate them into my new marketing strategies without redundant work.
Description: This requirement focuses on developing integration capabilities with popular marketing tools and platforms that new users might already be utilizing or interested in. By providing options to sync or connect to email clients, social media platforms, and other marketing resources directly during the setup process, we ensure that new users can immediately leverage existing investments in tools they are familiar with. This integration will not only streamline workflow but enhance the overall marketing automation experience on MarketGenius.
Acceptance Criteria: User initiates the Guided Setup Path and selects 'Connect Marketing Tools' during the onboarding process.

Given the user is logged into MarketGenius, when they select the 'Connect Marketing Tools' option in the setup path, then they should be presented with a list of supported email clients and social media platforms to connect to.

User chooses their preferred email client for integration in the Guided Setup Path.

Given the user has selected an email client from the list, when they provide the necessary authentication details, then their email client should be successfully integrated and a confirmation message should be displayed.

User selects a social media platform to integrate while setting up their account.

Given the user selects a social media platform from the integration options, when the user completes the authentication process, then the social media account should be connected and ready for campaign automation with a success notification.

User completes the setup process and checks integrations in the dashboard.

Given the user has successfully connected their marketing tools during onboarding, when they navigate to the dashboard, then they should see the connected tools and their operational status displayed correctly.

User attempts to integrate an unsupported marketing tool during setup.

Given the user selects a marketing tool that is not supported, when they attempt to connect it, then they should receive a clear message indicating that the integration is not available at this time.

User needs help while integrating their marketing tools during setup.

Given the user encounters an issue or needs assistance, when they click on the help option during the setup process, then they should be presented with FAQs or a contact support option to resolve their issues.

Interactive Feature Demos

Users can access interactive demos of key features within MarketGenius during onboarding. This engaging approach allows new users to visualize how each function works in real time, helping them understand the platform’s capabilities and quickly determine how to leverage the tools for their specific strategies.

Requirements

Interactive Demo Access

User Story: As a new user, I want to access interactive demos of key features so that I can understand how to use the platform effectively and apply its tools to my specific marketing strategies.
Description: The Interactive Demo Access requirement allows users to independently explore various features of MarketGenius through guided interactive demos during the onboarding process. This feature will facilitate a deeper understanding of the platform's capabilities by providing hands-on experience with tools like campaign automation, content generation, and analytics visualization. Users will be able to interact with simulated environments where they can practice using different functionalities in a risk-free setting. This requirement is vital because it enhances user engagement, supports knowledge retention, and accelerates the onboarding process, ultimately leading to improved user satisfaction and retention rates.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the onboarding process of MarketGenius for the first time and engages with the interactive demo for campaign automation.

Given that the user is logged into MarketGenius and requests the onboarding demo, when they initiate the interactive demo for campaign automation, then they should be able to navigate through all steps without encountering errors and successfully complete the demo with visual feedback showing successful completion.

User attempts to access the interactive demo for content generation while experiencing a slow internet connection.

Given that the user has a slow internet connection, when they access the interactive demo for content generation, then the system should load the demo within 10 seconds, allowing the user to proceed without significant delays, accompanied by a loading indicator.

A user completes the interactive demo for analytics visualization and provides feedback based on their experience.

Given that the user finishes the analytics visualization demo, when prompted for feedback, then they should be able to submit a rating and comments, with the system logging this feedback for review and improving future demos.

New user logs in and starts the onboarding process, choosing the demo for campaign automation first.

Given a new user on their first login, when they select the interactive demo for campaign automation, then the demo must initiate automatically within 5 seconds, providing context-sensitive help throughout the process.

User interacts with the demo for all available features during their onboarding process.

Given that a user is exploring all interactive demos, when they finish the demo for campaign automation and transition to the next demo, then they should not lose their progress and must receive a summary of their interactions after completing all demos.

A user attempts to access an interactive demo from a mobile device during onboarding.

Given that the user accesses MarketGenius from a mobile device, when they select the interactive demo option, then the demo should be fully functional with all features accessible and properly formatted for mobile usage.

Multiple users access the interactive demo simultaneously during a planned onboarding session.

Given that multiple users are accessing the interactive demos at the same time, when the onboarding session is initiated, then response time for each demo should be under 3 seconds and no server errors should occur during the usage period.

Progress Tracking for Demos

User Story: As a user, I want to track my progress through the interactive demos so that I can easily pick up where I left off and ensure I complete the onboarding process.
Description: The Progress Tracking for Demos requirement enables users to monitor their advancement through the interactive demos. This functionality will allow users to track which demos they have completed, where they left off, and what is still pending. By implementing a user-friendly dashboard that visually represents their progress, users can easily resume learning without losing context. This feature enhances user experience by providing personalized guidance and ensuring users feel a sense of accomplishment as they navigate through the onboarding material, which is crucial for fostering long-term engagement.
Acceptance Criteria: User accessing progress tracking through the onboarding dashboard

Given a user has logged into MarketGenius, When they access the onboarding dashboard, Then they should see a visually represented progress bar indicating their completion status of interactive demos.

User tracking completed interactive demos

Given a user has completed several interactive demos, When they check their progress tracking, Then the completed demos should be marked as such and removed from the pending list.

User resuming an incomplete demo

Given a user has started an interactive demo but has not completed it, When they return to the onboarding dashboard, Then they should see an option to resume the demo from where they left off.

User receiving feedback on demo completion

Given a user completes an interactive demo, When the demo concludes, Then the user should receive instant feedback and encouragement through a pop-up message indicating their demo completion.

User monitoring overall onboarding progress

Given a user is navigating through multiple interactive demos, When they view their progress tracking, Then they should see an overall percentage completion metric representing their total onboarding progress.

User accessing help for any demo

Given a user is participating in an interactive demo, When they encounter difficulties or have questions, Then they should have access to a help option that provides contextual assistance related to the demo.

Feedback Collection Mechanism

User Story: As a user, I want to provide feedback on the interactive demos so that my insights can help improve the experience for future users.
Description: The Feedback Collection Mechanism requirement establishes a system for users to provide feedback on the interactive demos after completing them. This feature will allow users to rate their experience, suggest improvements, and report any difficulties they encounter during the demos. The feedback will be gathered through brief surveys and integrated into the analytics dashboard for insights and actionability. This requirement is critical for continuously enhancing the demo experience, addressing user pain points, and making data-driven improvements to the platform's onboarding process.
Acceptance Criteria: User completes the interactive demo of a key feature and accesses the feedback form immediately after finishing the demo.

Given the user has completed an interactive demo, when they are presented with the feedback form, then they should be able to rate their experience from 1 to 5 stars and provide optional comments.

Users view and interact with the brief survey after engaging with the demos provided by MarketGenius.

Given the user selects the feedback option post-demo, when the feedback survey is displayed, then it should load within 2 seconds, ensuring quick accessibility without delays.

Users report difficulties encountered during the interactive demos through the feedback mechanism.

Given the user has the option to report difficulties, when they select the 'Report Issue' checkbox and submit the survey, then their input should be captured in the analytics dashboard as a separate entry for review.

New users review their feedback submissions to verify successful recording.

Given the user submits their feedback, when they navigate back to the interactive demo summary page, then they should see a confirmation message indicating their feedback was successfully received.

The analytics dashboard displays summarized feedback data from users who completed the demos.

Given multiple users have submitted feedback, when the analytics dashboard is accessed, then it should present aggregated ratings and common feedback trends in a visual format, such as graphs or charts.

Demo Integration with Help Center

User Story: As a user, I want to access relevant Help Center resources while using the interactive demos so that I can deepen my understanding and resolve any questions I have immediately.
Description: The Demo Integration with Help Center requirement integrates the interactive demos with the existing Help Center resources. This feature will provide context-sensitive help links within the demos that direct users to relevant articles, tutorials, or videos related to the feature they are exploring. This integration aims to enhance the educational value of the demos by allowing users to easily find additional resources and deepen their understanding of specific functionalities. By ensuring that users have access to comprehensive support, this requirement promotes self-service learning and extends the value of the onboarding process.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses an interactive demo of the email campaign feature and clicks on the help link for additional resources.

Given the user is on the interactive demo for email campaigns, when they click on the contextual help link, then they should be redirected to the relevant Help Center article for email campaigns.

User completes the demo for social media ads and wants to learn more about crafting ad copy using AI suggestions.

Given the user has finished the social media ad demo, when they click on the help link, then the user is presented with a tutorial video about using AI for ad copy.

User is using the demo for performance analytics and seeks additional insights on interpreting analytics data.

Given the user is on the performance analytics demo, when they click on the help link, then they should see a list of related FAQs addressing common analytics interpretation questions.

User engages with the demo for landing page design and questions how to optimize landing pages for conversion.

Given the user is viewing the landing page design demo, when they click the contextual help link, then they should be directed to articles on best practices for landing page optimization.

User interacts with the demo of the reporting feature and wants to understand how to generate customized reports.

Given the user is in the reporting demo, when they click on the help link, then they are taken to a detailed guide on generating customized performance reports.

A user completes the demo for automated email sequences and needs clarification on setup.

Given the user is on the automated email sequence demo, when they click the contextual help link, then they are provided with links to setup articles that guide the user through each step.

User finishes the demo for audience segmentation and is interested in advanced segmentation techniques.

Given the user has completed the audience segmentation demo, when they click the help link, then they are directed to a relevant tutorial on advanced segmentation strategies.

Interactive Demo Customization Options

User Story: As a user, I want to customize my interactive demo experience so that I can prioritize learning the features that are most relevant to my marketing needs.
Description: The Interactive Demo Customization Options requirement allows users to personalize their demo experience by selecting which features they wish to focus on during onboarding. Users will have the ability to customize their demo pathways based on their specific needs and marketing strategies, allowing for a more relevant and impactful learning experience. This requirement is vital for catering to diverse user preferences and business types, ensuring that the product remains adaptable and user-centered, ultimately leading to higher satisfaction rates and more effective use of the platform's capabilities.
Acceptance Criteria: User selects specific features to focus on during the onboarding process to customize their interactive demo experience.

Given a user is in the onboarding section of MarketGenius, when they access the interactive demo customization options, then they should be able to select from a list of available features to include in their demo, and the system should save their selections for the demo session.

User receives relevant information based on the features they selected for their interactive demo.

Given a user has selected specific features for their demo, when they navigate through the demo, then the content presented should be relevant to the selected features and tailored to address how those features can integrate into their marketing strategy.

User can preview the customized demo before starting the actual demo session.

Given a user has made feature selections for their demo, when they click on the 'Preview Demo' button, then they should see a summary of their selected features and a visual representation of how the demo will proceed.

User is able to save their customized demo settings for future use.

Given a user has customized their interactive demo selections, when they click the 'Save Settings' button, then their selections should be saved and retrievable for their next demo session.

User can provide feedback on the interactive demo customization experience after completing their demo.

Given a user has finished their customized interactive demo, when they are prompted to provide feedback, then they should be able to fill out a survey rating their experience and suggesting improvements for the customization options.

Different user roles have access to different levels of customization in the interactive demo.

Given a user logs in with a specific role (e.g., administrator, marketer), when they access the interactive demo customization, then they should see features available according to their role's permissions, ensuring an appropriate level of customization.

Milestone Tracker

The Milestone Tracker provides users with a visual representation of their onboarding progress. As users complete various setup steps, they earn milestones that celebrate achievements, keeping them motivated and engaged. This feature ensures users are aware of their onboarding status and encourages them to complete the process.

Requirements

Milestone Creation

User Story: As a new user, I want to see clear milestones during my onboarding so that I can track my progress and feel motivated to complete the setup process.
Description: This requirement enables users to create specific milestones for their onboarding process in the Milestone Tracker. Each milestone serves as a goal that users can work towards, fostering a sense of achievement and motivation. The feature integrates seamlessly with the onboarding checklist, allowing users to visualize their progress as they complete tasks related to each milestone. This clarity helps in maintaining user engagement and ensuring that users remain focused on completing their onboarding tasks in a timely manner.
Acceptance Criteria: User initiates the process of creating a milestone in the Milestone Tracker after completing certain onboarding steps.

Given the user is on the Milestone Tracker page, when they click on the 'Create Milestone' button, then they should be prompted to enter a title and description for the milestone.

User successfully saves a new milestone which is then displayed in their Milestone Tracker.

Given the user has filled in the milestone title and description, when they click on 'Save', then the new milestone should appear in the list of milestones in the Milestone Tracker.

User edits an existing milestone to update its details in the Milestone Tracker.

Given the user selects an existing milestone, when they click on 'Edit', change the title or description, and then click 'Save', then the updated milestone should reflect the new details in the Milestone Tracker.

User deletes an unwanted milestone from their Milestone Tracker.

Given the user has selected a milestone they wish to delete, when they click on 'Delete' and confirm the action, then the milestone should be removed from the Milestone Tracker.

User receives a visual prompt or notification when they achieve a milestone in the Milestone Tracker.

Given the user completes the tasks associated with a milestone, when all tasks are marked as complete, then a celebratory notification should appear, confirming the milestone achievement.

User views their overall onboarding progress related to created milestones in the Milestone Tracker.

Given the user has multiple milestones set up, when they check the Milestone Tracker, then they should see a progress bar reflecting the completion status of all milestones in relation to the overall onboarding checklist.

Milestone Notification

User Story: As a new user, I want to receive notifications when I complete milestones so that I can celebrate my progress and stay motivated during the onboarding process.
Description: This requirement involves sending notifications to users whenever they reach a specific milestone in the onboarding process. Notifications can be via email or in-app alerts, celebrating their achievements and encouraging them to continue progressing. By integrating this feature, MarketGenius enhances user experience by providing timely feedback and recognition, which can lead to improved user satisfaction and retention rates.
Acceptance Criteria: User receives an email notification upon completing the first milestone of the onboarding process.

Given a user completes the first milestone, when the milestone is reached, then an email notification is sent to the user's registered email address, congratulating them and outlining their next steps.

User receives an in-app notification upon completing the second milestone of the onboarding process.

Given a user completes the second milestone, when the milestone is reached, then an in-app notification appears on the user's dashboard, celebrating their achievement and prompting them to continue onboarding.

User does not receive duplicate notifications for the same milestone completion.

Given a user has received a notification for a milestone, when the milestone is completed again, then the system prevents sending duplicate notifications and confirms notification status in the log.

User can adjust notification settings in their profile preferences.

Given a user accesses their profile settings, when they choose to enable or disable milestone notifications, then their preferences reflect in the notification system, ensuring they only receive notifications as per their settings.

All milestone notifications are recorded in the user's activity log.

Given a user completes a milestone, when the notification is sent, then the action is recorded in the user's activity log with a timestamp and details of the milestone achieved.

Notifications use personalized content based on user data.

Given a user completes a milestone, when the notification is generated, then the content includes personalized information such as their name and a specific message relevant to their onboarding process, enhancing user engagement.

User can easily access a history of all milestone notifications received.

Given a user accesses the milestone tracker, when they view the notifications history, then they can see a clear list of all milestone notifications received, along with dates and brief descriptions of each achievement.

Progress Dashboard

User Story: As a new user, I want to see a dashboard that shows my onboarding progress and completed milestones so that I can understand how far along I am and what I need to complete next.
Description: The Progress Dashboard requirement provides users with a comprehensive view of their onboarding status, illustrating completed milestones and tasks left to accomplish. This feature includes visual indicators such as progress bars or pie charts to depict overall completion percentage. The dashboard provides insights into areas where users may need additional assistance, enabling them to take proactive measures to complete their onboarding successfully.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Progress Dashboard after completing the onboarding setup to view their onboarding status and progress towards milestones.

Given the user is logged in and has completed various onboarding tasks, when they navigate to the Progress Dashboard, then they should see visual indicators (like progress bars or pie charts) depicting the overall completion percentage and a list of completed and pending tasks.

User completes a task and wants to see an immediate update on their Progress Dashboard.

Given the user completes a milestone task, when they refresh the Progress Dashboard, then the dashboard should update to reflect the newly completed milestone and adjust the overall completion percentage accordingly.

User is unsure about which tasks are pending and seeks guidance on how to complete the onboarding.

Given the user is on the Progress Dashboard, when they view the pending tasks section, then the dashboard should provide insights into areas where assistance is needed, including links to resources or help articles.

An administrator wants to verify that the Progress Dashboard displays accurate information for onboarding.

Given the administrator accesses the Progress Dashboard, when they compare the displayed completion percentages with the actual completed tasks in the system, then all metrics shown on the dashboard should accurately reflect the backend data.

User is at the end of the onboarding process and wants to review their overall progress.

Given the user has completed all onboarding tasks, when they view the Progress Dashboard, then it should show a completion percentage of 100% along with a visual indication of all tasks as completed.

Milestone Feedback Loop

User Story: As a user, I want to give feedback on my experience with milestones so that the onboarding process can continuously improve based on user insights.
Description: This requirement allows users to provide feedback on the milestones they reach by rating their experience or commenting on their achievements. This valuable user input gives MarketGenius insights into areas of the onboarding process that may require improvements, creating a feedback loop that enhances user experience and onboarding efficiency. This feature not only helps in refining the onboarding process but also fosters a sense of community among users.
Acceptance Criteria: Users provide feedback after reaching their first milestone.

Given a user completes their first onboarding milestone, when they access the Milestone Feedback Loop, then they should be able to rate their experience from 1 to 5 stars and leave a comment to provide additional feedback.

Users submit feedback on the onboarding process after reaching two or more milestones.

Given a user has reached at least two milestones, when they use the Milestone Feedback Loop feature, then they must be able to see a summary of their completed milestones and submit a new feedback entry for each milestone completed.

Users view aggregated feedback from the feedback loop within the application.

Given that multiple users have submitted feedback on their milestones, when a user accesses the Milestone Feedback Loop overview, then they should see an aggregated rating and common comments from other users for each milestone.

Users receive a response to their feedback submitted through the Milestone Feedback Loop.

Given a user submits feedback on their milestone experience, when the feedback is recorded, then the user should receive a confirmation message indicating their feedback was received and will be reviewed.

An administrator reviews and analyzes user feedback for onboarding improvements.

Given that feedback has been collected through the Milestone Feedback Loop, when an administrator accesses the feedback report, then they should be able to sort feedback by milestone and view ratings and comments for analysis.

Users are notified of updates or changes made in response to feedback.

Given that the onboarding team has made enhancements based on user feedback, when a user logs into the application, then they should see a notification about the changes made and how user feedback contributed to these improvements.

Gamification Elements

User Story: As a user, I want to earn badges for completing milestones so that I can feel rewarded and more engaged during the onboarding process.
Description: This requirement introduces gamification elements to the Milestone Tracker, such as badges or points for completing certain milestones. This feature aims to increase user engagement and motivation by making the onboarding process more interactive and rewarding. Integrating these elements aligns with user psychology, making the process more enjoyable and encouraging users to complete their onboarding tasks swiftly.
Acceptance Criteria: User earns a badge after completing their first milestone in the onboarding process.

Given a user completes the first onboarding task, when the task is marked as complete, then the user receives a 'First Step' badge in their Milestone Tracker.

User can view their earned badges in the Milestone Tracker.

Given a user has earned badges, when they navigate to the Milestone Tracker, then they should see a section displaying all earned badges with relevant descriptions.

User earns points for completing onboarding milestones that can be tracked in the Milestone Tracker.

Given a user completes a milestone, when the completion is recorded, then the user should receive a specified number of points that updates their total points displayed in the Milestone Tracker.

User receives motivational notifications upon earning new achievements.

Given a user earns a badge or points, when this occurs, then the user should receive a push notification and/or email alerting them of their achievement.

Users can share their progress and earned badges on social media directly from the Milestone Tracker.

Given a user has earned badges, when they select the share option in the Milestone Tracker, then the user should be able to post their achievements to their connected social media accounts.

Admin can configure the points system for different milestones.

Given an admin accesses the Milestone Tracker settings, when they change the points associated with a specific milestone, then those changes should reflect immediately in the user experience during onboarding.

Users can see their progress percentage towards overall onboarding completion.

Given a user is in the Milestone Tracker, when they view their status, then their overall progress percentage should be displayed prominently, summarizing completed and total milestones.

Personalized Resource Hub

Upon completion of the onboarding process, users gain access to a dedicated resource hub featuring customized tutorials, FAQs, and best practices aligned with their specific business goals. This hub enhances ongoing learning and ensures users have the right materials at their fingertips to optimize their use of MarketGenius.

Requirements

Dynamic Content Personalization

User Story: As a new user of MarketGenius, I want to access a dynamic resource hub that provides me personalized tutorials and best practices, so that I can effectively utilize the platform to achieve my marketing goals.
Description: The Dynamic Content Personalization requirement aims to provide users with tailored resources in the Personalized Resource Hub based on their specific business goals, preferences, and usage patterns. The integration of intelligent algorithms will analyze user data to curate relevant tutorials, FAQs, and best practices that reflect unique user contexts. This feature enhances user engagement and learning, ensuring that users receive timely and contextually relevant information that aligns with their marketing strategies, ultimately optimizing their use of MarketGenius. The successful implementation of this requirement will empower users with personalized guidance, fostering a deeper connection with the platform and improving their overall experience.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses their Personalized Resource Hub after completing the onboarding process and begins to explore tailored resources based on their selected business goals.

Given the user has completed the onboarding process,When they access the Personalized Resource Hub,Then they should see a custom list of tutorials, FAQs, and best practices aligned with their specific business goals.

A user has selected specific marketing goals during onboarding and later returns to check the updates in their Personalized Resource Hub.

Given the user has selected marketing goals during onboarding,When they revisit the Personalized Resource Hub,Then the displayed resources should match their previously selected goals and showcase relevant updates.

Users interact with the tutorials and FAQs provided in their Personalized Resource Hub for the first time and provide feedback.

Given a user interacts with a tutorial or FAQ for the first time,When they complete the resource,Then they should be prompted to provide feedback on the relevance and helpfulness of the content.

The intelligent algorithms analyze user behavior over a month and update the resource recommendations in the Personalized Resource Hub accordingly.

Given the user has utilized the platform for a month,When they log into the Personalized Resource Hub,Then the suggested resources should reflect changes based on their recent usage patterns and interactions.

A user wishes to find the latest best practices related to a specific marketing strategy in their Personalized Resource Hub.

Given the user is on the Personalized Resource Hub page,When they search for best practices related to a specific marketing strategy,Then the hub should return personalized results that are the most relevant to their selected strategy.

Feedback Integration Mechanism

User Story: As a user of MarketGenius, I want to submit feedback on the resources in my personalized hub, so that I can help improve the quality of content available for myself and other users in the future.
Description: The Feedback Integration Mechanism requirement focuses on enabling a seamless process for users to provide feedback on the resources in the Personalized Resource Hub. This feature will allow users to rate tutorials and FAQs as helpful or unhelpful, and suggest additional resources, which will then be analyzed to improve the content offering continuously. By incorporating user feedback directly, MarketGenius can ensure that the resource hub evolves based on user needs and preferences, promoting a user-driven approach to content curation and ongoing learning.
Acceptance Criteria: Users navigate to the Personalized Resource Hub after completing the onboarding process and want to provide feedback on a tutorial they just viewed.

Given the user is on the tutorial page, when they click the 'Rate this Tutorial' button, then the system should display rating options of 'Helpful' and 'Unhelpful'.

After submitting feedback, the user expects to see a confirmation of their feedback submission.

Given the user has rated the tutorial, when they click 'Submit Feedback', then they should receive a confirmation message indicating that their feedback was successfully submitted.

Users want to suggest additional resources in the Personalized Resource Hub related to a tutorial topic.

Given the user is on the resource page, when they fill out the 'Suggest a Resource' form and click 'Submit', then the system should accept the suggestion and inform the user of successful submission.

Users access the list of tutorials to assess which content has received the most positive feedback.

Given the user is on the tutorial list page, when they sort the tutorials by feedback rating, then the system should reorder the tutorials to display the most helpful tutorials at the top of the list.

The MarketGenius team reviews user feedback to identify improvement points for tutorials and FAQs.

Given aggregated feedback data is available, when the team analyzes the ratings and suggestions, then they should be able to generate a report summarizing feedback trends and recommended content updates.

Users utilize the FAQs section and want to rate the helpfulness of a specific FAQ entry.

Given the user is viewing an FAQ entry, when they select a rating option, then the system should log the rating against that specific FAQ for future analysis.

Users receive tailored content recommendations based on their feedback.history.

Given a user has submitted feedback previously, when they next log into the Personalized Resource Hub, then the user should see recommended tutorials based on their past feedback patterns.

Resource Search Functionality

User Story: As a user of MarketGenius, I want to quickly search for specific resources in my personalized hub, so that I can efficiently find the information I need to improve my marketing efforts.
Description: The Resource Search Functionality requirement will provide an intuitive search interface within the Personalized Resource Hub, allowing users to quickly locate specific tutorials, FAQs, or guides that address their needs. The search mechanism will leverage keywords, filters, and categories to streamline the process, making it easier for users to navigate the available resources. This implementation is crucial for enhancing user experience, reducing frustration, and ensuring that users can efficiently find the information they require to maximize their use of MarketGenius's features.
Acceptance Criteria: User searches for a specific tutorial on keyword effectiveness in the Personalized Resource Hub.

Given the user is on the Resource Hub, when they enter 'keyword effectiveness' into the search bar, then the system displays relevant tutorials and guides pertaining to that keyword.

User utilizes filters to narrow down their resource search in the Personalized Resource Hub.

Given the user is on the Resource Hub, when they select the 'Tutorials' filter and type 'email marketing' in the search bar, then only tutorials related to 'email marketing' appear in the search results.

User expects to find FAQs on common issues related to MarketGenius.

Given the user is on the Resource Hub, when they enter 'reset password' into the search bar, then the system displays the FAQ associated with resetting the password as the top result.

User wants to access guides based on specific categories in the Personalized Resource Hub.

Given the user is browsing the Resource Hub, when they select the 'Analytics' category, then only resources related to analytics should be displayed.

User needs to find a tutorial on using AI-powered content suggestions.

Given the user is on the Resource Hub, when they search for 'AI content suggestions', then the relevant tutorial should appear within the first five search results.

User uses the Resource Hub after completing onboarding to enhance their understanding of MarketGenius features.

Given the user completes onboarding, when they access the Resource Hub, then the available resources should be customized based on their initial input during onboarding.

User tries to navigate the Resource Hub in a time-sensitive situation to find a quick solution.

Given the user is in the Resource Hub, when they perform a search with the term 'troubleshooting', then the top three resources should be accessible within two clicks of navigation.

Resource Hub Analytics Dashboard

User Story: As a product manager at MarketGenius, I want to view analytics on the usage of resources in the Personalized Resource Hub, so that I can make informed decisions about content updates and improvements.
Description: The Resource Hub Analytics Dashboard requirement will create a comprehensive analytics interface that provides insights into how users interact with the Personalized Resource Hub, including metrics such as resource usage, engagement levels, and feedback trends. This dashboard will help the MarketGenius team understand which resources are most valuable to users and identify areas for improvement. By leveraging analytics, the team can refine the content offerings continuously, ensuring the hub remains relevant and effective for all users.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Resource Hub for the first time after completing the onboarding process.

Given a user has completed the onboarding process, when they access the Resource Hub, then they should see an overview of available resources including tutorials, FAQs, and best practices tailored to their business goals.

User interacts with the Resource Hub resources and provides feedback on their experience.

Given the user has accessed various resources in the hub, when they provide feedback via a feedback form, then the feedback should be recorded in the analytics dashboard for the MarketGenius team to review.

MarketGenius team reviews the analytics dashboard to assess resource usage over a specified period.

Given the team accesses the analytics dashboard, when they view the resource usage metrics, then they should see detailed insights including the most accessed resources, average time spent on each resource, and user engagement levels.

User filters resources based on specific topics or types needed for their business goals.

Given a user is in the Resource Hub, when they apply filters to the resources list, then the displayed resources should only show those that match the selected criteria (e.g., region, business type).

Admin looks for trends in user engagement and feedback over time.

Given an admin accesses the analytics dashboard, when they view the historical feedback trends, then they should see a clear graph indicating positive, neutral, or negative trends in user satisfaction with the resources.

User receives personalized recommendations based on their previous interactions with the Resource Hub.

Given a user has interacted with multiple resources, when they log in to the Resource Hub, then they should see personalized resource recommendations displayed on their dashboard.

MarketGenius team identifies underperforming resources through the analytics dashboard.

Given the team accesses the analytics dashboard, when they analyze the engagement metrics, then they should be able to identify resources with low usage or negative feedback and mark them for improvement.

Interactive Tutorials

User Story: As a user of MarketGenius, I want to engage with interactive tutorials in my resource hub, so that I can better understand and apply the concepts to my marketing strategies.
Description: The Interactive Tutorials requirement will integrate engaging, interactive learning modules within the Personalized Resource Hub, allowing users to participate actively in their learning process. These tutorials will feature quizzes, challenges, and hands-on activities that encourage users to apply what they learn in real-time. This approach not only enhances the learning experience but also boosts user retention and satisfaction, contributing to user success with the platform.
Acceptance Criteria: User completes the onboarding process and accesses the Personalized Resource Hub for the first time.

Given that the user has completed onboarding, when they navigate to the Resource Hub, then they should see an overview page with links to interactive tutorials, FAQs, and best practices tailored to their business goals.

User engages with an interactive tutorial focused on digital marketing strategies.

Given that the user selects a marketing strategy tutorial, when they complete the interactive module, then they should receive immediate feedback on their answers and a score based on their performance in quizzes and challenges.

User navigates through different topics within the Interactive Tutorials section.

Given that the user is in the Interactive Tutorials, when they select a topic, then they should be able to view a list of all related tutorials and access them without errors.

User finishes a tutorial and wants to review their progress.

Given that a user has completed an interactive tutorial, when they check their progress dashboard, then they should see their completed tutorials and the associated scores for quizzes embedded in the tutorials.

User accesses FAQs related to a specific tutorial topic.

Given that the user is in the Interactive Tutorials section, when they click on the FAQs link for that topic, then they should be redirected to a dedicated page containing relevant FAQs that address common questions about the tutorial program.

User experiences a challenge within the interactive tutorial and seeks help.

Given the user is engaged in an interactive tutorial, when they encounter a challenge, then they should have access to a hint or tip that can assist them in overcoming it without leaving the tutorial.

User wants to provide feedback about an interactive tutorial they completed.

Given that the user has finished an interactive tutorial, when they navigate to the end screen, then they should see an option to submit feedback along with a rating system (1-5 stars) about their experience with the tutorial.

Dedicated Onboarding Support

This feature provides users with exclusive access to a dedicated onboarding support team during their initial setup phase. Users can easily reach out for personalized assistance, ensuring they receive support tailored to their unique needs, which alleviates frustration and enhances their overall experience.

Requirements

Integrated Support Chat

User Story: As a new user of MarketGenius, I want to access a real-time chat support feature so that I can receive immediate assistance while setting up my account and campaigns, ensuring a smooth onboarding process.
Description: The Integrated Support Chat requirement involves implementing a real-time chat feature within the MarketGenius platform that allows users to connect instantly with the onboarding support team. This functionality should include text, file sharing, and screen sharing capabilities. The associated benefits include faster resolution of user queries and an increased satisfaction rate during the onboarding process. This feature must seamlessly integrate with the existing user interface without disrupting the user experience, enabling users to receive immediate assistance while navigating the platform. Furthermore, it will allow the support team to offer tailored guidance based on users' specific needs, ultimately enhancing their overall onboarding experience and ensuring they utilize the platform effectively from the start.
Acceptance Criteria: User Initiates Integrated Support Chat During Onboarding Process

Given the user is on the onboarding setup page, When they click the 'Chat with Support' button, Then a real-time chat window should open allowing the user to communicate with the onboarding support team.

File Sharing in Integrated Support Chat Functionality

Given the user is engaged in a chat with support, When they click the 'Attach File' button to upload a document or image, Then the selected file should be successfully uploaded and visible in the chat window for the support team.

Screen Sharing Capability for Enhanced Support

Given the user is in an active chat session with the onboarding support, When they click the 'Share Screen' button, Then the user should be prompted to allow screen sharing, and upon acceptance, the support team should be able to view the user's screen in real-time.

User Interface Integration of Support Chat Feature

Given the user is accessing the MarketGenius platform, When they navigate through different pages, Then the Integrated Support Chat feature should remain accessible and properly integrated without disrupting the user experience.

Response Time Measurement for Support Team

Given a user has initiated the Integrated Support Chat, When the support team responds, Then the response should occur within a maximum of 2 minutes to ensure timely assistance.

User Satisfaction Survey After Chat Session

Given the user has completed a chat session with the support team, When prompted, Then the user should be able to complete a satisfaction survey that measures their experience with the support provided.

Real-Time Notification for New Messages in Support Chat

Given the user is in an active chat session, When the support team sends a new message, Then the user should receive a real-time notification of the new message within the chat window.

Personalized Onboarding Plan

User Story: As a new user, I want to receive a personalized onboarding plan tailored to my business goals so that I can follow clear steps and successfully set up my marketing campaigns.
Description: The Personalized Onboarding Plan requirement entails creating a customizable onboarding pathway tailored to individual users' business needs and goals. This feature will assess users' marketing objectives through a series of initial questions and generate a specific set of actionable steps to follow during the onboarding phase. The system should provide personalized content recommendations, tutorials, and milestones. This is crucial for guiding users through their unique setup process effectively and will result in higher engagement levels and lower dropout rates during onboarding. By providing a structured yet personalized approach, users will feel more empowered and knowledgeable when using the platform, thus enhancing their confidence and satisfaction with MarketGenius.
Acceptance Criteria: User visits the MarketGenius onboarding section after signing up and is prompted to answer a series of questions about their marketing goals and business needs.

Given the user is on the onboarding page, when they complete the onboarding questionnaire, then they should receive a personalized onboarding plan based on their responses.

After receiving the personalized onboarding plan, the user initiates their first marketing campaign using the recommended steps from the plan.

Given the user has received their personalized onboarding plan, when they follow the first three actionable steps, then they should see a success confirmation message and hints for the next steps.

The user attempts to access a tutorial linked in their personalized onboarding plan but encounters an error.

Given the user clicks on a tutorial link provided in the onboarding plan, when the tutorial page loads, then it must display correctly without any errors and provide the tutorial content.

During the onboarding process, the user contacts support for help with their personalized onboarding plan and receives a response.

Given the user requests assistance from the dedicated onboarding support team, when they submit their inquiry, then they should receive a response within 24 hours.

Users are able to track their onboarding milestones and see progress within their MarketGenius dashboard.

Given the user has completed certain steps in their onboarding plan, when they check their dashboard, then they should see their progress displayed as a percentage complete with corresponding milestones.

Users review the personalized content recommendations provided in their onboarding plan.

Given the user accesses the content recommendations section of their onboarding plan, when they view the recommendations, then all suggestions should be relevant to their marketing goals and clearly actionable.

The personalized onboarding plan is reviewed at the end of the onboarding process to measure user satisfaction.

Given the onboarding process is completed, when the user is prompted to provide feedback, then they should have the option to rate their satisfaction on a scale of 1 to 5 and leave additional comments.

Onboarding Progress Tracker

User Story: As a new user, I want to see my onboarding progress so that I can understand how far I have come and what tasks I still need to complete to fully utilize MarketGenius.
Description: The Onboarding Progress Tracker requirement consists of developing a visual progress indicator for users during their onboarding journey. It will display completed tasks and upcoming steps, allowing users to understand their progression through the onboarding process. This feature enhances transparency and motivation by assuring users they are making progress. Additionally, it should provide reminders for incomplete tasks and include tooltips with helpful information when users hover over different stages. The implementation of this tracker will empower users to stay informed and focused, leading to a more efficient onboarding experience, ultimately increasing user retention and satisfaction rates.
Acceptance Criteria: User views their onboarding progress after completing the initial setup of MarketGenius.

Given the user has completed the initial setup, when they access the onboarding progress tracker, then it displays a visual indicator showing 100% progress for completed tasks and highlights the next steps with accurate descriptions.

User hovers over different stages in the onboarding progress tracker for additional information.

Given the user is on the onboarding progress tracker, when they hover over any stage of the progress, then a tooltip appears providing helpful information about that stage and its significance in the onboarding process.

User receives reminders for incomplete tasks in their onboarding process.

Given the user has pending tasks in their onboarding process, when the onboarding progress tracker is accessed, then it displays reminders for each incomplete task clearly on the interface, ensuring visibility and awareness for the user.

User navigates through the onboarding progress tracker to view past completed tasks.

Given the user has completed several tasks in the onboarding process, when they access the onboarding progress tracker, then it shows a detailed list or visual representation of completed tasks along with their completion dates.

User needs to know the estimated time to complete each stage of onboarding.

Given the user is viewing the onboarding progress tracker, when they check each stage, then it displays an estimated time for completion for each remaining task, helping them manage their time effectively.

User wants to provide feedback on the onboarding progress tracker functionality.

Given the onboarding progress tracker has been used by the user for a week, when they are prompted for feedback, then they can submit their comments or suggestions directly through a feedback form linked within the tracker interface.

Video Tutorial Library

User Story: As a new user, I want access to a video tutorial library so that I can learn how to navigate the platform at my own pace and gain insights into best practices.
Description: The Video Tutorial Library requirement entails creating a comprehensive library of video tutorials that guide users through the onboarding process and platform features. These videos should cover various topics, such as initial setup, feature utilization, and best practices for digital marketing strategies. The library will enhance user engagement and provide on-demand learning resources that users can access at their convenience. This self-service capability is particularly essential for users who prefer visual learning and allows the support team to focus on more complex user issues. By fostering an environment of self-sufficiency, this feature will improve user understanding and satisfaction throughout their onboarding journey.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Video Tutorial Library for the first time during onboarding.

Given that the user navigates to the Video Tutorial Library, when the library loads, then the user should be able to see a homepage with a list of available video tutorials categorized by topic.

User searches for a specific video tutorial on initial setup.

Given that the user is on the Video Tutorial Library page, when the user enters a search term related to 'initial setup' in the search bar, then the library should display relevant video tutorials that match the search criteria.

User watches a tutorial video from the library.

Given that the user selects a video tutorial from the Video Tutorial Library, when the user clicks on the play button, then the video should start playing without buffering issues and should have clear audio and visuals.

User provides feedback on a video tutorial.

Given that the user has finished watching a video tutorial, when the user clicks on the feedback form, then the user should be able to submit a rating and a comment about the tutorial, and the submission should be received without errors.

User accesses the Video Tutorial Library from a mobile device.

Given that the user is on a mobile device, when the user navigates to the Video Tutorial Library, then the library should be responsive and maintain usability across different screen sizes, including video playback without scaling issues.

User receives recommendations for video tutorials after initial setup.

Given that the user completes the initial setup process, when the user logs back into the platform, then the system should display personalized recommendations for video tutorials based on their usage and preferences.

Feedback Mechanism for Onboarding

User Story: As a new user, I want to provide feedback on the onboarding support I received so that I can help improve the process for future users and share my experience.
Description: The Feedback Mechanism for Onboarding requirement involves implementing a system for users to provide feedback on the onboarding process and their interaction with the support team. Users should be able to rate their satisfaction and provide comments after each support interaction or at the end of the onboarding process. This input is vital for continuous improvement, allowing the product team to identify areas of struggle and success within the onboarding experience. Analyzing feedback will inform future updates to the onboarding process and the support resources available, enhancing both user satisfaction and the overall onboarding experience for future users.
Acceptance Criteria: User provides feedback after the initial support interaction during onboarding.

Given a user has completed their first support interaction, when they receive a prompt to provide feedback, then they can submit a rating from 1 to 5 and an optional comment.

User submits feedback on the entire onboarding experience after the onboarding process is complete.

Given a user has finished the onboarding process, when they attempt to complete the feedback form, then they must be able to provide a satisfaction rating and detailed comments on their overall experience.

Support team reviews user feedback for continuous improvement.

Given that feedback has been collected, when the support team accesses the feedback dashboard, then they can view aggregated ratings and comments to identify trends in user satisfaction.

Users receive confirmation after submitting feedback.

Given a user has submitted their feedback, when the submission is successful, then they receive a confirmation message indicating their feedback was recorded.

System categorizes feedback for actionable insights.

Given user feedback has been collected, when the product team analyzes the data, then the feedback system categorizes comments into predefined categories for easier identification of issues.

User feedback influences future onboarding improvements.

Given feedback has been reviewed by the product team, when updates to the onboarding process are proposed, then these updates should reflect suggestions made by users in their feedback.

Onboarding Support Resource Center

User Story: As a new user, I want to access an onboarding support resource center so that I can find all the information I need in one place, making my onboarding process smoother and more efficient.
Description: The Onboarding Support Resource Center requirement involves establishing a dedicated section within the MarketGenius platform that consolidates all onboarding resources including FAQs, guides, and contact information for support. This centralized hub will streamline access to essential information and enable users to troubleshoot common issues independently. The resource center should be easily navigable and include a search function for quick referencing. This feature is designed to enhance user empowerment and reduce the dependency on direct support for common inquiries, ensuring users feel equipped to navigate the platform effectively.
Acceptance Criteria: User searches for onboarding FAQs in the Onboarding Support Resource Center.

Given the user has accessed the Onboarding Support Resource Center, when the user enters a keyword in the search bar, then the system should display relevant FAQs within 2 seconds.

User navigates the Onboarding Support Resource Center without assistance.

Given the user is new to the platform, when the user accesses the Onboarding Support Resource Center, then they should be able to locate the 'Getting Started' guide within 3 clicks.

User finds contact information for the onboarding support team.

Given the user is in the Onboarding Support Resource Center, when the user scrolls to the support section, then they should see contact information clearly displayed, including email and phone number.

User wants to troubleshoot a common issue using the resource center.

Given the user is facing an issue with campaign setup, when the user uses the search function with the term 'campaign setup', then they should receive at least 3 relevant troubleshooting guides or articles.

User reviews the articles in the Onboarding Support Resource Center.

Given the user is in the Onboarding Support Resource Center, when the user clicks on an article, then the article should fully load within 3 seconds and be easily readable without any layout issues.

User provides feedback on onboarding resources in the center.

Given the user has accessed an article in the Onboarding Support Resource Center, when they submit feedback via the feedback button, then they should receive an acknowledgment message confirming receipt of their feedback.

Feedback and Improvement Loop

The Feedback and Improvement Loop enables users to give feedback on their onboarding experience directly through the platform. This continuous feedback mechanism allows MarketGenius to refine the onboarding process based on real user experiences, ensuring ongoing improvements that benefit future users.

Requirements

User Feedback Submission

User Story: As a new user, I want to easily submit feedback on my onboarding experience so that I can contribute to improving the platform for future users.
Description: The User Feedback Submission requirement allows users to easily submit feedback regarding their onboarding experience directly within the MarketGenius platform. This feature includes a user-friendly interface where feedback can be categorized (such as positive, negative, suggestions for improvement) and submitted in real-time. Users can also attach screenshots or relevant documents to provide context to their feedback. This requirement is crucial for capturing authentic user experiences, which will be instrumental in continuously refining the onboarding process and enhancing user satisfaction. Integration with the existing user account system is essential to ensure feedback is accurately associated with individual users, further allowing for personalized follow-up when necessary.
Acceptance Criteria: User submits feedback through the onboarding feedback form.

Given a user has completed the onboarding process, when they navigate to the feedback section and submit their feedback, then the system should successfully capture and store the feedback in the database with a timestamp.

User categorizes feedback into predefined categories.

Given a user accesses the feedback submission form, when they select a category (positive, negative, suggestion) and submit their feedback, then the system should correctly record the selected category along with the feedback in the database.

User attaches a screenshot with their feedback submission.

Given a user fills out the feedback form and chooses to attach a file, when they upload a screenshot and submit the feedback, then the system should store the screenshot securely and link it to the corresponding feedback entry.

User requests personalized follow-up based on their feedback.

Given a user has submitted feedback that requires further clarification, when the user requests follow-up during the submission process, then the system should flag the feedback for a follow-up and notify the support team.

Feedback is reviewed by the MarketGenius team for improvement.

Given feedback has been submitted and categorized, when the MarketGenius team logs into the feedback management dashboard, then they should view all feedback submissions along with their respective statuses and categories for analysis.

Feedback Analytics Dashboard

User Story: As a product manager, I want to view a dashboard that summarizes user feedback trends so that I can make informed decisions about future improvements.
Description: The Feedback Analytics Dashboard is designed to aggregate and visualize user feedback data in an easily digestible format for the MarketGenius team. This requirement encompasses the development of dynamic reporting tools that will allow stakeholders to view trends in user feedback over time, categorize feedback by type, and identify common pain points or suggestions for enhancement. The dashboard needs to integrate seamlessly with the existing data storage solutions used by MarketGenius and allow for filtering by various parameters such as date range, user demographics, and feedback type. The insights derived from this dashboard will guide product improvements and strategic decisions, allowing the team to prioritize necessary changes based on user input.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Feedback Analytics Dashboard to analyze feedback collected over the past quarter.

Given that the user is logged into the MarketGenius platform, when they navigate to the Feedback Analytics Dashboard, then they should see an overview of user feedback data aggregated for the past quarter, including visualizations of trends and common feedback themes.

A product manager filters the feedback data by user demographics such as age and location.

Given that the product manager is on the Feedback Analytics Dashboard, when they apply filters for age and location demographics, then the dashboard should refresh to display only the feedback collected from the specified demographics within the set date range.

The MarketGenius team reviews feedback categorized by type, such as suggestions, complaints, and general comments.

Given that the feedback data is available on the dashboard, when the team selects a category filter for 'suggestions', then only feedback entries labeled as suggestions should be displayed, allowing the team to analyze common enhancement ideas.

A user checks the dashboard for feedback trends over a year to prepare for the annual review meeting.

Given that the user has selected the date range filter for the past year, when the data loads on the Feedback Analytics Dashboard, then all relevant visualizations should accurately reflect user feedback trends for that year, highlighting peak feedback periods.

The dashboard allows users to export feedback data for external analysis.

Given that a user is on the Feedback Analytics Dashboard, when they click the 'Export Data' button, then a download of the feedback data in CSV format should begin, enabling external analysis.

An administrator checks system performance to ensure all feedback data is accurately reflected on the dashboard.

Given that the administrator monitors dashboard performance, when they refresh the data set, then all recently submitted feedback should instantly appear without discrepancies in time or content compared to the stored data.

Users receive real-time updates on new feedback submissions on the dashboard.

Given that the user is actively viewing the Feedback Analytics Dashboard, when new feedback is submitted, then a notification should appear, and the dashboard should automatically refresh to show the new feedback without requiring a manual refresh.

Real-time Feedback Notifications

User Story: As a team member, I want to receive notifications when feedback is submitted, so that I can promptly respond and engage with users.
Description: The Real-time Feedback Notifications requirement ensures that the MarketGenius team receives instant notifications when a user submits feedback. This functionality will utilize a notification system that alerts team members via internal messaging or email upon each submission, allowing for timely response and engagement with users regarding their feedback. This requirement is vital for fostering a culture of responsiveness and shows users that their opinions are valued, ultimately enhancing user trust and engagement with the platform.
Acceptance Criteria: Notification Sent on User Feedback Submission

Given a user submits feedback through the platform, when the feedback is successfully submitted, then the MarketGenius team should receive a notification via internal messaging within 1 minute of the submission.

Email Notification Functionality

Given a user submits feedback through the platform, when the feedback is received, then an email notification should be sent to the assigned team members within 5 minutes.

Feedback Submission Confirmation to Users

Given a user submits feedback, when the submission is completed, then the user should receive a confirmation notification acknowledging their feedback submission within 2 minutes.

Multiple Feedback Notifications Handling

Given multiple users submit feedback concurrently, when the submissions are processed, then each submission should trigger an individual notification to the MarketGenius team without delay or loss of notifications.

Feedback Notification Content

Given the MarketGenius team receives a feedback notification, when they open the notification, then it should display the user's name, feedback content, and timestamp.

Mobile Notification Capability

Given a user submits feedback through the platform, when the feedback is submitted, then mobile notifications for team members must be sent and received on their devices immediately.

Feedback Improvement Tracking

User Story: As a user, I want to see what changes have been made based on my feedback, so that I know my input has been valued and considered.
Description: The Feedback Improvement Tracking requirement will allow MarketGenius to track the implementation of changes based on user feedback systematically. This functionality will include a project management tool that links user feedback to specific tasks or projects aimed at improving onboarding experiences. Users who provided feedback should have visibility into whether their suggestions have been acted upon, helping to close the feedback loop. This requirement is essential for accountability and measuring the effectiveness of changes made based on user insights, ensuring that user feedback influences platform evolution meaningfully.
Acceptance Criteria: User submits feedback on their onboarding experience in the platform after an initial setup.

Given the user has completed the onboarding process, when they access the feedback section and submit their feedback, then the feedback should be successfully recorded in the system and linked to the user’s profile.

Users check the status of their feedback submission through the platform.

Given the user has previously submitted feedback, when they navigate to the feedback status section, then they should see a list of their feedback submissions along with their current status (e.g., 'Under Review', 'Implemented').

MarketGenius team reviews user feedback and assigns tasks for implementation based on the collected insights.

Given that user feedback has been collected, when the marketing team reviews the feedback, then they should be able to create specific tasks in the project management tool linked to each feedback item that they intend to act upon.

Users receive notifications regarding the status of their feedback after changes are made to the onboarding process.

Given that changes have been implemented based on user feedback, when the user logs into the platform, then they should receive a notification outlining the actions taken in response to their feedback.

Users evaluate the effectiveness of the improvements made to the onboarding experience.

Given that changes have been made based on user feedback, when users complete the onboarding process again, then they should be prompted to provide new feedback regarding their experience with the implemented changes.

Marketing team evaluates the impact of the feedback loop on user satisfaction.

Given that feedback has been collected and improvements made, when the marketing team analyzes user retention and satisfaction metrics, then they should see a measurable increase in user satisfaction scores compared to the scores before the implementation of the feedback loop.

Onboarding Experience Surveys

User Story: As a user, I want to participate in surveys about the onboarding experience so that I can provide in-depth feedback on areas for improvement.
Description: The Onboarding Experience Surveys requirement enables MarketGenius to conduct periodic surveys capturing detailed user insights specifically about the onboarding process. The surveys will be designed to assess user satisfaction, areas for improvement, and overall experience with the platform. This feature will be integrated into the onboarding flow, prompting users to participate shortly after completion. The collected data will be analyzed to identify specific aspects of the onboarding process that require improvement, allowing for targeted enhancements and ensuring a better experience for future users. This requirement is crucial for ensuring that the onboarding experience evolves in alignment with user needs.
Acceptance Criteria: Onboarding Process Survey Completion Frequency

Given a user completes the onboarding process, when prompted, then the user should be able to access the survey within 24 hours of completion and complete it in no more than 5 minutes.

Survey Accessibility Across Devices

Given a user accesses the MarketGenius platform, when they complete the onboarding process, then they should be able to access the onboarding survey from any supported device (desktop, tablet, mobile) without any functional limitations.

User Feedback Analysis and Reporting

Given the feedback collected from the onboarding surveys, when analyzed, then the platform should generate a report within two weeks of the survey period ending, identifying at least three key areas for improvement.

User Satisfaction Measurement

Given a user completes the onboarding experience survey, when the results are collected, then the overall satisfaction score should be calculated and reported as an average rating on a scale of 1 to 10, with a target of at least 7.

Incentivizing Survey Participation

Given a user is prompted to complete the onboarding survey, when they participate, then they should receive a completion confirmation and an incentive (e.g., discount code or bonus feature) within one week.

User Experience Improvement Tracking

Given the implementation of the onboarding experience surveys, when comparing user feedback over six months, then the platform should show a measurable improvement in user satisfaction scores by at least 15%.

Feedback Loop Integration for Continuous Improvement

Given feedback from onboarding surveys, when identifying improvement areas, then the Marketing team should implement at least two enhancements to the onboarding process within the next quarter based on user suggestions.

Goal Setting Toolkit

The Goal Setting Toolkit assists new users in defining specific marketing objectives during onboarding. By helping users articulate their goals and provide actionable steps to achieve them, this feature ensures that new users have a clear roadmap and a purpose-driven approach to using MarketGenius.

Requirements

Goal Articulation Wizard

User Story: As a new user, I want to clearly define my marketing goals during onboarding so that I can have a structured approach to achieving them and make the most of the MarketGenius platform.
Description: The Goal Articulation Wizard assists users in clearly defining their marketing goals during the onboarding process. It prompts users with targeted questions and suggestions based on their answers, enabling them to articulate specific, measurable, achievable, relevant, and time-bound (SMART) goals. This requirement ensures that users not only understand what they want to achieve but also lays out actionable steps tailored to their objectives. The wizard integrates seamlessly with the onboarding flow, enhancing user experience and retention by providing valuable guidance right from the start.
Acceptance Criteria: User successfully accesses the Goal Articulation Wizard during the onboarding process.

Given the user has registered for an account, when they complete the initial onboarding steps, then they should be directed to the Goal Articulation Wizard without any errors.

The Goal Articulation Wizard prompts the user with relevant questions based on user-selected marketing objectives.

Given the user is in the Goal Articulation Wizard, when they select a marketing objective from the provided options, then they should receive tailored follow-up questions that guide them in articulating their goals.

The user successfully defines a SMART goal using the Goal Articulation Wizard.

Given the user answers all the questions in the Goal Articulation Wizard, when they submit their responses, then the wizard should display a confirmation message that summarizes the defined SMART goal and actionable steps.

The user receives suggestions based on their input in the Goal Articulation Wizard.

Given the user has provided initial responses to the wizard's questions, when they move to the suggestion step, then they should see at least three personalized recommendations for their marketing strategy.

Users can review and edit their defined goals after the initial submission.

Given the user has submitted their SMART goals, when they navigate back to the Goal Articulation Wizard, then they should be able to review and edit their previously saved goals.

The Goal Articulation Wizard integrates seamlessly with the overall onboarding experience.

Given the user has completed the onboarding process, when they use the Goal Articulation Wizard, then they should find it intuitive and cohesive with the rest of the onboarding materials without feeling lost or confused.

Users receive proactive guidance throughout the Goal Articulation Wizard.

Given the user is interacting with the Wizard, when they pause or hesitate for longer than 20 seconds on a question, then a tooltip or prompt should appear offering help or examples to assist them in proceeding.

Actionable Goal Blueprint

User Story: As a new user, I want to receive a clear action plan that outlines steps to achieve my marketing goals so that I can effectively use MarketGenius to implement my strategies.
Description: The Actionable Goal Blueprint feature generates a customized action plan based on the goals users define through the Goal Setting Toolkit. This blueprint outlines step-by-step actions that users should take to reach their marketing objectives, incorporating timelines, resources needed, and performance metrics to track progress. By providing a clear roadmap, this feature enhances user confidence and effectiveness in utilizing the platform, ensuring that users can see a direct correlation between their defined goals and actionable tasks.
Acceptance Criteria: New users navigate through the Goal Setting Toolkit during onboarding to set specific marketing objectives for their campaigns.

Given a new user logged into MarketGenius, when they access the Goal Setting Toolkit, then they should see a step-by-step interface allowing them to define at least three specific marketing goals.

Users utilize the Actionable Goal Blueprint to generate a customized action plan based on the goals they have defined.

Given users have defined their marketing goals, when they click the 'Generate Action Plan' button, then an actionable goal blueprint should be created, outlining specific steps, timelines, and required resources related to the defined goals.

Users receive feedback on their defined marketing goals to ensure clarity and achievability before generating the Actionable Goal Blueprint.

Given users enter marketing goals into the toolkit, when they submit the goals for validation, then they should receive real-time feedback on the clarity and achievability of their goals before proceeding to create an action plan.

Users track their progress using metrics included in the Actionable Goal Blueprint after implementing the suggested actions.

Given users have received their Actionable Goal Blueprint, when they execute the actions and log their progress, then they should be able to view performance metrics to assess their progress towards each marketing goal within the platform.

The Actionable Goal Blueprint is accessible to users for review and updates at any point after its generation.

Given a user has generated an Actionable Goal Blueprint, when they navigate to their plans, then they should be able to view, edit, and save updates to the blueprint at any time.

Users can share their Actionable Goal Blueprint with team members for collaborative input and feedback.

Given users have generated an Actionable Goal Blueprint, when they select the 'Share' option, then they should be able to invite team members via email to collaborate on the blueprint with access to view and comment.

Progress Monitoring Dashboard

User Story: As a user, I want to see my progress towards achieving my marketing goals in a visual format so that I can monitor my performance and make informed adjustments to my strategies accordingly.
Description: The Progress Monitoring Dashboard allows users to visualize their goal progression in real-time. It provides key performance indicators (KPIs) and visual charts that reflect how close users are to achieving their defined marketing goals. By integrating with the campaign performance analytics of MarketGenius, this feature not only keeps users informed about their progress but also empowers them to adjust strategies based on actionable insights derived from their ongoing campaigns. The dashboard encourages ongoing engagement with the platform and boosts user motivation to stay on track.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Progress Monitoring Dashboard to review their current marketing goals and strategy adjustments.

Given a user is logged into MarketGenius, when they navigate to the Progress Monitoring Dashboard, then they should see their defined marketing goals displayed with current progress metrics toward each goal.

User wants to see KPIs that reflect their campaign’s performance on the progress dashboard.

Given a user has set marketing goals linked to campaigns, when the user views the Progress Monitoring Dashboard, then they should see relevant KPIs such as conversion rate, engagement rate, and ROI associated with each goal.

User adjusts their marketing strategy based on real-time analytics displayed on the dashboard.

Given a user is on the Progress Monitoring Dashboard, when they identify areas for improvement based on KPIs, then they should have an option to receive AI-generated suggestions for modifying their current marketing approach.

User wants to compare their progress over different time periods.

Given a user accesses the Progress Monitoring Dashboard, when they select a date range, then they should see a visual comparison of their goal progress for the selected time frames using charts and graphs.

User requires notifications regarding their goal achievements or alerts for underperforming campaigns.

Given the user has reached a milestone related to a marketing goal, when the milestone is achieved, then the system should send a notification to the user to congratulate them and suggest next steps. Similarly, for underperforming campaigns, the user should receive an alert to review the performance.

User wants to integrate feedback from the Progress Monitoring Dashboard with other tools they use.

Given a user has customized their dashboard, when they select the option to share progress metrics, then the dashboard should provide an export feature or API integration to share insights with other marketing software the user utilizes.

User requires help understanding how to effectively use the Progress Monitoring Dashboard.

Given a user accesses the Progress Monitoring Dashboard, when they click the 'Help' option, then they should be presented with a tutorial that explains how to interpret each KPI and navigate different dashboard features.

Goal Adjustment Tool

User Story: As a user, I want to adjust my marketing goals based on changing circumstances so that my strategies remain relevant and effective in the current market environment.
Description: The Goal Adjustment Tool enables users to revisit and modify their marketing goals as needed. Recognizing that digital marketing landscapes can change quickly, this feature provides users with the ability to update their goals in response to emerging data or shifting priorities. The adjustment tool includes prompts for users to consider why they are changing their goals, along with recommendations for revising their action plans. This ensures that users remain aligned with their current marketing landscape and can adapt their strategies effectively without losing sight of their overall objectives.
Acceptance Criteria: User re-evaluates their marketing goals after three months of using the Goal Setting Toolkit to assess campaign effectiveness.

Given the user is logged into MarketGenius, when they access the Goal Adjustment Tool, then they should see a list of their current marketing goals with an option to edit or delete each one.

The user receives an alert when performance metrics for their campaigns suggest underperformance against set goals.

Given the user has activated performance alerts, when performance metrics indicate a decline, then they should receive a notification prompting them to revisit their marketing goals using the Goal Adjustment Tool.

A user wishes to change their marketing objectives in response to the launch of a new product.

Given the user is on the Goal Adjustment Tool page, when they select a goal to edit, then the tool should prompt them with questions about the reasons for the change and provide suggestions for new objectives based on current data.

Users who modify their goals through the tool are redirected to a summary page that outlines their adjusted goals and next steps.

Given the user has successfully modified their marketing goals, when they save their changes, then they should be redirected to a summary page displaying their new goals along with recommended action steps and a confirmation message.

After adjusting their goals, the user wants to ensure that their campaign actions align with the new objectives.

Given the user has updated their marketing goals, when they navigate to the campaign planning section, then the system should display a checklist of recommended actions that align with the newly established objectives.

A user needs to track changes made to their marketing goals over time for reporting purposes.

Given the user has access to their goal history, when they view the Goal Adjustment Tool's historical changes section, then they should see a comprehensive log of all past adjustments made, including dates and reasons for changes.

Goal Achievement Notification

User Story: As a user, I want to receive notifications when I achieve my marketing goals so that I can celebrate my successes and stay motivated to continue using MarketGenius for future campaigns.
Description: The Goal Achievement Notification feature alerts users when they reach their defined marketing goals. This notification system serves as both a motivational tool and a means of celebrating user success, enhancing overall user satisfaction and engagement with the platform. The notifications can be customized based on user preferences, allowing for instant alerts, weekly summaries, or milestone congratulatory messages. By personally acknowledging their achievements, users are encouraged to continue leveraging MarketGenius for their marketing efforts.
Acceptance Criteria: User receives a notification when they achieve their defined marketing goal for the first time after setting it up.

Given the user has set a marketing goal, when the goal is achieved, then the user receives an instant notification via their preferred method (email, in-app, or SMS).

User can customize their notification preferences for goal achievements during the onboarding process.

Given the user is onboarding and has access to the notification settings, when they select their preferred notification method, then the system saves these preferences for future notifications.

User receives a weekly summary notification of their goal achievements and progress toward ongoing goals.

Given the user has active marketing goals, when the weekly summary schedule is triggered, then the user receives a summary with the number of goals achieved and progress toward remaining goals.

User receives a congratulatory milestone notification for achieving significant goal thresholds (e.g., 50%, 100%).

Given the user has set milestone thresholds, when a milestone is reached, then the user receives a congratulatory notification indicating the specific milestone achieved.

User can view a history of all goal achievement notifications they have received within the app.

Given the user is logged into their account, when they navigate to the notification history section, then they can see a list of all goal achievement notifications received including date and details of each notification.

User can opt-out of notifications for specific goals if desired.

Given the user has multiple active goals, when they choose to opt out of notifications for a specific goal, then the system should allow this preference change and update the notification settings accordingly.

User experiences an increase in engagement metrics, such as login frequency and goal setting activity, following the implementation of goal achievement notifications.

Given the goal achievement notification feature is live, when user engagement metrics are analyzed post-launch, then there is a measurable increase in logins and goal activity compared to the pre-launch period.

Lead Tracking System

The Lead Tracking System allows users to monitor and manage potential customer interactions from initial contact to conversion. By providing a clear visual representation of each lead's status within the sales funnel, users can prioritize follow-ups and tailor their communication. This enhances the likelihood of conversion by ensuring timely engagement and personalized outreach based on the lead's journey.

Requirements

Lead Status Updates

User Story: As a sales representative, I want to update the status of my leads so that I can prioritize my follow-ups based on their current stage in the sales process.
Description: The Lead Status Updates requirement involves implementing a system that allows users to update and categorize leads throughout the sales process. By enabling users to change the status of each lead (e.g., 'Contacted', 'Qualified', 'Converted', 'Nurture'), it provides a clear, real-time overview of where each lead stands in the funnel. This functionality is crucial for prioritizing follow-ups, customizing communications, and tracking progress, ensuring that users can effectively manage their sales efforts and enhance conversion rates.
Acceptance Criteria: User updates a lead status after a follow-up call based on the conversation notes entered in the CRM.

Given a user is on the lead details page, when the user selects a new status from the dropdown menu and clicks 'Save', then the lead's status should be updated in the system to reflect the chosen option immediately.

User categorizes a previously contacted lead as 'Qualified' based on a specific set of criteria during a sales meeting.

Given a lead has been marked as 'Contacted', when the user reviews the lead's information and clicks 'Change Status' to 'Qualified', then the system should prompt the user to enter qualification notes, and after submission, the lead's status should change accordingly.

User assesses leads in the sales funnel and prioritizes follow-ups based on their status updates.

Given a user is viewing the lead overview dashboard, when the user filters leads by status to show only 'Nurture' and 'Converted', then the displayed leads should match the selected criteria, allowing the user to prioritize outreach appropriately.

A user reviews the effectiveness of lead follow-ups by analyzing the conversion rates of leads with different status updates.

Given the user accesses the analytics section for lead tracking, when the user selects filters for lead statuses and review conversions over a specified period, then the data should display accurate conversion rates, distinguishing the effectiveness of each status category.

User receives an alert for leads that have not been updated for a specified time frame.

Given the system tracks lead activity, when a lead has not been updated for 7 days, then the user should receive a notification alerting them to follow up with the specific lead.

User runs a report to view all leads categorized under 'Nurture' and evaluates follow-up effectiveness.

Given a user navigates to the reporting section, when a user requests a report for leads labeled as 'Nurture', then the report should accurately list all relevant leads along with their last contact date, allowing the user to assess follow-up effectiveness.

Detailed Lead Analytics

User Story: As a sales manager, I want to view detailed analytics for each lead so that I can better understand their engagement and tailor my sales strategies accordingly.
Description: The Detailed Lead Analytics requirement focuses on providing comprehensive insights and analytics for each lead within the system. Users should be able to access data on lead interactions, such as email opens, click-through rates, and website visits, resulting in a deeper understanding of lead engagement. This feature will enable sales teams to tailor their approaches based on the actions and behaviors of leads, ultimately leading to more strategic and personalized outreach efforts that increase the chances of conversion.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses detailed lead analytics for specific lead to evaluate engagement and tailor outreach.

Given a user has selected a lead from the Lead Tracking System, when they click on 'View Detailed Analytics', then the system displays a dashboard with lead interaction data including email open rates, click-through rates, and website visit history.

User exports lead analytics data for reporting purposes.

Given a user is on the detailed lead analytics page, when they click the 'Export Data' button, then the system generates a downloadable CSV file containing all relevant lead interaction metrics.

User filters lead insights based on specific engagement metrics to prioritize follow-ups.

Given a user is viewing the lead analytics overview, when they apply filters for engagement metrics (e.g., email opens greater than 50%), then the system updates the displayed leads accordingly to show only those meeting the criteria.

User receives real-time notifications for significant lead interactions.

Given a user has a lead assigned in the system, when that lead opens an email or revisits the website, then the system sends a real-time notification to the user's dashboard.

User integrates lead analytics with existing CRM for a unified view of interactions.

Given a user has linked their CRM account with MarketGenius, when they access lead analytics, then the system displays both CRM interaction data and lead analytics on a unified dashboard.

User views historical lead analytics to assess lead engagement over time.

Given a user selects a lead and requests a historical view of analytics, when they click 'View History', then the system presents a timeline of engagements along with corresponding metrics over the last 30 days.

User customizes the metrics displayed in the lead analytics view based on their preferences.

Given a user is on the lead analytics page, when they click 'Customize Metrics', then the system allows them to select which metrics to display, saving their preferences for future visits.

Automated Follow-up Reminders

User Story: As a marketer, I want to receive automated reminders for follow-ups on my leads so that I can ensure consistent communication and increase my chances of converting them.
Description: The Automated Follow-up Reminders requirement involves creating a mechanism that sends reminders to users for following up on leads based on predefined timelines or lead behavior triggers. This feature helps ensure that no lead is neglected, facilitating timely communication and maintaining engagement. By automating these reminders, users can focus on higher-value tasks while enhancing their ability to convert leads into customers through consistent follow-up efforts.
Acceptance Criteria: User receives a reminder for a lead follow-up based on a predefined timeline after the lead's last interaction.

Given a user has a lead with a follow-up reminder set to 7 days, When 7 days have passed since the last interaction with the lead, Then the user receives an email reminder to follow up with that lead.

User can set a follow-up reminder based on specific lead behavior triggers.

Given a user has interacted with a lead who opened an email but did not respond, When the user sets a reminder based on that behavior, Then the user receives a follow-up reminder within 3 days after the email was opened.

User can view all upcoming follow-up reminders in a dashboard.

Given a user has multiple leads with follow-up reminders set, When the user accesses the lead tracking dashboard, Then all upcoming follow-up reminders should be listed with the respective lead names and reminder dates.

User can customize the frequency of follow-up reminders for each lead.

Given a user has a lead, When the user sets a follow-up reminder to occur every 5 days, Then the system should automatically generate reminders every 5 days until the lead is marked as converted or lost.

User can mark a lead as contacted after following up, which should remove the reminder.

Given a lead has a follow-up reminder, When the user marks the lead as contacted, Then the corresponding follow-up reminder should be deleted from the system.

User receives notifications on missed follow-up reminders based on user-defined rules.

Given a user has set a follow-up reminder for a lead, When the user fails to follow up within the specified timeframe, Then the user receives a missed follow-up notification via their preferred communication channel.

User can assess the effectiveness of follow-up reminders through performance analytics.

Given that reminders have been sent, When the user accesses the performance analytics section, Then the user can see metrics related to follow-up reminders, including the conversion rates from reminders sent.

Lead Segmentation Tools

User Story: As a marketer, I want to segment my leads based on various criteria so that I can create targeted campaigns that resonate with specific audiences and improve conversion rates.
Description: The Lead Segmentation Tools requirement allows users to segment leads into different categories based on specific criteria such as demographics, behavior, or engagement levels. This feature is essential for tailoring marketing strategies and communications to different groups, increasing the relevance of outreach efforts and improving engagement rates. By enabling effective segmentation, users can optimize their marketing campaigns and utilize targeted approaches for higher conversion probabilities.
Acceptance Criteria: User segments leads based on geographic location, identifying local customers for a special promotion.

Given a user has access to the Lead Segmentation Tools, when they select 'Geographic Location' as a segmentation criterion and specify a region, then the system should display a list of leads from that specified location.

A marketing manager filters leads by engagement level to design a targeted email campaign.

Given a marketing manager is using the Lead Segmentation Tools, when they apply a filter for 'High Engagement' leads, then the system should return only those leads who have interacted with the last three emails or ads.

Users create segments based on behavioral data collected from website interactions to improve content delivery.

Given a user is utilizing the Lead Segmentation Tools, when they segment leads by 'Page Views' and set a threshold of 5 views, then the system should categorize leads who have viewed targeted pages five times or more into a dedicated segment.

A salesperson categorizes leads based on demographic information to personalize outreach efforts.

Given a salesperson is using the Lead Segmentation Tools, when they input demographic parameters such as age and occupation, then the system should accurately display a list of leads matching those specified criteria.

Marketing teams analyze segmented leads to evaluate conversion rates for different targeted campaigns.

Given a user has segmented leads into various categories, when they access the analytics dashboard, then the system should present conversion rates for each segment on a comparative basis.

Users can save and name various lead segments for future reference and use in campaigns.

Given a user has created a new lead segment, when they choose to save it and provide a name, then the system should confirm the saving action and allow the user to retrieve that segment later without losing the specific criteria.

A user adjusts existing segments based on new criteria to improve marketing effectiveness.

Given a user is editing an existing lead segment, when they add or remove specific criteria and save the changes, then the system should apply these changes and update the segment accordingly without data loss or errors.

Integrate Third-party Communication Tools

User Story: As a sales representative, I want to integrate my email client with the lead tracking system so that I can communicate with leads without switching between multiple platforms, making my workflow more efficient.
Description: The Integrate Third-party Communication Tools requirement entails linking the lead tracking system with third-party communication platforms like email clients and messaging apps. This integration will allow users to communicate seamlessly with leads through their preferred channels directly from the system, enhancing user convenience and streamlining the communication process. By facilitating diverse communication methods, users can engage leads more effectively and increase the chances of conversion.
Acceptance Criteria: User initiates a conversation with a lead through the integrated email client from the Lead Tracking System.

Given the Lead Tracking System is open, when a user selects a lead and clicks on the 'Email' button, then an email draft should open in the user's preferred email client with the lead's email pre-filled.

User sends a message to a lead via a third-party messaging app directly from the Lead Tracking System.

Given a lead has a messaging app linked, when the user selects the lead and chooses the corresponding messaging app option, then they should be able to send a message through that app without leaving the Lead Tracking System.

User reviews the communication history of a lead within the Lead Tracking System.

Given the user selects a lead, when they navigate to the 'Communication History' tab, then they should see a comprehensive list of all interactions (emails, messages) associated with that lead.

Lead responds to an email sent from the Lead Tracking System.

Given a user has sent an email to a lead, when the lead replies to that email, then the reply should be visible in the 'Communication History' tab of the corresponding lead in the Lead Tracking System.

User sets up notifications for a new lead response from any integrated communication tool.

Given the user is in the Lead Tracking System, when a lead responds through any integrated tool, then an instant notification should be sent to the user’s dashboard and/or email.

User updates the lead's status after communication via any third-party tool.

Given a user has had a conversation with a lead through a third-party communication tool, when they update the lead's status in the Lead Tracking System, then the updated status should accurately reflect the outcome of that communication.

User connects a new third-party communication tool to the Lead Tracking System.

Given the user accesses the settings, when they select 'Integrate New Tool', then they should be able to successfully connect a new communication tool to the Lead Tracking System without errors and have it available for use immediately.

Customer Interaction Log

This feature automatically records all customer interactions, including emails, calls, and chat messages, creating a comprehensive log for each client. Users can easily refer back to past communications, ensuring continuity and context in their conversations. This promotes better relationships and more effective follow-ups, as users have all necessary information at their fingertips for each customer interaction.

Requirements

Automated Interaction Tracking

User Story: As a Marketing Manager, I want all customer interactions automatically logged so that I can easily access communication history and maintain continuity in conversations without manual note-taking.
Description: The Automated Interaction Tracking requirement specifies the functionality that allows the Customer Interaction Log feature to automatically log all forms of customer interactions, including emails, phone calls, and chat messages. This functionality ensures that every interaction is documented without manual input, thus minimizing errors and saving time. The recorded interactions will be accessible in a centralized database, which integrates seamlessly within the MarketGenius platform, allowing users to view the complete history of communication with each client. This enhances user efficiency, provides critical context for ongoing conversations, and ultimately leads to improved customer service outcomes.
Acceptance Criteria: Customer lands on the platform, begins a conversation via chat, and the system logs the interaction automatically without user intervention.

Given a user initiates a chat with a customer, when the chat is completed, then the interaction should be logged in the Customer Interaction Log with a timestamp and details of the message.

A user makes a phone call to a customer using the integrated phone system, and the call details need to be captured in the Customer Interaction Log.

Given a user makes a phone call to a customer, when the call ends, then the interaction should automatically log the call duration, timestamp, and any notes made by the user in the Customer Interaction Log.

An email is sent through the MarketGenius platform to a customer, and the email interaction should be automatically recorded without additional input from the user.

Given a user sends an email from the MarketGenius platform, when the email is sent, then the interaction should be logged automatically with the subject line, recipient, timestamp, and content summary in the Customer Interaction Log.

The user wants to review the Customer Interaction Log to understand previous interactions before a scheduled meeting with the customer.

Given a user accesses the Customer Interaction Log, when they filter by the specific customer, then all logged interactions (chat, call, email) must be displayed in chronological order with full details.

A user relies on the Customer Interaction Log to prepare for a follow-up conversation with a customer after several previous interactions.

Given a user reviews the Customer Interaction Log for a specific customer, when they check the log, then they should see a complete history of all logged interactions along with any user-added notes from previous communications.

The system should provide notifications to users when new interactions are logged in the Customer Interaction Log.

Given a new interaction is logged in the Customer Interaction Log, when this occurs, then the user should receive a notification alerting them to the new entry in real-time.

Searchable Interaction History

User Story: As a Sales Representative, I want to search through past customer interactions so that I can quickly find relevant information to prepare for upcoming meetings and respond effectively to customer inquiries.
Description: The Searchable Interaction History requirement outlines the need for an efficient search mechanism that enables users to quickly access specific interactions within the Customer Interaction Log. This feature allows users to apply filters and keywords to locate past communications, facilitating faster retrieval of information related to client interactions. By integrating this search functionality, users can save time when preparing for follow-up conversations and ensure they have the most relevant data at their fingertips, thereby improving the overall effectiveness and responsiveness of customer engagement efforts.
Acceptance Criteria: User searches for a specific email interaction with a client in the Customer Interaction Log.

Given a logged interaction with the client, when the user enters a keyword related to the email in the search bar, then the system should return the specific email interaction with relevant details such as date, time, and content snippet.

User filters customer interactions by date range to find recent communications.

Given multiple logged interactions, when the user selects a date range for the filter, then the system should display only the interactions that occurred within that specified date range.

User searches by client name to retrieve all interactions related to that client.

Given multiple interactions for different clients, when the user inputs a client’s name in the search bar, then the system should return a list of all interactions associated with that client.

User looks for interactions containing a specific keyword or phrase.

Given that interactions may include various keywords, when the user enters a specific keyword in the search bar, then the system should display all interactions that contain that keyword, highlighting the matches.

User wants to quickly navigate through search results for efficient follow-ups.

Given the list of search results, when interactions are displayed, then the user should be able to click on any listed interaction to view the full details directly, enhancing workflow efficiency.

User utilizes a combination of filters to narrow down search results effectively.

Given various filter options available (date, client name, interaction type), when the user selects multiple criteria and applies them, then the system should return search results that meet all selected filters collaboratively.

User accesses the search functionality via a mobile interface.

Given the Mobile version of the Customer Interaction Log, when the user tries to search for interactions using a mobile device, then the search functionality should be fully operational and return accurate results similar to the desktop version.

Notification System for Updates

User Story: As a Customer Support Agent, I want to receive notifications for any new customer interactions so that I can quickly respond and maintain timely communication with clients.
Description: The Notification System for Updates requirement designates the capability to alert users whenever there are new entries or updates in customer interaction logs. This real-time notification feature ensures that users are immediately informed about any new communications, allowing them to act promptly and stay up-to-date on customer interactions. This enhances user responsiveness to client needs and fosters better customer relationships by keeping all team members informed and aligned, ultimately leading to more timely follow-ups and proactive engagement.
Acceptance Criteria: User receives a notification when a new interaction is logged for a customer they are currently handling.

Given a user is monitoring customer interaction logs, When a new interaction (email, call, chat) is logged, Then the user should receive a real-time notification alerting them of this new entry.

User can access the notification settings to customize their notification preferences.

Given a user is in the notification settings, When they select their preferred method of notification (e.g., email, in-app, push notifications), Then the system should save their preferences and apply them for future notifications.

User receives a notification for updates in customer interactions that they have marked as important.

Given a user has marked specific customers as important, When an interaction occurs with these customers, Then the user should receive a prioritized notification for each interaction event.

User can view a history of notifications related to customer interactions.

Given a user has received notifications for various customer interactions, When they access the notification history, Then they should see a list of all past notifications including timestamps and details of the interactions.

User is notified when there is no activity in customer interactions for a defined period.

Given a user is tracking customer interactions, When no interactions have been logged for a selected period (e.g., 5 days), Then the user should receive a reminder notification suggesting a follow-up with the client.

User can opt-out of receiving certain types of notifications related to customer interactions.

Given a user is within the notification settings, When they choose to opt-out of specific notification types (e.g., chat updates), Then the system should cease notifications of these types for the user.

User receives notifications in real-time for urgent customer interactions marked by other team members.

Given a team member marks an interaction as urgent, When this interaction is logged, Then all relevant users should receive immediate notification of the urgent status of this interaction.

Integration with CRM Systems

User Story: As a Business Analyst, I want the Customer Interaction Log to integrate seamlessly with our CRM, so that all customer data is unified and up-to-date across all platforms we use for managing client relationships.
Description: The Integration with CRM Systems requirement describes the ability of the Customer Interaction Log to sync with popular Customer Relationship Management (CRM) systems. This integration allows the log to automatically update CRM entries based on new interactions recorded in MarketGenius, ensuring that all customer data is consistently available across platforms. This enhances data integrity and reduces the chances of errors while facilitating a holistic view of customer relations, which is crucial for strategic marketing efforts and decision-making.
Acceptance Criteria: Integration of Customer Interaction Log with CRM systems for real-time updates during customer interactions.

Given a customer interaction occurs in MarketGenius, when the interaction is logged, then the corresponding entry in the CRM system should be updated automatically with the new data.

Manual verification of customer interaction entries in CRM after automated updates.

Given a user accesses the CRM system, when they review the customer interaction entries, then all recent interactions logged in MarketGenius should be accurately reflected within the CRM entry without any discrepancies.

Error handling during CRM synchronization when a customer entry does not exist in the CRM.

Given a new interaction is logged for a customer that does not exist in the CRM, when the system attempts to sync with the CRM, then an appropriate error message should be displayed indicating that the customer entry needs to be created first.

User notification about successful CRM integration after an interaction is logged and synced.

Given a successful synchronization has occurred after a customer interaction, when the user views the notification section in MarketGenius, then they should see a confirmation message indicating that the log has been successfully synced with the CRM.

Performance metrics evaluation for the integration process between MarketGenius and CRM systems.

Given multiple customer interactions are logged in a day, when the performance of the integration feature is assessed, then it should consistently complete synchronization within 5 seconds for each interaction logged.

Testing the integration with multiple CRM systems to ensure compatibility and data integrity.

Given the integration feature supports multiple CRM platforms, when interactions are logged in MarketGenius and synced with different CRMs, then all platforms should show consistent and accurate data without loss of information.

Reporting and Analytics Dashboard

User Story: As a Marketing Director, I want an analytics dashboard for customer interactions so that I can monitor engagement trends and optimize our communication strategies based on data insights.
Description: The Reporting and Analytics Dashboard requirement specifies the incorporation of a reporting feature that provides insights into customer interactions through visual analytics. Users will be able to analyze patterns, frequency, and quality of interactions, which helps in evaluating the engagement strategies and effectiveness of communication methods. By having access to these analytics, users can make data-driven decisions to enhance their marketing campaigns and customer engagement strategies, thereby improving overall marketing performance.
Acceptance Criteria: User navigates to the Reporting and Analytics Dashboard after logging into MarketGenius to review customer interaction data for enhanced decision-making.

Given the user is on the Reporting and Analytics Dashboard, When the user selects a specific time period for analysis, Then the dashboard displays visual analytics of customer interactions such as patterns, frequency, and quality of communications for that period.

A marketing manager needs to identify trends in customer interactions to improve engagement strategies.

Given the dashboard displays the customer interaction analytics, When the user applies filters for interaction types (emails, calls, chats), Then the dashboard updates to show analytics specific to the selected interaction type, enabling the user to evaluate effectiveness.

A user wants to generate a report of customer interaction analytics to share with the team during a strategy meeting.

Given the user is on the Reporting and Analytics Dashboard, When the user selects the 'Export' option, Then a report accurately containing all displayed interaction analytics in a selected format (PDF, CSV) is downloaded successfully.

A user has just logged into MarketGenius to assess the performance of recent marketing campaigns based on customer interaction quality.

Given that the user has logged in and accessed the Reporting and Analytics Dashboard, When the user views the 'Quality of Interactions' section, Then the user sees detailed metrics that accurately reflect the quality of customer interactions along with suggested improvements based on AI analysis.

The marketing analyst is interested in evaluating how customer interactions impact overall campaign success.

Given that the user is viewing the campaign performance data, When the user correlates customer interaction metrics with campaign success indicators, Then the dashboard displays a comparative analysis with visual representations clearly indicating correlations.

A user wants to determine the engagement level of specific customer segments based on interaction histories.

Given the Reporting and Analytics Dashboard is open, When the user selects different customer segments for analysis, Then the dashboard updates dynamically to show interaction metrics specific to those segments, displayed through graphs and tables.

User Permissions Management

User Story: As an Admin, I want to manage user permissions for accessing the Customer Interaction Log so that I can protect sensitive customer information and ensure data security within our team.
Description: The User Permissions Management requirement involves creating a feature that allows administrators to set permissions regarding who can view or edit customer interaction logs. This feature is crucial for maintaining data privacy and security by ensuring that sensitive customer information is only accessible to authorized personnel. Additionally, it enables organizations to establish clear operational protocols within their teams, which fosters better data management practices and compliance with industry regulations concerning customer data protection.
Acceptance Criteria: As an administrator, I want to define user roles with specific permissions for viewing customer interaction logs, so that only authorized users can access sensitive information.

Given that the administrator has logged into the system, when they navigate to the User Permissions Management module and select 'Create Role', then they should be able to assign view/edit permissions for customer interaction logs to specific user roles.

As an admin, I want to update user permissions for existing roles, so that I can modify who has access to customer interaction logs as needed.

Given that the administrator is in the User Permissions Management module, when they select an existing role and modify its permissions for customer interaction logs, then the changes should be saved and reflected in the user’s access immediately.

As an administrator, I want to review audit logs for user permissions changes, so I can monitor any updates made regarding access to customer interaction logs.

Given that the administrator is in the User Permissions Management area, when they access the audit trail, then they should see a complete history of modifications made to user permissions, including timestamps and the administrator responsible for the changes.

As an admin, I want to restrict customer interaction log access based on user department, ensuring that only relevant team members can view specific logs related to their department.

Given that the administrator has set up department-specific user roles, when they assign permissions, then only users belonging to that department should be able to access the corresponding customer interaction logs.

As an admin, I want to receive notifications when user permissions are changed, to ensure I am informed of any access adjustments that may affect data privacy.

Given that user permissions have been altered, when the changes are confirmed, then an automatic notification should be sent to the administrator to inform them of the updates.

As a user with restricted access, I want to receive a clear message indicating permission denial when trying to access logs I am not authorized to view.

Given that the user attempts to access a customer interaction log they do not have permissions for, then the system should display an error message stating 'Access Denied: You do not have permission to view this log.'

Customizable User Interface

User Story: As a User, I want to customize the layout of my interaction log so that I can optimize my workspace and improve my efficiency when accessing customer information.
Description: The Customizable User Interface requirement focuses on enabling users to personalize their interaction log view. Users will be able to choose which fields to display, rearrange data layouts, and select themes according to their preferences. This flexibility will enhance user experience by allowing individuals to tailor the interface to suit their workflow and needs, thereby increasing usability and satisfaction with the MarketGenius platform.
Acceptance Criteria: User customizes their interaction log to improve visibility of relevant information during customer follow-ups.

Given the user is on the interaction log view, when they select the fields to display and rearrange the layout, then the interaction log should reflect those changes immediately and maintain them upon page refresh.

User applies a new theme to their interaction log for a more personalized experience.

Given the user has selected a theme from the theme options, when they apply the theme, then the interaction log interface should update to reflect the new theme without any loss of data or functionality.

User saves their customized settings for the interaction log to use in future sessions.

Given the user has made changes to the fields displayed and layout of the interaction log, when they click the 'Save Settings' button, then their customization should be stored and automatically applied the next time they access the interaction log.

User who has customized their interaction log wants to revert to the default view.

Given the user has made changes to the interaction log, when they select ‘Reset to Default’, then the interaction log should revert to the default settings with no customizations applied.

User interacts with a successfully customized log and efficiently tracks customer responses during a marketing campaign.

Given the user has customized their interaction log view, when they view customer interactions, then they should be able to quickly assess priority customers based on the defined fields with clear visibility and ease of access.

User assesses the effectiveness of their interaction log customization over time.

Given the user has been using the customized interaction log for a month, when they review customer interaction outcomes, then they should be able to identify improved follow-up rates and customer satisfaction metrics attributed to their customization efforts.

Automated Follow-Up Reminders

Automated Follow-Up Reminders help users stay organized and responsive by sending notifications for scheduled outreach activities. Users can set reminders based on specific triggers or timeframes, reducing the risk of missed opportunities. This ensures that users effectively nurture leads and maintain engagement, ultimately driving higher conversion rates.

Requirements

Custom Trigger Settings

User Story: As a marketer, I want to customize my follow-up reminders based on user engagement so that I can ensure timely outreach and improve my chances of converting leads into customers.
Description: The Custom Trigger Settings requirement allows users to define specific triggers for their follow-up reminders, such as user engagement levels or schedule-based timeframes. This capability enables users to tailor their reminders according to their business needs, ensuring that they receive notifications when it is most relevant for them. Integration with existing engagement tracking features will facilitate precise reminders, helping to streamline the lead nurturing process and ultimately increasing conversion rates. By allowing customizable configurations, users can optimize their outreach strategies and enhance engagement with their target audience.
Acceptance Criteria: User sets a follow-up reminder based on a specific user engagement level (e.g., after a user opens an email but does not respond) to ensure timely follow-up.

Given the user has access to engagement tracking, When they set a follow-up reminder based on an engagement level, Then the system should notify the user within 24 hours if the engagement criteria is met.

User schedules a follow-up reminder on a specific date and time for a lead that they interacted with in the past week to keep track of potential conversions.

Given the user selects a date and time for the reminder, When they confirm the schedule, Then the system should display a confirmation message and schedule the reminder accordingly.

User needs to edit an existing follow-up reminder to change the trigger from an engagement level to a specific time frame due to a change in their marketing strategy.

Given an existing follow-up reminder, When the user edits the trigger type to a specific time frame, Then the system should successfully update the reminder and notify the user of the changes.

User wants to receive a reminder if a lead visits their website three times within a specified timeframe to act on high interest.

Given the user has set the reminder for a specified engagement frequency, When the lead meets the website visit criterion, Then the system should notify the user immediately following the third visit.

User reviews their upcoming follow-up reminders to ensure they align with their current marketing efforts and identify any that may need adjustments.

Given the user accesses their list of follow-up reminders, When they review the list, Then all reminders should display the trigger settings accurately for the user to make necessary adjustments.

User tests the effectiveness of the custom trigger settings by analyzing the analytics reports post-implementation to ensure the reminders are enhancing engagement.

Given the reminders have been implemented, When the user accesses the performance analytics report, Then it should reflect an increase in lead engagement following the implementation date of the custom triggers.

User needs to be alerted about a follow-up reminder failure due to a system error so they can take manual action.

Given the system attempts to send a follow-up reminder, When there is a failure in the notification process, Then the user should receive an immediate alert detailing the issue and suggesting manual follow-up.

Multi-Channel Notification Capability

User Story: As a business owner, I want to receive follow-up notifications through multiple channels, like email and SMS, so that I can stay updated no matter where I am and ensure I don't miss any lead opportunities.
Description: This requirement outlines the need for Multi-Channel Notification Capability within the Automated Follow-Up Reminders feature. Users should be able to receive notifications via email, SMS, or within the MarketGenius app itself. This flexibility allows users to choose the channel that best suits their workflow, ensuring they do not miss important follow-up alerts. Incorporating multiple notification options will enhance user experience, fostering better responsiveness to outreach opportunities and lead nurturing efforts across different platforms, ultimately improving campaign effectiveness.
Acceptance Criteria: User sets a follow-up reminder for a lead through the MarketGenius app and selects email as the notification channel.

Given the user is logged into the MarketGenius app, when they schedule a follow-up reminder and select email as the notification channel, then an email notification should be sent to the user 10 minutes before the scheduled follow-up time.

User sets multiple follow-up reminders simultaneously with different notification channels.

Given the user is scheduling multiple follow-up reminders, when they choose different notification channels for each reminder (email, SMS, in-app), then all selected notification channels should deliver alerts for their respective reminders within specified timeframes.

User receives a follow-up reminder via SMS for an upcoming outreach activity.

Given the user has set up SMS notifications for follow-up reminders and a reminder is scheduled, when the reminder time arrives, then the user should receive an SMS alert detailing the follow-up information.

User accesses their reminders through the MarketGenius app notification center.

Given the user has set multiple follow-up reminders, when they open the notification center in the MarketGenius app, then they should see a list of all upcoming reminders with their respective notification channels indicated.

User changes the notification channel for an existing follow-up reminder.

Given the user has an existing follow-up reminder set to email, when they change the notification channel to SMS, then the system should update the notification channel and confirm the change to the user.

User checks notification delivery status for follow-up reminders in the app.

Given the user has set follow-up reminders with different notification channels, when they check the delivery status in the MarketGenius app, then the user should see which notifications were successfully delivered and which ones failed.

User fails to receive a follow-up reminder notification due to a missing phone number in their profile.

Given the user has set a follow-up reminder with SMS as the notification channel, when the user's profile does not contain a valid phone number, then the system should prevent the reminder setup and notify the user to update their phone number.

Recurring Reminder Functionality

User Story: As a marketer, I want to create recurring reminders for follow-ups so that I can automate my outreach process and maintain ongoing engagement with leads without having to remember every single reminder.
Description: The Recurring Reminder Functionality requirement allows users to set reminders for follow-ups that occur regularly, rather than just once. Users can establish daily, weekly, or monthly reminders, enabling a sustained and automated approach to lead nurturing. This feature will reduce the mental load of remembering to follow up consistently, helping to build stronger relationships with potential clients. By ensuring timely and regular outreach, the functionality is crucial for maintaining engagement and driving conversion rates over time.
Acceptance Criteria: User sets a monthly recurring reminder for follow-ups with leads.

Given the user is on the reminders settings page, When the user selects 'Monthly' and sets the time for the reminder, Then the reminder should be saved and trigger alerts on the specified day each month.

User edits an existing reminder to change from weekly to bi-weekly.

Given an existing weekly reminder, When the user changes the frequency to bi-weekly and saves the changes, Then the reminder should reflect the new bi-weekly schedule in the reminder list.

User receives a notification for an upcoming follow-up reminder.

Given a reminder is set for tomorrow, When the reminder's trigger time is reached, Then the user should receive a push notification and an email alert about the upcoming follow-up.

User attempts to set a reminder without selecting a frequency.

Given the user is on the reminder creation page, When the user clicks 'Save' without selecting a frequency, Then the system should display an error message indicating that frequency is required.

User views the list of all reminders and verifies the details of a specific reminder.

Given the user is on the reminders dashboard, When the user clicks on a reminder entry, Then the details of the selected reminder (date, time, frequency) should be displayed in a pop-up or a new view.

User cancels a recurring reminder.

Given the user has a recurring reminder in the list, When the user selects 'Delete' for that reminder, Then the reminder should be removed from the reminders list and the user should receive a confirmation message that the reminder has been deleted.

Follow-Up Performance Analytics

User Story: As a data-driven marketer, I want to access analytics on my follow-up reminders so that I can measure their effectiveness and improve my outreach strategies based on real data.
Description: The Follow-Up Performance Analytics requirement involves integrating performance tracking capabilities that assess the effectiveness of follow-up reminders. Users will be provided with insights on open rates, response rates, and overall engagement levels after follow-ups. This data-driven approach allows users to evaluate their reminder strategies and make informed adjustments to their campaigns, enhancing their outreach effectiveness. By leveraging analytics, users can identify successful practices, drive continuous improvement, and refine their engagement tactics over time to optimize conversion rates.
Acceptance Criteria: User sets a reminder for follow-up on a lead that has not responded to previous outreach.

Given the user has set a follow-up reminder, When the reminder time is reached, Then the user should receive a notification via email and in-app alert to follow up with the lead.

User wants to analyze the performance of follow-up reminders after executing several outreach campaigns.

Given the user accesses the Follow-Up Performance Analytics dashboard, When the user selects a specific timeframe, Then the dashboard should display metrics including open rates, response rates, and overall engagement levels for reminders sent during that period.

User receives feedback from their team regarding the effectiveness of follow-up campaigns based on performance data.

Given the user views the performance data, When the user notes a trend in response rates dropping, Then the user should be able to access suggested improvements and best practices based on the analytics.

User has completed a series of follow-ups and wants to measure the effectiveness of different reminder settings.

Given the user has utilized various reminder settings, When they analyze the comparative data on follow-up performance, Then the user should be able to generate an actionable report detailing which settings performed best.

User wishes to compare the performance of follow-ups across multiple campaigns.

Given the user selects multiple campaigns in the analytics tool, When the user requests a comparative analysis, Then the system should present a side-by-side view of follow-up performance metrics for those campaigns.

User seeks to adjust their reminder strategy based on historical performance data.

Given the user reviews past performance analytics, When they adjust their follow-up reminder settings accordingly, Then the new settings should automatically apply to all future alerts for similar leads.

User receives follow-up reminders for leads but wants to ensure the reminders are actionable and timely.

Given the user has defined a set time and trigger for follow-up reminders, When a reminder is sent, Then the reminder should link to the specific lead's profile and include suggested key points for engagement.

Integration with CRM Systems

User Story: As a CRM user, I want my follow-up reminders to integrate with my existing CRM system so that I can streamline my outreach efforts and ensure all responses are accurately tracked and managed within my sales pipeline.
Description: This requirement ensures that Automated Follow-Up Reminders can seamlessly integrate with popular CRM systems used by small to medium-sized businesses. By linking the reminders to existing customer databases, users can automatically trigger reminders based on customer interactions recorded in their CRM. This integration enhances the usability of the feature, saving users time and effort in managing follow-ups and ensuring that outreach is synchronized with their broader customer relationship management efforts. As a result, users will experience improved continuity in their communications, fostering better engagement with leads.
Acceptance Criteria: Integration of Automated Follow-Up Reminders with Salesforce CRM

Given a user has linked their Salesforce account to MarketGenius, When a new lead is added to Salesforce, Then an automated follow-up reminder is created within MarketGenius based on predefined trigger settings.

User customization of follow-up reminder triggers based on customer interactions

Given a user is on the reminder setup page, When the user selects specific customer interaction types (e.g., email open, meeting scheduled), Then the user can successfully save these interactions as triggers for automated reminders.

Notification delivery of follow-up reminders via email and push notifications

Given a user has set up follow-up reminders for a lead, When the reminder trigger condition is met, Then the user receives a notification via both email and the mobile app push notification system.

Syncing existing customer data with MarketGenius after CRM integration

Given a user has successfully integrated their CRM with MarketGenius, When they choose to sync their customer data, Then the system pulls in all relevant leads and their interactions without error.

Viewing and managing follow-up reminders within MarketGenius dashboard

Given a user has multiple follow-up reminders set, When they navigate to the reminders section in the dashboard, Then they can view, edit, or delete reminders as needed.

User training and support for setting up CRM integration

Given a new user of MarketGenius seeks assistance, When they access the help section regarding CRM integration, Then they find clear and detailed instructions to guide them through the integration process.

Reporting on follow-up reminder effectiveness and engagement metrics

Given a user has run a campaign with follow-up reminders, When they access the analytics report, Then they can see the conversion rates associated with the reminders as well as the engagement metrics of the leads contacted.

Personalized Customer Profiles

Create detailed customer profiles that aggregate data from various interactions, purchase history, and preferences. This feature enables users to understand their customers better and personalize marketing strategies accordingly. By tailoring campaigns to individual needs and behavior, users can enhance customer satisfaction and loyalty, making their outreach more effective.

Requirements

Dynamic Data Aggregation

User Story: As a digital marketer, I want to have access to detailed customer profiles so that I can tailor my campaigns based on individual customer preferences and behaviors, enhancing customer satisfaction and fostering loyalty.
Description: The Personalized Customer Profiles feature requires a dynamic data aggregation system that collects and synthesizes data from various customer touchpoints, including website interactions, purchase history, and social media engagement. This system will enhance user understanding of customer behavior, enabling them to craft targeted marketing strategies that resonate with individual preferences. The integration of machine learning algorithms can further refine customer insights by identifying patterns in data and predicting future behaviors, resulting in optimized marketing efforts and improved customer satisfaction.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Personalized Customer Profiles feature and requests dynamic data aggregation to visualize customer interactions across various channels.

Given the user is on the Personalized Customer Profiles page, when they initiate data aggregation, then the system should display aggregated customer data from at least three different sources (website, social media, purchase history) within two minutes and provide a visual summary of interactions.

A user wants to analyze customer behavior using the aggregated data provided by the system for targeted marketing strategies.

Given the user has received the aggregated customer data, when they click on a specific customer profile, then they must see detailed analytics, including at least five behavioral insights, purchase trends, and suggested marketing strategies tailored to the customer’s profile.

After implementing dynamic data aggregation, a marketing manager wants to ensure that the machine learning algorithms effectively identify patterns in customer data.

Given a set of historical customer interaction data, when the machine learning algorithm is applied, then it should classify customer segments accurately with an accuracy rate of at least 85% based on known customer outcomes.

A user seeks to update a customer profile with new interaction data from social media and check if the aggregation reflects these updates in real time.

Given the user updates a customer profile with new social media interaction data, when they refresh the dynamic data aggregation report, then the updated interaction should be reflected within 30 seconds in the customer profile.

A marketing team wants to evaluate the impact of personalized campaigns based on the insights generated from dynamic data aggregation.

Given a campaign has been published based on dynamic data insights, when the team reviews the performance metrics, then they should observe a minimum increase of 15% in customer engagement and 10% in conversion rates compared to prior campaigns without data aggregation.

An administrator needs to ensure the privacy and compliance of customer data being aggregated from different sources.

Given the dynamic data aggregation system is operational, when the administrator reviews the data collection processes, then they should find that all sources adhere to GDPR regulations and customer consent requirements are documented and auditable.

Intuitive User Interface

User Story: As a user, I want an intuitive interface to easily manage and customize customer profiles, so that I can streamline my marketing process without technical obstacles.
Description: The feature demands an intuitive user interface that allows marketers to easily navigate and manage customer profiles. The UI will include drag-and-drop functionality for organizing customer data and visual elements that facilitate quick insights into customer behaviors and preferences. This approach aims to reduce the learning curve for new users while elevating the experience for seasoned marketers. By providing a user-friendly environment, users can more efficiently customize their marketing strategies according to the available customer insights, thereby enhancing overall campaign effectiveness.
Acceptance Criteria: User utilizes the drag-and-drop interface to organize customer data in the Customer Profiles section during campaign setup.

Given the user is on the Customer Profiles page, when they drag a customer name from the list and drop it into a designated segment, then the customer should be successfully added to that segment and a confirmation message displayed.

Marketer searches for specific customers using filters based on purchase history and preferences.

Given the user is on the Customer Profiles page, when they apply filters for 'recent purchases' and 'interests', then the results displayed should only include customers matching those criteria.

User accesses the Customer Profiles and views visual insights regarding customer behaviors and preferences.

Given the user is on the Customer Profiles dashboard, when they hover over a visual insight element, then detailed information about customer behaviors should be presented in a tooltip.

Marketer saves a customized view of the customer data for future reference.

Given the user has customized their view on the Customer Profiles page, when they click the 'Save View' button, then their customized settings should be saved and displayed the next time they access the page.

User navigates to the Customer Profiles page for the first time and needs guidance through the interface.

Given the user is new to the platform, when they access the Customer Profiles page for the first time, then an onboarding tutorial should appear, guiding them through the key features of the interface.

Marketer accesses customer profiles from different devices and expects a consistent user experience.

Given the user accesses the Customer Profiles page from a mobile device, when they interact with the drag-and-drop functionality, then it should work seamlessly and display the same interface as on a desktop.

User experiences slow loading times and navigational lags on the Customer Profiles page.

Given the user is on the Customer Profiles page, when they load the page, then it should load within 3 seconds and allow for smooth navigation without delays.

Automated Segmentation

User Story: As a marketer, I want an automated segmentation tool that helps me categorize customers into specific groups based on their behavior, so that I can deliver personalized campaigns that resonate with each segment.
Description: To enhance the feature's functionality, an automated segmentation system should be implemented that groups customers based on shared characteristics or behaviors identified through data analysis. This capability will allow marketers to quickly identify key customer segments and design campaigns specifically targeted to those groups. By utilizing AI-powered segmentation, users can save time in the campaign preparation process and improve engagement rates through personalized marketing outreach.
Acceptance Criteria: Automated Segmentation for Targeted Campaigns

Given a dataset of customer interactions, when the automated segmentation feature is triggered, then customers should be grouped into distinct segments based on predefined behavioral criteria (e.g., purchase frequency, engagement level).

Real-time Performance Analytics on Segmented Campaigns

Given that a campaign is launched based on the segmented audience, when the campaign runs, then real-time performance analytics should report engagement metrics (click-through rates, conversions) for each customer segment separately.

Integration with User Interface for Segment Creation

Given the user is on the customer profile dashboard, when they select the automated segmentation option, then a clear interface allows them to view and select the created customer segments for their campaigns.

AI-Powered Segmentation Accuracy

Given that a segmentation process has been completed, when a user reviews the generated segments, then at least 80% of the segments should accurately reflect the intended characteristics as defined by the existing data patterns.

User Notification of Segmentation Completion

Given that the segmentation process is completed, when the process is finished, then the user should receive a notification confirming the successful creation of segments and details on the number of segments created.

User Training and Documentation Availability

Given that the automated segmentation feature is newly implemented, when the user accesses the help documentation, then comprehensive user guides and training materials should be available to aid in the feature's adoption.

Feedback Collection on Automated Segmentation Effectiveness

Given that users have access to the automated segmentation feature, when they utilize the feature for their campaigns, then a feedback mechanism should be in place to gather user satisfaction and effectiveness ratings on the segmentation results post-campaign.

Real-time Analytics Dashboard

User Story: As a digital marketer, I want a real-time analytics dashboard to monitor my campaign performance metrics, so that I can make quick adjustments to my strategies for better results.
Description: The requirement for a real-time analytics dashboard will provide marketers with immediate access to the performance metrics of their campaigns based on the data obtained from customer profiles. This dashboard needs to display key indicators like engagement rates, conversion statistics, and customer feedback. By enabling quick adjustments to marketing strategies based on real-time insights, marketers can enhance campaign performance and optimize their marketing spend.
Acceptance Criteria: Real-time analytics dashboard provides users with access to key performance metrics during a live campaign analysis meeting.

Given the user is logged into the MarketGenius platform, when they navigate to the analytics dashboard, then they should see real-time updates of engagement rates, conversion statistics, and customer feedback within a maximum delay of 2 seconds.

Marketers analyze the performance of a recent email marketing campaign through the real-time analytics dashboard.

Given the user selects an email marketing campaign from the dashboard, when they view the analytics, then they should see detailed graphs and metrics representing open rates, click-through rates, and unsubscribe rates for the last 24 hours.

Users want to adjust ongoing campaigns based on real-time feedback displayed in the dashboard.

Given the user identifies a drop in engagement rates from the dashboard, when they choose to adjust the campaign messaging, then all changes should be reflected and actionable within the dashboard in real time.

The analytics dashboard needs to reflect the impact of changes made to a campaign instantaneously.

Given the user modifies the targeting parameters of an active campaign, when they refresh the dashboard, then the key performance indicators should update to reflect the new engagement statistics within 5 seconds.

Users need to export analytics data for a comprehensive report after reviewing campaign performance on the dashboard.

Given the user opts to download the performance report after analyzing the dashboard, when they select the export option, then they should receive a CSV report containing all displayed metrics within 10 seconds.

Marketers compare the performance metrics of multiple campaigns simultaneously on the dashboard.

Given the user selects multiple campaigns for comparison, when they view the analytics dashboard, then they should be able to see a side-by-side comparison of all relevant metrics without any data inconsistency.

Multi-Channel Integration

User Story: As a marketer, I want my customer profiles to integrate data from multiple channels, so that I have a complete view of customer interactions and can plan my marketing strategies accordingly.
Description: The feature must support multi-channel integration that aggregates customer data from various marketing channels such as email, social media, and online advertising into a centralized profile. This integration is crucial for providing a holistic view of customer interactions and behaviors across platforms, allowing marketers to create a seamless experience for their customers. The ability to analyze data from multiple channels will help users make informed decisions on where to allocate marketing resources for maximum impact.
Acceptance Criteria: Integration of customer data from multiple marketing channels into a personalized profile in MarketGenius.

Given a user is connected to email, social media, and online advertising channels, when they aggregate customer data, then the platform should create a comprehensive profile that includes interactions from all connected channels.

Analyzing customer interactions across channels to derive actionable insights.

Given a user has aggregated customer profiles, when they request an analysis of customer interactions, then the system should provide a detailed report highlighting behavior patterns and engagement metrics from each channel.

Updating customer profiles dynamically as new data comes in from various channels.

Given a customer interacts with a new marketing channel, when that interaction is logged, then the corresponding customer profile should be updated in real-time with the new interaction data.

Providing a seamless user experience for marketers navigating through customer profiles.

Given a user is navigating customer profiles, when they switch between profiles, then the transition should be smooth with less than 2 seconds load time for each profile.

Ensuring user access to historical customer interaction data across all channels.

Given a user requests historical data for a specific customer, when they retrieve the data, then the system should display the complete interaction history from all integrated channels since their first interaction.

Facilitating the user's ability to customize which data is aggregated into customer profiles.

Given a user wants to prioritize certain data types, when they configure settings for customer profile aggregation, then the system should allow them to select or deselect data sources for integration.

Implementing data protection measures during the multi-channel integration process.

Given the user has enabled multi-channel integration, when they aggregate customer data, then the system should ensure all data transfer is encrypted and complies with applicable data protection regulations.

Pipeline Management Dashboard

The Pipeline Management Dashboard provides a visual overview of all active leads and opportunities, allowing users to monitor their sales pipeline at a glance. Users can drag and drop leads through different stages, making it easy to visualize progress and identify bottlenecks. This feature improves efficiency in managing sales processes and empowers users to make data-driven decisions regarding follow-ups and resource allocation.

Requirements

Lead Drag-and-Drop Functionality

User Story: As a sales manager, I want to drag and drop leads between pipeline stages so that I can easily manage my sales process and quickly respond to changes.
Description: The Lead Drag-and-Drop Functionality will allow users to easily move leads across different stages of their sales pipeline through a simple drag-and-drop interface. This requirement enhances user experience by streamlining the process of managing leads, making it intuitive to visualize the current status of each opportunity. By implementing this feature, marketeers can quickly adjust their sales strategies and focus areas, significantly improving efficiency in lead management and enabling better resource allocation based on real-time data.
Acceptance Criteria: User successfully drags and drops a lead from 'New Leads' to 'In Progress' stage.

Given a lead is in the 'New Leads' stage, When the user drags the lead to the 'In Progress' stage, Then the lead should visually update its position and status to 'In Progress'.

User tries to drag a lead to an invalid stage and receives appropriate feedback.

Given a lead is in the 'New Leads' stage, When the user attempts to drag the lead to an invalid stage, Then the action should be prevented, and an error message should display indicating the action is not allowed.

User drags and drops multiple leads in one action across different stages.

Given multiple leads are in the 'New Leads' stage, When the user selects and drags these leads to the 'In Progress' stage, Then all selected leads should be moved to the 'In Progress' stage simultaneously and their statuses should update accordingly.

User can undo a drag-and-drop action for a lead.

Given a lead has been moved from 'New Leads' to 'In Progress', When the user clicks the 'Undo' button, Then the lead should revert back to the 'New Leads' stage.

User views real-time updates of lead status after a drag-and-drop action.

Given a lead is moved to a different stage, When another user accesses the dashboard, Then the updated status should reflect the new stage of the lead without needing to refresh the page.

User experiences drag-and-drop functionality on mobile devices.

Given a lead is displayed on a mobile device, When the user taps and holds the lead, Then the user should be able to drag and drop the lead to a new stage just as on a desktop.

Customizable Pipeline Stages

User Story: As a sales representative, I want to customize my pipeline stages so that I can adapt the dashboard to fit my specific sales process and needs.
Description: The Customizable Pipeline Stages requirement enables users to define and modify their sales pipeline stages according to their unique business processes. This flexibility is critical for ensuring that the dashboard is relevant to a variety of business models, enhancing its usability and effectiveness. By allowing customization, users can tailor the pipeline to fit their sales workflow, which will result in more accurate tracking of sales activities and better decision-making capabilities.
Acceptance Criteria: User defines new pipeline stages for their sales process through the Pipeline Management Dashboard.

Given a user has access to the Pipeline Management Dashboard, when they select the option to customize pipeline stages, then they can add, edit, or delete stages and see these changes reflected immediately in the dashboard.

User rearranges existing pipeline stages to better align with their sales workflow.

Given a user is on the Pipeline Management Dashboard, when they drag and drop a pipeline stage to a new position, then the stage order is updated and saved automatically, and reflects the new order upon refresh.

User configures pipeline stages with specific criteria for lead progression.

Given a user has added a new stage to the pipeline, when they specify criteria for moving leads into this stage, then the system should allow the setup of rules and conditions that dictate lead movement and notify users accordingly.

User visualizes their customized pipeline stages on the dashboard.

Given a user has customized their pipeline stages, when they open the Pipeline Management Dashboard, then they see all stages displayed in the order they configured, along with a clear visual representation of leads in each stage.

User modifies the name of an existing pipeline stage.

Given a user is editing an existing pipeline stage, when they change the name of the stage and save the changes, then the new name should appear across the dashboard without any delay.

User receives confirmation of changes made to the pipeline stages.

Given a user makes any adjustments to the pipeline stages, when changes are saved, then a confirmation message should appear indicating that the changes were successful.

Real-time Performance Analytics

User Story: As a sales analyst, I want to view real-time analytics of my sales pipeline so that I can make informed decisions and optimize my sales strategy immediately.
Description: The Real-time Performance Analytics feature will provide users with immediate insights into their sales pipeline performance, including conversion rates, average time spent in each stage, and overall opportunity value. This data will be visually represented through graphs and charts, allowing users to quickly identify trends and bottlenecks in their pipeline. By providing real-time analytics, users can adjust their strategies on-the-fly, optimizing their sales efforts and improving overall performance.
Acceptance Criteria: User views the Pipeline Management Dashboard and expects to see real-time performance analytics displayed in an intuitive format.

Given the user is on the Pipeline Management Dashboard, when they select 'View Analytics', then performance metrics such as conversion rates, average time spent in each stage, and overall opportunity value are displayed in graph and chart formats.

A user interacts with different stages of their sales pipeline and expects to see updates in real-time without needing to refresh the page.

Given the user drags and drops a lead from 'Qualified' to 'Negotiation', when the action is completed, then the analytics dashboard updates automatically to reflect any changes in conversion rates and average time spent in each stage within 10 seconds.

A marketing manager reviews the sales pipeline trends over the past quarter and requires a visual representation of that data to identify bottlenecks.

Given the user selects the 'Last 3 Months' filter on the analytics dashboard, when they view the analytics, then trends in the pipeline, including any bottlenecks, are visually represented in clear graphs and charts, with labels for each stage.

A user wishes to download a report of their sales pipeline's performance metrics for sharing with their team.

Given the user is on the Pipeline Management Dashboard, when they select 'Download Report', then a PDF report including key performance metrics and visual data charts is generated and made available for download.

A user sets a goal for their sales pipeline performance and wants to monitor their progress in real-time against this goal.

Given the user inputs a conversion rate goal into the dashboard settings, when they revisit the analytics dashboard, then the dashboard displays their current conversion rate against their set goal with visual indicators showing progress.

A user identifies an outlier in their sales pipeline performance and needs to dissect the data for deeper insights.

Given the user clicks on a specific metric in the analytics dashboard, when they select 'Drill Down', then they should see a detailed view of the data including historical performance and relevant factors contributing to the outlier.

Lead Details Insights

User Story: As a sales executive, I want to access detailed insights about each lead so that I can better tailor my follow-up conversations and improve engagement.
Description: The Lead Details Insights requirement involves the addition of a detailed view for each lead in the pipeline. This feature will offer comprehensive information such as lead history, last contact date, and engagement activity. By allowing users to dive deeper into each lead's specifics, they can tailor their follow-up strategies effectively. This adds value to the sales process by ensuring that user interactions are informed and relevant to the lead's context.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Pipeline Management Dashboard and selects a specific lead to view its details.

Given the user is on the Pipeline Management Dashboard, when they click on a lead, then the Lead Details Insights view opens and displays complete lead information including lead history, last contact date, and engagement activity.

User interacts with the Lead Details Insights to analyze lead engagement.

Given the user is viewing the Lead Details Insights, when they scroll through the information, then all sections (lead history, last contact date, engagement activity) must be fully visible and clear without any overlapping text or UI elements.

User utilizes the lead information to create a follow-up strategy.

Given the user has reviewed the Lead Details Insights, when they click the 'Create Follow-Up' button, then the platform should allow them to input specific follow-up details based on the insights provided, preserving the context from the lead details.

User wants to manage their leads by updating the last contact date directly from the Lead Details Insights.

Given the user is viewing the Lead Details Insights, when they change the last contact date and save the changes, then the updated date should be reflected immediately in the dashboard and in the lead details view.

User needs to see engagement metrics displayed in an easily understandable format.

Given the user is viewing the Lead Details Insights, when they look at the engagement activity section, then it should display engagement metrics visually (e.g., charts/graphs) that summarize the lead's past interactions in an intuitive manner.

User requires filtering leads based on engagement levels.

Given the user is on the Pipeline Management Dashboard, when they apply a filter to show only leads with high engagement, then the dashboard should refresh to display only those leads that meet the engagement criteria as defined in the system.

User wants to ensure the responsiveness of the Lead Details Insights on multiple devices.

Given the user accesses the Lead Details Insights on a mobile device, when they navigate through the information, then the view must be fully responsive, maintaining clarity and functionality across different screen sizes and orientations.

Automated Follow-up Reminders

User Story: As a sales representative, I want to receive automated reminders for follow-ups so that I can ensure I engage with leads consistently and do not miss potential sales opportunities.
Description: The Automated Follow-up Reminders feature will alert users when it's time to follow up with leads based on user-defined criteria, such as time since the last contact or stage progression. These reminders will be integrated with the users' calendars and the dashboard to ensure that no opportunity is missed. This feature will help users maintain a consistent follow-up strategy, ultimately increasing the chances of conversion and optimizing the sales process.
Acceptance Criteria: User receives an automated follow-up reminder when a lead enters the 'Proposal Sent' stage after 3 days have passed without contact.

Given a lead in the 'Proposal Sent' stage with no recent contact, when 3 days pass, then the user receives an automated reminder in their dashboard and calendar.

User can customize the time frame for follow-up reminders based on individual preferences for different lead stages.

Given the reminder settings page, when a user selects a lead stage, then they can set and save a custom time frame for follow-up reminders for that specific stage.

User is notified of upcoming follow-up reminders in real-time as they log into the Pipeline Management Dashboard.

Given the user has scheduled follow-up reminders, when they log into the dashboard, then they see a summary of all upcoming reminders for the current day and week.

User can view past reminders and their outcomes to evaluate the effectiveness of follow-ups in the dashboard.

Given the dashboard interface, when the user selects the 'Follow-up History' tab, then they can see a list of all past reminders and corresponding lead outcomes (e.g., contacted, converted, not interested).

Automated reminders are integrated with external calendar applications (Google Calendar, Outlook) effectively notifying the user of follow-ups.

Given the user's external calendar is linked, when a reminder is triggered, then the follow-up is automatically added as an event in the user's linked calendar.

User can deactivate or snooze follow-up reminders if they need to postpone the follow-up action.

Given the reminder notification, when the user chooses to snooze or deactivate the reminder, then the reminder is postponed or removed according to the user’s action.

User receives multiple follow-up reminders based on different criteria for the same lead without conflicts or overlaps.

Given a lead matches multiple follow-up criteria, when reminders are triggered, then they are logged and displayed clearly without duplicating notifications to the user.

Integrated Communication Tools

This feature embeds communication tools directly within the CRM, allowing users to send messages, schedule calls, and track correspondence without leaving the platform. By centralizing interactions, users can streamline their workflow, reduce the time taken to switch between applications, and improve response times, ultimately enhancing the overall customer experience.

Requirements

Real-time Messaging Integration

User Story: As a customer support representative, I want to engage with clients through real-time messaging within the CRM so that I can respond quickly to their inquiries and improve customer satisfaction.
Description: This requirement encompasses the integration of real-time messaging tools within the CRM, allowing users to engage with customers through instant messaging. The integration should support various messaging platforms, enabling users to have conversations, send files, and receive notifications without leaving the CRM. The benefit is a streamlined communication process, reducing delays and enhancing customer interactions. The focus will be on ensuring that messaging capabilities are user-friendly and seamlessly integrated, thus improving team collaboration and customer satisfaction.
Acceptance Criteria: User initiates a real-time chat with a customer from within the CRM while viewing their profile.

Given a user is on a customer profile page, when they click the 'Chat' button, then a real-time messaging window should open, allowing for text and file exchanges.

User receives incoming message notifications from multiple integrated messaging platforms within the CRM.

Given a user has integrated at least two messaging platforms, when a new message is received, then a notification should appear in the CRM interface without the user needing to refresh the page.

Users can schedule a call with a customer directly from the conversation history in the CRM.

Given the user is in a conversation log, when they select a 'Schedule Call' option, then a calendar overlay should appear allowing for date and time selection, and the scheduled call should display in the CRM calendar.

Users send a multimedia message (image or document) to a customer through the real-time messaging tool.

Given a user is in an active conversation, when they select the 'Attach' option and upload a file, then the recipient should receive the file with a notification indicating a new file has been sent.

Team members collaborate in a chat group related to a specific customer or project.

Given multiple users are chatting in a group specific to one customer, when a user sends a message, then all members of the group should receive that message in real-time without delay.

User accesses a chat history with a specific customer in the CRM.

Given a user selects a customer, when they navigate to 'Chat History', then all prior messages exchanged with that customer should be displayed in chronological order.

Users configure settings for message notifications to manage their workflow effectively.

Given a user is in the notification settings menu, when they enable or disable message notifications, then the settings should be saved and reflected in the messaging interface immediately.

Call Scheduling Feature

User Story: As a sales manager, I want to schedule calls directly from the CRM so that I can ensure timely follow-ups with my leads without switching between different applications.
Description: This requirement entails the implementation of an intuitive call scheduling feature within the integrated communication tools. Users should be able to schedule calls with customers directly from the CRM, with the ability to set reminders and sync with personal calendars. This will facilitate easier management of customer engagements and minimize the chances of missed calls. The integration with calendar functionality will allow users to view available slots and manage appointments effectively, leading to increased professionalism and improved interactions.
Acceptance Criteria: User schedules a call with a customer directly from the CRM during a client meeting.

Given the user is on the call scheduling interface, When they select a date and time and add the customer's details, Then the call should be scheduled and appear in both the user’s and customer’s calendar.

User sets a reminder for an upcoming scheduled call with a customer.

Given the user has scheduled a call, When the user sets a reminder 15 minutes before the call, Then the system should send a notification to the user’s device and email 15 minutes prior to the call start time.

User views available time slots for scheduling a call with a customer.

Given the user is on the scheduling interface, When the user selects their availability and views the calendar, Then the user should see only the time slots that are not already booked.

User reschedules a previously scheduled call with a customer.

Given a user has an existing scheduled call, When they select the option to reschedule and choose a new date and time, Then the original call should be updated to the new date and time in both the user’s and customer’s calendar.

User tracks correspondence and scheduled calls with a customer within the CRM.

Given the user has scheduled multiple calls with a customer, When they access the customer’s profile, Then they should see a history of all scheduled calls and messages exchanged.

User cancels a scheduled call with a customer.

Given the user has a scheduled call, When they select the cancel option, Then the call should be removed from both the user’s and customer’s calendars, and a notification should be sent to the customer about the cancellation.

Email Tracking and Analytics

User Story: As a marketing specialist, I want to track my email campaigns from the CRM so that I can analyze their effectiveness and refine my outreach strategy accordingly.
Description: This requirement involves the implementation of email tracking and analytics within the CRM, allowing users to send emails and monitor their open and response rates right from the platform. Integrating this functionality will provide users with data-driven insights into their email communication, helping them gauge engagement levels and improve future outreach strategies. This will enhance accountability and provide the tools necessary for optimizing email marketing efforts, ultimately leading to better engagement with potential clients.
Acceptance Criteria: Email Tracking and Analytics Functionality in Use

Given a user has sent an email through the CRM, when the email is opened by the recipient, then the user should receive a notification indicating the email has been opened.

Real-time Analytics for Email Engagement

Given a user has accessed the email tracking dashboard, when they select an email campaign, then they should see a report detailing open rates, click rates, and response rates for that campaign.

Integration with Existing CRM Communication Features

Given a user is composing an email within the CRM, when they send the email, then the email should be logged in the user’s correspondence history automatically.

User Accessibility to Analytics Data

Given a user has permission to access email analytics, when they navigate to the analytics section of the CRM, then they should be able to filter and view analytics data by date range, recipient list, and email subject.

Performance Tracking of Email Campaigns

Given a user has executed an email campaign, when they review the campaign metrics, then they should be able to see a visual representation of performance trends over time, including engagement rates and bounce rates.

Notification System for Email Engagement

Given a user has opted for notifications, when a recipient opens an email sent by them, then they should receive a real-time alert via the CRM notification system.

User Feedback on Email Effectiveness

Given a user has completed an email outreach campaign, when they review the results, then they should be prompted to provide feedback on the usefulness of the analytics provided for improving future emails.

Centralized Contact Management

User Story: As a relationship manager, I want to have all my client information centralized within the CRM so that I can easily track interactions and provide a personalized service.
Description: This requirement focuses on creating a centralized contact management system that allows users to manage and organize all their client communications and information in one place. Users should be able to categorize contacts, access interaction histories, and add notes or tags easily. This centralization will enhance the efficiency of user workflows, allowing them to locate important information quickly and maintain detailed communication records, leading to a more personalized customer interaction experience.
Acceptance Criteria: User categorizes their contacts based on industry type in the Centralized Contact Management system.

Given that a user is logged into MarketGenius, when they access the Centralized Contact Management feature and select a contact, then they should be able to assign an industry category from a predefined list of categories and save the change successfully.

User views the interaction history for a specific contact in the Centralized Contact Management system.

Given that a user has selected a contact in the Centralized Contact Management, when they click on the 'Interaction History' tab, then they should see a chronological list of all communication logs related to that contact, including emails, calls, and messages.

User adds notes to a specific contact within the Centralized Contact Management system.

Given that a user is in the Centralized Contact Management and has selected a contact, when they type a note in the 'Add Note' section and click 'Save', then the note should be saved and displayed in the contact's details under 'Notes'.

User searches for a contact using tags in the Centralized Contact Management system.

Given that a user has tagged some of their contacts with various labels, when they use the search function to filter contacts by these tags, then the system should display the correct contacts matching the selected tag criteria.

User updates contact information in the Centralized Contact Management system.

Given that a user is viewing a contact's details, when they make changes to the contact's phone number, email address, or other personal information and click 'Update', then the changes should be reflected in the contact’s profile and saved correctly.

User uses the Centralized Contact Management system to track scheduled calls.

Given that a user schedules a call with a contact through the Centralized Contact Management, when the scheduled time occurs, then the user should receive a notification reminder for the call via the communication tools integrated within the platform.

User generates a report of contact engagement in the Centralized Contact Management system.

Given that a user is in the Centralized Contact Management system, when they select the 'Generate Report' option with engagement metrics, then the system should provide a downloadable report summarizing contact interactions over a specified period.

Integration with Third-party Communication Tools

User Story: As a team leader, I want to integrate my favorite communication tools with the CRM so that I can manage all team interactions without disrupting our workflows.
Description: The requirement includes the ability to integrate with popular third-party communication tools, such as Zoom, Slack, and Microsoft Teams. Users should be able to initiate video calls or chats directly from the CRM interface without the need for additional logins. This integration will enhance the usability of the CRM by providing a versatile communication platform that fits into existing workflows and helps teams collaborate more effectively while managing all communications in one place.
Acceptance Criteria: Users can initiate a video call using Zoom from within the CRM interface while viewing a customer profile.

Given a user is viewing a customer profile, When the user clicks on the 'Initiate Video Call' button for Zoom, Then the Zoom application should launch automatically with the correct customer email pre-filled.

Users can send messages via Slack directly from the CRM without needing to log into Slack separately.

Given a user is on the communication tab of a customer profile, When the user selects 'Send Message via Slack', Then the user should be able to type and send a message that appears in the customer's Slack chat history.

Users can schedule a Microsoft Teams meeting directly from the CRM.

Given a user is scheduling a meeting for a customer, When the user selects 'Schedule Teams Meeting', Then the user should be redirected to the Teams scheduling interface with customer details populated.

Users can see a history of previous communications initiated through the integrated tools in the CRM.

Given a user is on a customer's profile, When the user views the communication history section, Then all communications made through Zoom, Slack, and Teams should be listed with timestamps and communication type.

Users can authenticate their third-party communication tool accounts within the CRM seamlessly.

Given a user accesses the integration settings, When the user selects a third-party communication tool like Zoom, Then the user should be prompted to log in and authorize access, and upon successful authentication, the integration should be confirmed active.

Users can receive notifications for scheduled calls and messages integrated with third-party tools.

Given a user has scheduled a call or sent a message through an integrated tool, When the scheduled time approaches, Then the user should receive a timely notification in the CRM regarding the upcoming event.

Users can utilize AI suggestions for improving communication scripts within the CRM.

Given a user is composing a message to be sent via Slack, When the user requests AI assistance, Then the system should provide suggestions for improving engagement and response rates based on previous communication analytics.

Customizable Reporting Tools

Users can generate tailored reports that track key metrics related to their CRM activities, such as lead conversion rates and customer interactions. This feature provides valuable insights into performance, enabling users to adjust their strategies based on data-driven findings. By understanding their success rates and areas for improvement, users can enhance their marketing efforts and achieve better outcomes.

Requirements

Dynamic Metric Selection

User Story: As a marketing manager, I want to select specific metrics relevant to my campaigns so that I can focus on the data that best reflects my marketing successes and areas for improvement.
Description: The Dynamic Metric Selection requirement allows users to select and customize which key performance indicators (KPIs) to include in their reports. This functionality empowers users to focus on the data that matters most to their specific marketing objectives, such as conversion rates, engagement scores, or lead quality. By providing a flexible reporting framework, users can tailor their insights to better align with their strategic goals, leading to more effective decision-making and improved campaign performance.
Acceptance Criteria: User selects KPIs to include in a report after reviewing their marketing campaign performance over the last quarter.

Given the user is on the report generation page, when they select KPIs from the available options, then the selected KPIs should be displayed on the report preview section.

A user attempts to generate a customized report but has not selected any KPIs to track.

Given the user tries to generate a report without selecting any KPIs, when they click on the 'Generate Report' button, then a warning message should appear indicating that at least one KPI must be selected.

The user has selected multiple KPIs and wants to view these in various formats before finalizing the report.

Given the user has selected multiple KPIs, when they choose different report formats (such as bar chart, line graph, table), then the report should accurately update to reflect the selected format for each KPI.

A user uses the reporting feature to track changes in lead conversion rates over time based on their selected KPIs.

Given the user has selected lead conversion rates and a date range, when they generate the report, then the report should display lead conversion rates for each selected period within the specified date range.

Users want to save their customized report settings for future use.

Given the user has created a customized report with specific KPI selections, when they save the customized report settings, then these settings should be retrievable in future report generation sessions.

A user generates a report with selected KPIs and wants to export this report to a CSV file for sharing.

Given the user has generated a report with selected KPIs, when they click on the 'Export to CSV' button, then the system should create and download a CSV file containing the selected KPIs and their associated data.

Automated Reporting Scheduling

User Story: As a business owner, I want to schedule my reports to be automatically generated and sent to my inbox so that I can stay updated on my campaign performance without having to manually request them.
Description: This requirement enables users to schedule the generation and delivery of customized reports at predetermined intervals (e.g., daily, weekly, monthly). By automating this process, users eliminate manual reporting efforts, ensuring they receive timely insights without interruption. This enhancement leads to more efficient time management for users and ensures that they have access to the latest data to inform their strategies continuously.
Acceptance Criteria: Users can set up automated reports to be generated daily, weekly, or monthly based on their selected metrics and preferences.

Given a user is logged into the MarketGenius platform, when they access the reporting tools and select the 'Schedule Report' option, then they should be able to choose the frequency of the report (daily, weekly, or monthly) and select the metrics they wish to include in the report.

The system sends automated reports to the specified email addresses at the scheduled intervals without manual intervention.

Given that a user has scheduled a report, when the scheduled time arrives, then the user should receive an email containing the report to the specified email address that was provided during setup.

Users can modify or cancel scheduled reports as needed from the reporting tools.

Given a user has a report scheduled, when they navigate to the 'Scheduled Reports' section, then they should be able to view, modify the frequency, or cancel the report scheduling as per their preference.

Users are notified if there are any issues generating or sending the automated reports.

Given a user has scheduled a report, when there is an issue with report generation or email delivery, then the system should send a notification alerting the user about the failure and provide troubleshooting steps.

The platform records all scheduled report actions for audit and tracking purposes.

Given a user schedules, modifies or cancels a report, when these actions occur, then the system should log each action with timestamps and details in the user's activity log for future reference.

Users can preview their scheduled reports before finalizing the scheduling.

Given a user is setting up a scheduled report, when they complete selecting metrics and scheduling options, then they should have the option to preview the report format prior to finalizing the scheduling.

Users can receive a summary of the past reports generated over a selected period.

Given a user wants to track their report history, when they access the reporting history section, then they should be able to view a summary of all reports generated over the last selected timeframe along with their key metrics.

Visual Data Representation

User Story: As a marketing analyst, I want to see my performance metrics in visual formats like graphs and charts so that I can quickly understand trends and make data-driven recommendations to my team.
Description: The Visual Data Representation requirement focuses on providing users with graphical representations of their key metrics through charts, graphs, and dashboards. This feature enables users to visualize trends and performance in a more digestible format, making it easier to identify patterns, anomalies, and overall marketing effectiveness. By leveraging visual data, users can enhance their storytelling capabilities and present findings convincingly to stakeholders.
Acceptance Criteria: User generates a visual report for quarterly marketing performance analysis.

Given that the user is on the reporting dashboard, when the user selects 'Generate Report' and chooses 'Quarterly Performance', then the system should display a report with bar graphs for lead conversion rates, line charts for customer interactions over time, and pie charts for campaign performance distribution.

User customizes the visual representation of key metrics in the report.

Given that the user is reviewing the generated report, when the user selects different chart types (e.g., from bar graph to line graph), then the system should dynamically update the visual representation to reflect the selected metrics accurately without refreshing the page.

User saves the customized visual report for future access.

Given that the user has customized the report, when the user clicks 'Save Report', then the system should prompt for a report name and successfully save the report in the user's dashboard for later access.

User shares the visual report with stakeholders via email.

Given that the user has a completed visual report, when the user selects the 'Share' option and enters the stakeholders' email addresses, then the system should successfully send an email containing the report as an attachment along with a custom message from the user.

User reviews historical performance data through visual representation.

Given that the user selects the 'Historical Data' option, when the user specifies the date range, then the system should generate and display visual charts that represent the requested historical data accurately, allowing for easy comparison with current metrics.

User views drill-down details by clicking on visual metrics.

Given that the user is viewing a visual report, when the user clicks on a specific chart segment (e.g., a segment in a pie chart), then the system should display a detailed breakdown of the data that constitutes that segment, including relevant numbers and percentages.

User filters the visual report data by specific campaign categories.

Given that the user is on the report page, when the user selects filters for specific campaign categories and clicks 'Apply', then the system should update the visual data representations to only include metrics relevant to the selected categories.

Collaboration Tools for Report Sharing

User Story: As a project lead, I want to share my reports with my team and allow for comments and collaboration so that we can work together to interpret the data and improve our strategies.
Description: This requirement introduces collaboration functionalities that allow users to share their custom reports with team members and stakeholders effortlessly. Users can assign permissions, annotate findings, and facilitate discussions around report content, fostering a collaborative environment. This streamlines communication and ensures that everyone involved can access relevant data to make informed decisions collectively.
Acceptance Criteria: As a marketing manager, I want to share a customized report on lead conversion rates with my team, so that we can discuss the findings and improve our strategies together.

Given the user has created a custom report, When the user selects the share option, Then the user should be able to assign permissions to team members for viewing or editing the report.

As a marketing team member, I need to be able to add comments and annotations to a shared report, so that I can highlight important insights and facilitate discussion around the data.

Given a report has been shared with the team member, When the team member views the report, Then the member should be able to add comments or annotations that are visible to all assigned users.

As a stakeholder, I want to access shared reports from my mobile device, so that I can stay informed about campaign performance anytime, anywhere.

Given a report has been shared with the stakeholder, When the stakeholder accesses the report on a mobile device, Then the report should be fully responsive and display all data accurately without loss of functionality.

As a user, I want to receive notifications when a report I shared is updated by a team member, so that I can stay up-to-date with the latest insights.

Given a report has been shared with other users, When any user updates the report, Then all users who have access should receive a notification of the changes made.

As a marketing director, I want to track who views the shared reports and when, so I can assess engagement levels among the team.

Given a report has been shared, When any user views the report, Then the system should log the user’s access time and provide an audit trail of report interactions.

As a user, I want to remove access to a shared report, so that I can control who can view sensitive information.

Given a report is currently shared with other users, When the user selects the revoke access option, Then the selected users should no longer be able to view the report and receive a notification of revoked access.

Template Customization for Reports

User Story: As a designer, I want to customize my report templates to match my company’s branding so that my reports look professional and are visually aligned with our other marketing materials.
Description: The Template Customization for Reports requirement enables users to create and modify report templates that align with their branding and reporting standards. Users can adjust styles, layouts, and include their logos, fostering a consistent presentation of data. This capability enhances professionalism in report delivery and ensures that users can present their findings in a format that resonates with their audience.
Acceptance Criteria: User Customization of Report Templates for Branding

Given a user has accessed the report customization feature, when they select a template, then they should have the ability to modify styles, colors, and layout options to match their brand.

Logo Upload and Placement in Reports

Given a user is customizing their report, when they upload their company logo, then the logo should be placed correctly within the report header, adhering to user-defined dimensions.

Save and Retrieve Custom Report Templates

Given a user has customized a report template, when they save their changes, then they should be able to retrieve and select this template for future reports from a template library.

Preview Functionality for Custom Report Templates

Given a user has customized settings for their report template, when they click the preview button, then they should see a realistic preview of the report reflecting their changes.

Default Template Settings for New Reports

Given a user has set up a default report template, when they create a new report, then the application should automatically apply the user's default settings to the new report.

Accessibility Features in Report Customization

Given a user is customizing a report, when they use accessibility features, then they should be able to navigate and use all customization tools without barriers.

Press Articles

MarketGenius Launches Revolutionary All-in-One Digital Marketing Platform for SMBs: FOR IMMEDIATE RELEASE

MarketGenius Launches Revolutionary All-in-One Digital Marketing Platform for SMBs

Press Date: 2024-12-28

City, State – MarketGenius, a leader in marketing technology, today announced the launch of its groundbreaking software as a service (SaaS) platform, designed specifically for small to medium-sized businesses (SMBs) and independent marketers. This innovative platform integrates social media channels, email marketing, and advertising networks into one accessible dashboard, empowering users to automate their marketing campaigns effortlessly and track performance through real-time analytics.

The digital marketing landscape has been intertwined with complexity for far too long, often leaving independent marketers and business owners feeling overwhelmed. MarketGenius solves these challenges by offering a user-friendly, intuitive interface that integrates cutting-edge artificial intelligence to support users in content creation and audience engagement strategies.

"We are committed to democratizing marketing tools that were once reserved for the biggest brands. With MarketGenius, we’re giving every SMB the power to compete with detailed insights, monitoring, personalized campaigns, and automated solutions," said Sarah Johnson, CEO of MarketGenius. "Our mission is to make sophisticated digital marketing tools available for all businesses, regardless of their size or resources."

At the heart of MarketGenius’s offering are its seamless integrations which allow businesses to manage all digital marketing efforts from a single platform. Key features include:

Real-time performance analytics and trends visualization graphs that help marketers understand and adapt to their audience's behavior.

AI-powered content suggestions that ease the content creation process while ensuring relevancy and engagement.

Automated A/B testing capabilities that enable users to optimize their messaging in real time based on actual performance data.

Comprehensive training and onboarding resources that facilitate a smooth transition to the platform.

Additionally, the platform includes specialized tools for different user types, including small business owners, digital marketing managers, freelancers, and e-commerce entrepreneurs. This tailored approach equips users with the tools they need to enhance engagement, foster community, and maximize ROI.

"The market is shifting towards automation and personalized customer experiences. With MarketGenius, our clients can focus on what they do best—growing their businesses—while we handle the intricate details of effective digital marketing," said Mark Thompson, Chief Product Officer at MarketGenius.

MarketGenius believes in the importance of ongoing support and guidance, which is why they offer dedicated onboarding support and a personalized resource hub for new users, ensuring they achieve their marketing goals efficiently. The platform uses machine learning and AI to provide ongoing recommendations that evolve with users’ needs, setting them on a path to sustained growth.

MarketGenius is now available for businesses looking to elevate their marketing strategies and streamline their operations. To learn more or to schedule a demo, visit www.marketgenius.com or contact the team directly.

For press inquiries, please contact: Jane Doe Public Relations Manager MarketGenius Email: press@marketgenius.com Phone: (123) 456-7890

END

MarketGenius Empowers Small Businesses with AI-Driven Marketing Tools: FOR IMMEDIATE RELEASE

MarketGenius Empowers Small Businesses with AI-Driven Marketing Tools

Press Date: 2024-12-28

City, State – MarketGenius, an innovative leader in digital marketing solutions, has announced the rollout of its new all-in-one platform focused on enhancing marketing efforts for small to medium-sized businesses (SMBs). The platform combines various marketing tools into a single, sophisticated interface, utilizing AI technology for unparalleled user experience and effectiveness in campaign management.

Recognizing the need for accessible and powerful marketing solutions, MarketGenius provides its users with an integrated suite that includes detailed analytics, automated content generation, and customization options tailored to their business needs.

"We understand that small businesses and independent marketers often lack the resources to compete at the level of larger companies. Our platform is designed to level the playing field, enabling them to effectively reach their target markets and achieve measurable results," commented Sarah Johnson, CEO of MarketGenius.

MarketGenius features include:

Performance Indicator Alerts, notifying users about essential KPIs in real time, allowing them to adjust strategies swiftly for optimal performance.

Engagement Scoring System that assesses audience segments, letting users focus on high-potential leads for improved conversion rates.

Dynamic Audience Clustering to identify unique segments based on behavior patterns and preferences, enabling personalized marketing campaigns.

An Insight-Powered Dashboard that offers actionable insights and trend predictions tailored to business goals.

These features are designed to simplify the user experience. By integrating advanced technologies, MarketGenius ensures that users can leverage marketing insights without requiring extensive technical knowledge.

"The goal of MarketGenius is to provide SMBs with the tools they need to thrive in today’s competitive market. Our features are designed not just to analyze but to empower users to take meaningful action based on data-driven insights," stated Mark Thompson, Chief Product Officer.

The platform is now available to users looking to enhance their marketing strategies, offering a free trial period for those interested in experiencing the powerful tools provided by MarketGenius. Users can easily sign up and begin utilizing the platform’s features to make informed decisions that drive success.

For additional information and access to the platform, visit www.marketgenius.com. Users can also contact the MarketGenius support team for assistance in navigating their new marketing strategies.

For media inquiries, please contact: Jane Doe Public Relations Manager MarketGenius Email: press@marketgenius.com Phone: (123) 456-7890

END

MarketGenius Releases Comprehensive Marketing Toolkit for Small Business Owners: FOR IMMEDIATE RELEASE

MarketGenius Releases Comprehensive Marketing Toolkit for Small Business Owners

Press Date: 2024-12-28

City, State – MarketGenius, a new player in the hub of digital solutions, has formally launched its comprehensive marketing toolkit designed specifically for small business owners and independent marketers. This innovative SaaS platform combines automation, real-time data analytics, and personalized guidance to enable businesses to effectively navigate the complexities of digital marketing.

The platform is a response to the growing demand for simple yet powerful marketing solutions that can cater to small businesses striving to reach their audiences without the extensive resources usually necessary for successful marketing campaigns.

"Launching MarketGenius is a significant step towards fulfilling our mission to empower small businesses in their marketing journey. With our platform, we aim to simplify the process of creating and managing campaigns so that business owners can focus on what truly matters—growing their business," said Chief Executive Officer Sarah Johnson.

MarketGenius boasts an array of features tailored to enhance the marketing experience for users:

Automated budget optimization that allocates resources effectively among different channels, maximizing ROI.

Goal-Driven Insights to align marketing efforts with business objectives, ensuring users can focus their strategies precisely.

Historical Performance Insights to inform future decisions based on past campaign successes and failures.

A Custom Report Generator that presents data visually, making it easily digestible for stakeholders and team members.

This toolkit is designed to complement the unique needs of various market personas, from tech-savvy entrepreneurs to e-commerce business owners, allowing them to launch effective marketing campaigns without needing deep marketing expertise.

"Our approach is to demystify digital marketing for small businesses. Users will find tools within MarketGenius that help them not only track their performance but also provide actionable feedback to enhance their strategies continuously," added Mark Thompson, Chief Product Officer.

MarketGenius is set to redefine marketing for small businesses, aiding them in establishing an effective online presence and reaching new customers efficiently. Interested parties can visit www.marketgenius.com to learn more about the platform or to book a demo.

For further inquiries, please contact: Jane Doe Public Relations Manager MarketGenius Email: press@marketgenius.com Phone: (123) 456-7890

END

Create products with ease

Product Details

Personas

Tech-Savvy Entrepreneur

Fitness Studio Owner

Social Media Influencer

Local Artisan

Non-Profit Organizer

Product Ideas

Product Features

Performance Indicator Alerts

Requirements

KPI Selection Interface

Real-time Notification System

Performance Dashboard Integration

Customizable Alert Conditions

Alert History Log

User Feedback Loop

Goal-Driven Insights

Requirements

User Goal Configuration

Personalized Recommendation Engine

Real-Time Analytics Dashboard

Goal Progress Tracker

Automated Goal Alerts

Trend Visualization Graphs

Requirements

Dynamic Data Integration

Interactive Graph Features

Customization Options

Predictive Analytics Integration

User Training Resources

Custom Report Generator

Requirements

Metric Selection

Timeframe Customization

Visual Format Options

Save and Share Reports

Export Functionality

User-Friendly Interface

Competitive Benchmarking

Requirements

Automated Performance Data Collection

Custom Benchmark Comparisons

Visual Performance Comparison Dashboard

Alerts for Performance Deviations

Integration with Third-Party Analytics Tools

Historical Performance Trend Analysis

Sentiment Analysis Integration

Requirements

Real-time Sentiment Analysis

Sentiment Trend Reporting

Sentiment Alerts

Sentiment Dashboard Customization

Integration with CRM Systems

Automated Sentiment Response Suggestions

Dynamic Audience Clustering

Requirements

Real-Time Behavior Analysis

Automated Audience Segmentation

Customizable Campaign Templates

Performance Analytics Dashboard

AI-Driven Content Suggestions

Interest-Based Targeting

Requirements

User Engagement Analysis

Automated Interest Categorization

Dynamic Content Recommendation Engine

Real-time Performance Feedback

Interest-Based Segmentation Tools

Behavioral Prediction Modeling

Requirements

Data Integration Module

Behavioral Analytics Dashboard

Machine Learning Model Training

Real-Time Prediction API

Feedback Loop Mechanism

Engagement Scoring System

Requirements